Course Outline 1

Curriculum for BSc in Industrial Chemistry
MINISTRY OF SCIENCE AND HIGHER EDUCATION
HARMONIZED CURRICULUM FOR THE DEGREE OF
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (B.SC.) IN INDUSTRIAL
CHEMISTRY
Validated by:
1. Maru Dessie (Ph.D.) Bahir Dar University

2. Ketemaw Salelign Arba Minich University
3. Ato Israel Alemayehu Hawassa University
4. Ato Sileshi Tarekegn Bahir Dar Textile share company
5. Ato Biniam Zewdu Tsehaye Paint Factory
6. Ato Hirbo Geremew Bule Hora University
7. Ato Mihretu Mechoro Wachamo University
May, 2021
Ethiopia
i
Validated Harmonized Curriculum of Industrial chemistry
May-2021
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Name of the Degree Program: Industrial Chemistry
Name of the Degree to be awarded: Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) Degree in

Industrial Chemistry
Degree to be Awarded by: Universities in Ethiopia, Subjected to

the Approval of the Senate
Standard Period of Study: 4 Academic Years with 8 Semesters
Commencement of the Program: From 2013 E.C Academic Year
Total Credit Point (ECTS): 245
Fees / Charges: Cost-sharing
ii
May-2021
Table of Contents
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ........................................................................................................... ii
1. Background of the Program ...................................................................................................... 5
2. Rationale of the Program........................................................................................................... 5
3. Objectives of the Program ......................................................................................................... 6
4. Profiles ...................................................................................................................................... 7
4.1 Professional Profile ............................................................................................................. 7

4.2. Graduate Profile ................................................................................................................. 8
4.2.1. Knowledge ...................................................................................................................... 8
4.2.2. Skills................................................................................................................................ 9
4.2.3. Attitudes ........................................................................................................................ 10
5. Program Structure ................................................................................................................... 10
5.1. Course and Module Coding.............................................................................................. 10

5.2. List of Courses and Modules ............................................................................................ 12
5.2.1. Common Courses Module............................................................................................. 12
5.2.2. Compulsory Modules .................................................................................................... 13
5.2.3. Elective Module ............................................................................................................ 15
5.2.4. Supportive Modules ...................................................................................................... 15
6. Course Breakdown .................................................................................................................. 16
7. Learning and Assessment Strategies ....................................................................................... 25
7.1. Learning Strategies........................................................................................................... 25

7.2. Assessment Strategies ...................................................................................................... 25
8. Rules, regulations and Requirements ...................................................................................... 25
8.1. Admission Requirements ................................................................................................. 25

8.2. Grading System ................................................................................................................ 26
8.3. Graduation Requirements................................................................................................. 26
8.4. Degree Nomenclature........................................................................................................... 27
8.5. Medium of Instruction...................................................................................................... 27

8.6. Duration of the Study ....................................................................................................... 27
8.7. Total Load ........................................................................................................................ 27
9. Quality Assurance Mechanisms .............................................................................................. 27
iii
May-2021
10. Annexes ................................................................................................................................ 29
10.1. Module Handbook.......................................................................................................... 29

10.1.1. Common Course Modules ...................................................................................... 29
10.1.2. Compulsory Courses Modules ................................................................................ 31
10.1.3. Elective Courses Module ........................................................................................ 42
10.1.4. Supportive Course Modules ................................................................................... 43
10.2. Course Handbook ........................................................................................................... 45
10.2.1. Common Courses Handbook ...................................................................................... 45
10.2.2. Compulsory Courses Handbook................................................................................ 136
Course Description .................................................................................................................. 195
Learning Outcomes ................................................................................................................. 195
Course Outline and Schedule ................................................................................................. 196
Mode of Assessment ................................................................................................................ 198
References ................................................................................................................................ 199
10.3. Elective Courses Handbook ......................................................................................... 279

10.4. Supportive Courses Handbook ..................................................................................... 297
iv
May-2021
1. Background of the Program
Industrial Chemistry as a discipline had been established in 1956 E.C at Polytechnic Institute by the former Soviet
Union Government in collaboration with Ethiopian Government. The aim of the program was to train middle
level technicians in Industrial Chemistry, Electrical, Wood Work, Textile, Metal Technologies and Agro
mechanics. Industrial Chemistry Technology graduates contributed a lot to the development of the country by
working in various industrial and related sectors. They are servicing different process industries, research
institutes and organizations. Some of the graduates are so successful that they achieved to become prominent and
famous personalities in the country as well as at an international level. Finally due to the growth of industries and
research centers in the country the demand for graduates is increasing. By considering this, Bahir Dar University
has started Industrial Chemistry in degree program in 1997 E.C. It was a unique and the only program in the
country, but now some the other Ethiopian Universities such as Arba Minich University and Bule Hora University
have been opened the program. There is also a high demand of Industrial Chemistry graduates and professionals
in the market at this time and even in the future because of involvements of professionals in various industries,
research centers and other development sectors, and program has a plan to start MSc. in the fields of study.
Now a day the development of a country is closely related to and comes only with the existence of profitable and
healthy industries that produce diverse products. Industrial Chemistry is the profession that is needed for the
conception, creation, operation, control, optimization, and improvement of the process in industries. It is
characterized by the very broad nature of the subject spanning as it does several different disciplines. Chemistry,
chemical technology and engineering are the main courses for this field, and also courses in industrial
management such as Quality Management, Entrepreneurship Development, Industrial Organization and
Management, Computer programming, and some others for other disciplines. In general, Industrial Chemistry
profession requires fundamental knowledge of science and technology to work in a small- and large-scale
manufacture industries, and to carry out research in different institutions as a scientists and technologists.
2. Rationale of the Program
Industrial Chemistry is a discipline deals about product development, quality control, optimization and monitoring
of fundamental chemical processes used in industry for transforming raw materials in to useful commercial products.
It plays a fundamental role in the development of science, technology for producing significant quality industrial
5
May-2021
products to the society. It profoundly influences the socio-economic development of a society and civilization. Thus,
it is imperative that students be equipped with strong industrial chemistry, technology and management knowledge
and skills enabling them to be productive in growing industries.
Curriculum development is a dynamic process which requires continuous assessment. Thus, updating the curriculum
is vital to ensure the quality, standard and relevance in line with the objective conditions of the country. The task
demands not only to updating the existing curriculum but also to enrich it by incorporating new courses which can
go in line with the current science and technology in the globe.
Thus, to meet the current and future requirements of the potential employers of the BSc degree in Industrial
Chemistry graduates, it is needed to revise the BSc degree in Industrial Chemistry curriculum aiming at empowering
the students with the necessary knowledge and skills.
3. Objectives of the Program
Aim
The Industrial Chemistry Department will provide access to students B.Sc. Degree in Industrial Chemistry,
aimed to meet the demands of an industry in product development, quality control, raw material generation
and different managerial endeavors.
Goals
The program set a goal to produce Industrial Chemists who works efficiently and competently in national and
international market. The graduates of the Department expected to conduct basic and applied industrial
research and develop small scale industries in Ethiopia. Industrial chemistry program will produce industrial
chemists with national and international standard quality graduates who will benefit from the knowledge they
obtain and contribute their share to the society and in the development of the country. Accordingly, the
Ethiopian industries will have access of graduates who will work as chemists and technologists.
Objectives
The objectives of the program are:
• Produce graduates who will be productive throughout their careers in a wide range of industrial,
professional, and academic environments.
6
May-2021
• To produce competent Industrial Chemists who can work as quality controllers and quality assurance
personnel in all sectors of the industry;
• To produce capable Industrial Chemists who can undertake optimization of processes, examine and
change the Chemistry of the process to maximize the efficiency of industrial production.
• To produce Industrial Chemists who can develop new industrial products as well as industrial raw
materials.
• Provide students with a high quality education that will enable them to adapt to a rapidly changing technical
environment.
• To produce competent personnel capable to work in research laboratories, Clinical laboratories,
Universities and others where the knowledge of Industrial Chemistry is required
• To produce skilled manpower in handling chemicals, managing chemical laboratories and scientific
instruments.
• To produce competent scientific researchers in the field of Industrial Chemistry and Technology.
• To produce competent personnel who can manage and run the growing small-scale industries in
Ethiopia.
4. Profiles
4.1 Professional Profile
Industrial Chemistry graduate can involve in all kinds of industries namely food and drink, pharmaceuticals,
energy, oil and gas, water, chemicals, Cements, Leathers, Textiles, paints, sugar, materials, such as plastics,
metals, marble, and ceramics and products such as toiletries, fertilizers, detergents, and others.
The following are some of the core services of Industrial Chemists:

• Conduct economic and technical feasibility studies in areas related to Chemistry, Chemical Technology,
or other in a processing industries.
• Oversee the construction, modification, operation and maintenance of processing units or processing
plants.
• Establish and conduct quality control programs, operating procedures and control strategies to ensure
consistency and adherence to standards for raw materials, products and waste products or emissions.
7
May-2021
• Give solutions to technical backstopping at the industry together with chemists, chemical engineers, and
other professional
• Ensuring efficient, optimum, safe and environmentally responsible plant operation; establishing and
conducting quality control programs; operating and assessment procedures and control strategies to
ensure consistency and adhere to standards
• Design and operate quality and environmental control systems.
• Design and develop new and optimum processes and equipment for converting raw materials into
products, design standards and guidelines for the handling of dangerous chemicals, environmental
protection or standards for foods, pharmaceuticals, materials and consumer goods.
• Conducts environmental impact assessments and environmental audits, designs treatment equipment or
systems for the treatment of solid waste, hazardous waste, waste water and air pollution control.
• Working in sustainable energy technologies and energy optimization systems
• Teach the fundamentals of chemistry and chemical technology and undertake basic and applied
research activities.
• Provide innovative and economical solutions to the problems encountered in the process industries.
• Capable of fulfilling a multiplicity of roles as research scientists, development chemists, and technical
representatives and as plant/company managers
• Manage laboratories chemicals and avoid the environmental risks caused by chemicals in chemical
stores and in industrial areas
4.2. Graduate Profile

The graduates of Industrial Chemistry will be able to:
4.2.1. Knowledge
• Fulfill a multiplicity of roles as research scientists, development chemists, and technical
representatives and as plant/company managers and work in the area where the knowledge of practical
chemistry is required
• Master the fundamentals of chemistry and chemical engineering including an understanding of broad
conceptual and theoretical elements;
• Possess an understanding and appreciation of the theoretical bases, methodologies and characteristics
of learning of chemistry and chemical engineering
8
May-2021
• Work as an industrial chemist in chemical processing industries
• Knowledge of basic principles of plant and process operations
• An ability to identify, formulates, and performs technical research to solve
technical problems
• Conduct scientific experiments, as well as analyze and interpret data.
• An ability to prepare and present clear and concise written and verbal repor
• An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility,ability to work in and lead a team, and
ability to stand professional challenges
• Continue further specialized educations; Serve as a research/graduate assistant in research /higher
education institutions;
• Create job opportunities by the acquired chemical knowledge.
4.2.2. Skills
• Excelence knowlegde in Chemistry and in Chemical Engineering
• Ability working together with chemists, chemical engineers, and other professionals
• Understand Unti processes and plant operations
• Design ,conduct experiments, and equipped with industrial problem solving and creativity
• Operate scientific equipment properly to generate scientific data
• Possess critical, conceptual and reflective thinking, intellectual openness and curiosity, creativity
and originality,
• Recognize when information is needed and locate, evaluate and use this information effectively.
• An ability to access, identify, organize and communicate chemical knowledge effectively;
• An ability to work independently as well as part of a team or group;
• An ability to lead in the community, professional associations etc.
• An ability to undertake numerical calculations and understand quantitative information.
• Perform qualitative and quantitative chemical analysis in chemical laboratories;
• Work as quality controllers in industries;
• Knowledgeable in IT and data processing skills in relation to chemical information.
9
May-2021
4.2.3. Attitudes
• Manage laboratories chemicals and avoid the environmental risks caused by chemicals in chemical
stores and in industrial areas
• Demonstrate environmentally conscious attitude;
• Conduct assigned and professional activities with integrity and professional ethics;
• Contribute to the development of chemical industries with other professionals;
• Disseminate chemical knowledge;
• Enthusiastic about scientific ideas, discovery and learning
• Self-discipline and an ability to plan and achieve personal and professional goals;
• Willingness to engage in constructive public discourse and to accept social and civic responsibilities
5. Program Structure
5.1. Course and Module Coding
The course code will have four alphabets and four-digit numbers without spacing. The four alphabets code
indicates the name of the program with the first alphabet capital letter. For instance, “Iche” indicate abbreviations
of program of Industrial Chemistry. The fourth digit numbers (the first number next to the four-alphabet code)
indicates the year of course offering, that is the level of the course in terms of the year, accordingly '1' for 1st year,
'2' for 2nd year and ‘3’ for 3rd year ‘4’ for 4th year courses. The middle two numbers indicate module code number
in the program (example 01, 02, 03, 04, 05, 06, 07, 08, 09, 10), the last number indicates order of the course
within the module. For example: see the course code Iche2032.
10
May-2021
Note:
☝ The grading system is based on the European credit transfer system (ECTS) and is obtained by
multiplying the credit hours with a factorial number 1.67.
11
May-2021
5.2. List of Courses and Modules
5.2.1. Common Courses Module
Module Module Course Course Title Cr. Hr. L T L/P HS CP/ECTS
Code Name Code

Math1011 Mathematics for Natural Sciences 3 3 7 5
FLEn1011 Communicative English Language 3 3 7 5
Skills I
GeES1011 Geography of Ethiopia and the Horn 3 3 7 5
Phys1011 General Physics 3 (2+1) 2 3 5 5
Psyc1011 General Psychology 3 3 7 5
LoCT1011 Logic and Critical Thinking 3 3 7 5
SpSc1011 Physical Fitness 2(P/F) 2 1 P/F
EmTe1012 Introduction to Emerging 3 3 7 5
Technologies
Common FLEn1012 Communicative English Language 3 3 7 5
M01 Courses Skills II
Chem1012 General Chemistry 3 (2+1) 2 3 5 5
Biol1012 General Biology 3 (2+1) 2 3 5 5
MCiE1012 Moral and Civic Education 2 2 4 3
Anth1012 Anthropology of Ethiopian Societies 2 2 4 3
and Cultures
Incl2011 Inclusiveness 2 2 4 3
GlTr2011 Global trends 2 2 4 3
Econ1012 Economics 3 3 5
MGMT4011 Entrepreneurship and Business 3 3 7 5
Development
Total 44 72
12
May-2021
5.2.2. Compulsory Modules
Module Module Course Course Title Cr. Hrs L T L/P HS CP/ECTS
Code Name Code
Iche2021 Organic Chemistry I 3 3 7 5
M02
Organic Iche2022 Organic Chemistry II 3 3 7 5
Chemistry Iche2023 Practical Organic Chemistry 1 3 1 2

Sub-total 7 12
Iche2031 Analytical Chemistry 2 2 4 3
Iche2032 Practical Analytical Chemistry 1 3 1 2
Analytical Iche2033 Instrumental Analysis I 2 2 4 3
M03
Chemistry Iche3034 Instrumental Analysis II 2 2 4 3
Iche3035 Practical Instrumental Analysis 1 3 1 2
Sub-total 8 13
Iche2041 Inorganic Chemistry I 3 3 7 5
Inorganic
M04 Iche3042 Inorganic Chemistry II 3 3 7 5
Chemistry
Iche3043 Practical Inorganic Chemistry 1 3 1 2
Sub-total 7 12
Chemical Kinetics and
Iche2051 3 3 7 5
Electrochemistry
Physical Iche3052 Practical Physical Chemistry 1 3 1 2
M05
Chemistry
Sub-total 4 7
Iche3061 Biochemistry 3 3 7 5
Iche3062 Environmental Chemistry & 2 2 4 3
Applied Toxicology
M06
Chemistry 3 3 7 5
Iche4063 Food Science and Technology
Iche4064 Food Science Laboratory 1 3 1 2
Iche4065 Real Sample Analysis 2(1+1) 1 3 2 3
Sub-total 11 18
Chemical Iche2071 Fundamentals of Chemical 3 3 7 5
M07 Engineering
Engineering
Basics Chemical Engineering
Iche2072 Thermodynamics 3 3 7 5
Sub-total 6 10
13
May-2021
Fluid Mechanics for Chemical 2 2 4 3
Fluid Iche3081
Engineering
M08 Mechanics Fluid Machines for Chemical 2 2 4 3
and Iche4082
Engineers
Machines
Sub-total 4 6
Iche3091 Mechanical Unit Operations 3(2+1) 2 3 5 5
Chemical
Engineering Iche4092 Thermal and Mass Transfer Unit 3 3 7 5
M09 Unit Operations
Operations Sub-total 6 10
Iche3101 Production Technology I 3 3 7 5
Process Iche3102 Production Technology II 3 3 7 5
M10
Technology Sub-total 6 10
Process Control and Dynamics 3 3 7 5
Iche3111
Process Computer Aided Process Design 3 (2+1) 2 3 5 5
Iche3112 and simulation
M11 Engineering
Iche3113 Industrial Safety and Loss 2 2 4 3
Prevention
Iche4114 Process Integration and 2 2 4 3
Optimization
Sub-total 10 16
Iche3121 Glass Molding and Glass Blowing 2 (1+1) 1 3 2 3
Iche4122 Industrial Waste Management 3 3 7 5
M12 Industrial Iche4123 Industrial Polymer 3 3 7 5
Module Iche4124 Industrial Attachment 2 3 3 3
Iche4125 Industrial Visit 1 2 2 2
Iche4126 Industrial Biotechnology 3 3 7 5
Iche4127 Nanomaterials 2 2 4 3
Sub-total 16 26
M13 Research Research Methods and
Iche4131 2 2 4 3
Module Experimental Design
Iche4132 Student Project work 2 3 3 3
Sub-total 4 6
Total 89 146
14
May-2021
5.2.3. Elective Module
Module Module Course Course Title Cr. Hrs L T L/P HS CP/ECTS

Code Name Code
Iche4141 Textile Technology 2 2 4 3
Iche4142 Cement and Ceramic Technology 2 2 4 3
Iche4143 Pharmaceutical Technology 2 2 4 3
M14 Elective Iche4144 Sugar Technology 2 2 4 3
Iche4145 Leather Chemistry and 2 2 4 3

Technology
Iche4146 Geochemistry and Mining 2 2 4 3
Total 2 3
5.2.4. Supportive Modules
Module Module Course Course Title Cr. Hrs L T L/P HS CP/

Code Name Code ECTS
Math2151 Applied Mathematics I 3 3 7 5
M15 Mathematics
Math2152 Applied Mathematics II 3 3 7 5
M16 Statistics Stat2161 Introduction to Statistics 2 2 4 3
M17 Computer Comp2171 Introduction to Computer 2 (1+1) 1 3 2 3
programing
Plant Design and economics 3 3 7 5
Industrial Iche3181
M18
management Iche4182 Total Quality Management 2 2 4 3
Total 15 24
15
May-2021
6. Course Breakdown
Year I, Semester-I
Module No Course Title Course Code Cr. Hrs L T L/P HS ECTS

Mathematics for
Math1011 3 3 7 5
Natural Sciences
Communicative English
FLEn1011 3 3 7 5
Language Skills I
Geography of Ethiopia and the
GeES1011 3 3 7 5
M01 Horn
General Physics Phys1011 3 (2+1) 2 3 5 5
General Psychology Psyc1011 3 3 7 5
Logic and Critical Thinking LoCT1011 3 3 7 5

Physical Fitness SpSc1011 P/F P/F
Total 18 30
16
May-2021
Year I, Semester-II
Cr.
Module No Course Title Course Code L T L/P HS ECTS
Hrs
Introduction to Emerging
EmTe1012 3 3 7 5
Technologies
Communicative English
FLEn1012 3 3 7 5
Language Skills II
Economics 3 3 7 5
M01 Econ1012
General Chemistry Chem1012 3 (2+1) 2 3 5 5
General Biology Biol1012 3 (2+1) 2 3 5 5
Moral and Civic Education MCiE1012 2 2 4 3

Social Anthropology Anth1012 2 2 4 3
Total 19 31
17
May-2021
Year-II, Semester I
Module No Course Title Course Code Cr. Hrs L T L/P HS ECTS
M02 Organic Chemistry I Iche2021 3 3 7 5
M15 Applied Mathematics I Math2151 3 3 7 5
M03 Analytical Chemistry Iche2031 2 2 4 3
M03 Practical Analytical Chemistry Iche2032 1 3 1 2
M01 Inclusiveness Incl2011 2 2 4 3
Chemical Kinetics and

Iche2051 3 3 7 5
M05
Electrochemistry
Fundamentals of Chemical 3 7 5
M07 Iche2071 3
Engineering
M01 Global trends GlTr2011 2 2 4 3
Total 19 31
18
May-2021
Year-II, Semester-II
Course
Module No Course Title Cr. Hrs L T L/P HS ECTS
Code
M02 Organic Chemistry II Iche2022 3 3 7 5
M02 Practical Organic Chemistry Iche2023 1 3 1 2
M03 Instrumental Analysis I Iche2033 2 2 4 3
Chemical Engineering
M07 Iche2072 7
3 3 5
Thermodynamics
M04 Inorganic Chemistry I Iche2041 3 3 7 5
Introduction to Computer
M17 Comp2171 2(1+1) 1 3 2 3
programing
M16 Introduction to Statistics Stat2161 2 4 3
M15 Applied Mathematics II Math2152 3 7 5
Total 19 31
19
May-2021
Year-III, Semester-I
Module Course Cr.
Course Title L T L/P HS ECTS
No Code Hrs
Process Control and
M11 Iche3111 3 3 7 5
Dynamics
M03 Instrumental Analysis II Iche3034 2 2 4 3
Practical Instrumental
M03 Iche3035 1 3 1 2
Analysis
M06 Biochemistry Iche3061 3 3 7 5
Practical Physical
M05 Iche3052 1 3 1 2
Chemistry
M10 Production Technology I Iche3101 3 3 7 5
Inorganic Chemistry II Iche3042 3 3 7 5

M04
Practical Inorganic 1 3 1 2
M04 Iche3043
Chemistry
Total 17 29
20
May-2021
Year-III, Semester- II
Module
Course Title Course Code Cr. Hrs L T L/P HS ECTS
No
Computer Aided Process Design

Iche3112 3 (2+1) 2 3 5 5
M11 and Simulation
M09 Mechanical Unit Operations Iche3091 3(2+1) 2 3 5 5
M18 Plant Design and Economics Iche3181 3 3 7 5
Industrial Safety and Loss

2 2 4 3
M11 Iche3113
Prevention
Fluid Mechanics for Chemical
M08 Iche3081 2 2 4 3
Engineering
Environmental Chemistry & 2 2 4 3
M06 Iche3062
Toxicology
Glass Molding and Glass
M12 Iche3121 2(1+1) 1 3 2 3
Blowing
M10 Production Technology II Iche3102 3 3 7 5
Total 20 32
21
May-2021
Remark:
When the students have completed third year second semester, the students will be
dispatched to different industries or research institutes. Finally, they will submit the
internship report to their Advisor/Department and will be evaluated by the assigned
reviewers.
22
May-2021
Year-IV, Semester-I
Course
Module No Course Title Cr. Hrs L T L/P HS ECTS
Code
Fluid Machines for Chemical
2 2 4 3
M08 Iche4082
Engineers
M12 Industrial Waste Management Iche4122 3 3 7 5
Process Integration and 2 2 4 3
M11 Iche4114
Optimization
Thermal and Mass Transfer 3 3 7 5
M09 Unit Operations Iche4092
M01 Entrepreneurship Development MGMT4011 3 3 7 5
Research Methods and 2 2 4 3

M13 Iche4131
Experimental Design
M12 Industrial Polymer Iche4123 3 3 7 5
2 2 3 3 3
M12 Industrial Attachment Iche4124
Total 20 32
23
May-2021
Year-IV, Semester-II
Module Course
Course Title Cr. Hrs L T L/P HS ECTS
No Code
M12 Industrial Visit Iche4125 1 2 2 2
Food Science and
M06 Iche4063 3 3 7 5
Technology
Food Science
M06 Iche4064 1 3 1 2
Laboratory
Real Sample
2 (1+1) 1 3 2 3
M06 Iche4065
Analysis
Industrial
M12 Iche4126 3 3 7 5
Biotechnology
M12 Nanomaterials Iche4127 2 2 4 3
Total Quality
M18 Iche4182 2 2 4 3
Management
M13 Student Project work Iche4132 2 2 4 3
M14 Elective Iche414(1-6) 2 2 4 3
Total 18 29
24
May-2021
7. Learning and Assessment Strategies
7.1. Learning Strategies
The main teaching-learning methods employed in the curriculum include:
• Conducting lecture in a class based on active participation of students;
• Discussion and presentation in group with reading assignment;
• Project works individually or in a group;
• Practical laboratory works;
• Demonstration of models and actual educational materials;
• Observation of industries based on industrial tour schedules;
• Tutorial classes where students require discussing and solving problems of the subject matter;
• Apprenticeships in industries.
7.2. Assessment Strategies

The evaluation methods of students include:
• Quizzes, tests, Mid-term and final term exams
• Assignments and Attendances,
• Presentations (Individual or Group)
• Laboratory reports, practical and Oral exams
• Project work (Individual or Group).
8. Rules, regulations and Requirements

8.1. Admission Requirements
• Successful completion of the preparatory program with a pass mark in university entrance examination
and interest to study Industrial chemistry.
• Candidates who have Advanced Diploma in Industrial Chemistry, Diploma in Chemistry and who fulfill
the general university admission requirements.
25
May-2021
8.2. Grading System
Grading system in the Department is as per the legislation of the University which will be set on at each university-
student information management system. Thus, the student information management system will be efficiently
utilized for grading and managing Industrial Chemistry students’ academic profile.
8.3. Graduation Requirements

The requirements for graduation with the Degree of Bachelor of Science in Industrial Chemistry are indicated
below.
A student will be graduated if he/she: -
✓ Fulfills the graduation requirements set by university.
✓ Successfully completes 245 CP/ECTS equivalent to 150 Credit Hours.
✓ Has a minimum CGPA of 2.00.
✓ Has no ‘F’ grade in any course.
26
May-2021
8.4. Degree Nomenclature
In English:
Bachelor of Science (B.Sc) Degree in Industrial Chemistry
In Amharic:
የሳይንስ ባችለር ዲግሪ በኢንዱስትሪያል ኬሚስትሪ
8.5. Medium of Instruction

The medium of instruction for the program is ENGLISH
8.6. Duration of the Study
The program shall be on the basis of four academic years of study (Eight semesters). Total credit requirement is
150 Cr. Hrs or 245 ECTS.
8.7. Total Load

The total load of the BSc degree in Industrial chemistry is 245 ECTS which is equivalent to 150 Cr. Hrs. The Cr.
Hrs an ECTS of each course category and the total load is summarized in the table below.
No Category of Courses Cr. Hrs ECTS

1 Common 44 72
2 Compulsory 89 146
3 Elective 2 3
4 Supportive 15 24
Total 150 245
9. Quality Assurance Mechanisms
Quality assurance is considered as the most important component of the teaching-learning process. Industrial
Chemistry uses the following systems of evaluation and monitoring:
• Preparation of standard course outlines as per the course description:
• Assignment of qualified instructors to teach courses, instruct laboratory works, and supervise student
projects;
• Identification of standard textbooks for each course.
27
May-2021
• Maintain appropriate student/teacher ratio.
• Provision of tutorial and practical classes.
• Provide proper advice to students.
• Evaluation of student performance through, reports, tests, mid semester examinations, and
comprehensive final examination.
• Preparation of relevant teaching materials and laboratory manuals.
• Monitoring of instructor’s performance through student evaluation.
• Monitoring of instructor’s performance through colleague and course chair evaluation.
• Communication of the evaluations to instructors.
• Stakeholders feedback on the relevance of the training program and qualities of graduates.
• Conducting regular course self-evaluation, program self-evaluation and program peer and external
evaluation; and
• Seeking program accreditation by external accrediting agencies.
• Conducting regular course self-evaluation, program self-evaluation and program peer and external
evaluation; etc…
28
May-2021
10. Annexes
10.1. Module Handbook
10.1.1. Common Course Modules
Module Name Common Course

Module Number 01
Module Category Common course
Module code M01
Total CP of the module 72
Module Description: This module is designed to provide the basic skills and knowledge for our learners
about the different introductory courses. Moreover, the common courses are deliberately designed to enhance
learners understanding about their culture, values, tolerance etc.
Module Competency
On completion of the module, students will develop competence to:
• Communicate in English.
• Ethical judgment and legal consideration in their career.
• Have better historical understanding about their country.
• Work on simple computer programing activities.
• The fundamental economic concepts and principles
• Explain the implications of location, shape and size of Ethiopia and the Horn on the physical environment,
socioeconomic and political aspects.
• Develop an understanding of the nature of anthropology and its broader scope in making sense of humanity
in a global perspective.
29
May-2021
Module Overall Objective
On completion of the module, students will be able to:
• Remained the practical laboratory experiments in preparatory school
• Upgrade their English language.
• Understand ethical issues and civic education.
• Equipping students with macroeconomic goals.
• Describe the history of Ethiopian and the horn.
• Use these courses as pre-request courses to take advanced courses
Module Teaching -Learning Methods: Lecture; Discussion and presentation in small group; Reading assignment;
Project work; laboratory Activity.
Mode of Assessment
Tests; Quizzes; Group Works; Assignments (Group/individual); Presentations; Final Examinations.
Courses in the Module
Course Code Course Title CP/ECTS
Math1011 Mathematics for Natural Sciences 5
FLEn1011 Communicative English Language Skills I 5
GeES1011 Geography of Ethiopia and the Horn 5
Phys1011 General Physics 5
Psyc1011 General Psychology 5
LoCT1011 Logic and Critical Thinking 5
SpSc1011 Physical Fitness P/F
EmTe1012 Introduction to Emerging Technologies 5
FLEn1012 Communicative English Language Skills II 5
Chem1012 General Chemistry 5
Biol1012 General Biology 5
MCiE1012 Moral and Civic Education 3
Anth1012 Anthropology of Ethiopian Societies and Cultures 3
Incl2011 Inclusiveness 3
GlTr2011 Global trends 3
Econ1012 Economics 5
MGMT4012 Entrepreneurship and Business Development 5
30
May-2021
10.1.2. Compulsory Courses Modules
Module Name Organic Chemistry

Module Number 02
Module Category Compulsory
Module code M02
Module Description: This module discusses basic concepts of organic chemistry; describe chemistry of different
functional organic molecules; aromatic compounds; carbonyl compounds; the chemical reactions and reaction
mechanisms of organic compounds.
Module Competency
Up on completion of this module students will develop competency to:
• Identify organic compounds and their chemical property
• Name and draw the structure of different organic chemicals
• Design the apparatus and devise the reaction mechanism of organic chemical reactions.
• Carry out organic chemical experiments independently.
• Familiarize with organic molecules and their chemistry.
• Draw reasonable and acceptable structural representations of organic molecules,
• Recognize various common organic functional groups,
• Distinguish aromatic compounds from the non-aromatic ones
• Describe the various chemical properties and reactions of carbonyl compounds
• Explain the mechanism of different types of reaction
• Identify natural products; extract active components and characterize them.
• Train in performing organic chemistry experiments that have relevance in industrial, teaching medical
and biological fields.
Module Teaching - Learning Methods: Lecture; Question and Answering; Problem solving; Discussion and
presentation in small group; Reading assignment; laboratory demonstration; laboratory work.
Mode of Assessment
Course Code Course Title ECTS
Iche2021 Organic Chemistry I 5
Iche2022 Organic Chemistry II 5
Iche2023 Practical Organic Chemistry II 2
31
May-2021
Module Name Analytic Chemistry
Module Number 03
Module code M03
Module Description: This module discusses basic concepts of analytical chemistry; analytical data analysis statistical
tools; describe how chemicals are analyzed qualitatively and quantitatively; list and discuss most of common classical
and instrumental method of analysis, mainly volumetric, gravimetric, chromatographic, electroanalytical and
spectroscopic techniques of analysis.
Module Competency
• Detect the quality and determine the quantity of analytical samples based on the standard procedures
acquired and by using analytical methods of analysis.
• Carry out analytical measurements using analytical instruments independently.
• Elucidate structure of compounds from spectra by using data from joint spectroscopic techniques
• Describe the role of analytical chemistry in the society and day to day life;
• Describe some of the properties of solutions and chemical equilibria;
• Apply different statistical tests to analytical data and indicate the reliability of experimental results; and
apply different ways of validating analytical methods;
• Distinguish among neutralization, precipitation, complexation and redox reactions and use them as bases
for quantitative determinations in volumetric/titrimetric analysis;
• Describe underlying principle of chromatographic separations and electroanalytical techniques;
• Select appropriate conditions (mobile phase, stationary phase, column, detector, etc) for a given
chromatographic analysis;
• Discuss about spectroscopy and spectroscopic techniques working in absorption and emission
electromagnetic radiation.
• Discuss the qualitative and quantitative applications of different spectroscopic methods;
Module Duration Three Semester
Module Teaching -Learning Methods: Lecture; Question and Answering; Problem solving; Discussion and
Mode of Assessment: Tests; Quizzes; Assignments (Group/individual); Presentations; Final Examinations.
Iche20231 Analytical Chemistry 3
Iche2032 Practical Analytical Chemistry 2
Iche2033 Instrumental Analysis I 3
Iche3034 Instrumental Analysis II 3
Iche3035 Practical Instrumental Analysis 2
32
May-2021
Module Name Inorganic Chemistry
Module Number 04
Module code M04
Module Description: This module discusses basic concepts of inorganic chemistry; describe atomic structure and
electronic configuration; descriptive chemistry of hydrogen and s, p, d and f- block elements; coordination chemistry;
bonding theories (VBT, CFT and MOT), Group theory; Organometallic chemistry and Bioinorganic Chemistry; and
preparation, identification and characterization of compounds formed from selected transition elements.
Module Competency
• Visualize the atomic nature and structure of inorganic substances.
• Characterize the composition of inorganic compounds
• Devise reaction mechanism to synthesis organometallic and bioinorganic compounds.
• Prepare important organometallic, bioinorganic complexes in the laboratory.
• Utilize inorganic ligand complexes for preparation of industrial products.
• Discuss the current view of atomic structure
• Relate electronic configuration to the classification of elements in the periodic table and their properties.
• Acquire general overview of descriptive chemistry of hydrogen and s, p, d and f- block elements
• Have a clear understanding of the group properties of the transition elements
• Explain coordination compounds with respect to their formation, nomenclature, geometry, isomerism and
bonding theories (VBT, CFT and MOT)
• Describe metallurgical process in metals
• Understand the basic principles of Group theory and apply the main concepts of group theory;
• Demonstrate clear understanding of the concepts of Coordination Chemistry;
• Determine the Magnetic property of Organometallic complexes;
• Organometallic chemistry and Bioinorganic Chemistry;
• Preparation, identification and properties of compounds formed from selected transition elements.
• Reactions of various oxidation states of the selected transition elements and study the properties of the
known compounds under different kinds of media (acidic, alkaline, and neutral).
Mode of Assessment
Iche2041 Inorganic Chemistry I 5
Iche3042 Inorganic Chemistry II 5
Iche3043 Practical Inorganic Chemistry 2
33
May-2021
Module Name Physical Chemistry
Module Number 05
Module code M05
Module Description: This module discusses general concepts of physical chemistry in which describe
electrochemistry and kinetics of chemical reaction; principle of electrolytic conduction; physical properties of
matter; classical and wave mechanics; quantum theory and surface chemistry.
Module Competency
• Utilize the physical properties of mater to characterize and determine them.
• Identify chemicals that conduct electricity.
• Measure rate of any chemical reaction
• Carry out experiments based on the theoretical concepts from the courses.
• Explain electrochemistry and indicate the principle of galvanic and electrolytic conduction
• Apply the concept of conductance for analysis
• Distinguish between classical and wave mechanics
• Apply quantum mechanics to simple systems and describe molecular and atomic structure
• Describe interaction of electromagnetic radiation and matter
• Understand the surface phenomena by applying their chemical knowledge;
• Determine physical properties of matter; and explain about adsorption phenomena;
• Determine rate of any chemical reaction
• Measure conductance of electrolyte in solution
• Analyses sample with different electrochemical methods.
presentation in small group; Reading assignment; laboratory Activity.
Mode of Assessment
Iche2051 Chemical Kinetics and Electrochemistry 5
Iche3052 Practical Physical Chemistry 2
34
May-2021
Module Name Applied Chemistry
Module Number 06
Module code M06
Module Description: This module in general comprises different applied chemistry courses which will help students
in numerous versions of their industrial career. The module provides application of chemistry in biological,
environmental process with the courses of biochemistry and environmental chemistry. Some courses in this module
like Analysis of real sample is supported by practical activities.
Module Competency
Up on completion of this module students will develop competency to
• work in industries requiring competence from this course.
• Extract and characterize natural products independently.
• solve industrial problems that face during their career like microbiological, water quality, environmental,
biochemical.
• Perform preparation, identification and characterization of organic compounds.
• Familiarized with the biochemical concepts applied in different industries.
• Choose appropriate analytical method for analysis of a given real sample; and describe types of
analysis for the estimation of the concentration of an unknown solution.
• Acquire industrial exposure and practical industrial experience.
• Specific objectives of each course in the module listed in each course guide book.
presentation in small group; Reading assignment; Project work; laboratory Activity.
Mode of Assessment
Iche3061 Biochemistry 5
Iche3062 Environmental Chemistry and Toxicology 3
Iche3063 Food Science and Technology 5
Iche4064 Real Sample Analysis 3
Iche4065 Food Science Laboratory 2
35
May-2021
Module Name Chemical Engineering Basics

Module Number 07
Module code M07
Module Description: This module is built by core chemical engineering courses. It covers areas like basic principles
of Chemical Engineering discipline and chemical engineering thermodynamics.
Module Competency
Up on completion of this module students will
• Have the required competency to define the relation between units and dimensions;
• Develop desired competency to make use of mass and energy auditing of a system or processes;
• determine thermodynamic and flow property of substance;
• Equip the students with fundamental laws of thermodynamics and it application in engineering
discipline.
• Have the necessary background to understand different forms of energy and transformation
• Have the necessary background to understand thermodynamic efficiency and extent of chemical
reaction in process units of process industry

• Understand the basic principle of chemical engineering
• Define the relation between units and dimensions
• Understand the fundamental concepts of chemical engineering thermodynamics and how are its
concepts used in unit process analysis
• Know the thermodynamic properties of solutions and chemical reaction equilibria
• Solve problems related to chemical engineering thermodynamics using thermodynamics concepts ,data
and models
Mode Delivery Parallel

Mode of Assessment
Iche2071 Fundamentals of Chemical Engineering 5
Iche2072 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics 5
36
May-2021
Module Name Fluid Mechanics and Machines

Module Number 08
Module code M08
Module Description: The module contains; Characteristic Features and Definition of fluid mechanics and Fluid
Machines, Energy Transfer and Specific Work of Fluid Machines, Performance Characteristics of Centrifugal
Machines, Theory of Positive Displacement Pumps, Theory of Positive Displacement Compressors, , Selection and
specification of Fluid Machines
Module Competency
• Have the necessary background to understand the principles and properties of flow and different flow
regimes
• Have the necessary background to understand the theory and practices of different types of fluid
machines in chemical process industries
• Have the required competency to design, specify and select chemical engineering fluid machines
• Have the required competency to operate and evaluate the performance of chemical engineering fluid
machines
• Determine thermodynamic and flow property of substance;
• Understand modes of energy transfer mechanism, characteristics of fluid flow and momentum transfer
• Understand heat and mass transfer in different material and its application in process industry.
• Know characteristic features and application of fluid movers.
• Apply the concepts of dynamic similarity and dimensional analysis.
• Recognize the essential parameters describing a fluid system.
• Analyze pipe flow with friction and understand viscosity measurement.
• Know characteristic features and application of fluid movers
• Know practical and theoretical knowledge related to procurement (mainly selection and
specification), operation and
• performance evaluation of fluid machines
• Understand the main issues in installation and maintenance of fluid machines.
Mode of Assessment
Iche3081 Fluid Mechanics for Chemical Engineering 3
Iche4082 Fluid Machines for Chemical Engineers 3
37
May-2021
Module Name Chemical Engineering Unit Operations

Module Number 09
Module code M09
Module Description: This module general introduces to the students with mechanical unit operation in process
industries, in theory and practice. It also covers concepts of basic principle of heat transfer, and mass transfer in
process industries
Module Competency
• Have basic background in understand mechanical unit operation equipment;
• Have the necessary background to estimate energy consumption of process equipment;
• Develop desired competency to understand the science behind industrial heat and mass transfer
operations in the industry.
• Have the necessary background to analyze the equations used in designing heat and mass transfer
equipment
• Have the required competency to determine the parameters to optimize performance of the equipment;
• Have the required competency to determine the size of different heat and mass transfer equipment
• Be able to make experimental setup to measure effect of different parameters on fluid flow,
mechanical unit operation, and fluid flow measurement and evaluate performance of equipment.
• Have a sound understanding of the basic principles of operation of the different size reduction
equipment and be able to select the appropriate equipment for the given purpose
• Understand the different types and operation principles of the equipment which are used for solid
transportation and storage.
• Understand basic principles of heat and mass transfer phenomena and their applications in chemical
and food process industries.
• Understand and analyze the different mechanical separation, hydro mechanical separation and mixing
equipment and be able to select the appropriate equipment for each of the operations.
Mode of Assessment
Iche3091 Mechanical Unit Operations 5
Iche3092 Thermal and Mass Transfer Unit Operations 5
38
May-2021
Module Name Process Technology
Module Number 10
Module code M10
Module Description: The module contains Organic and Inorganic process technologies. The technology of
production of industrial products will be covered, and it will give a clue for students to see how to produce good
quality products. It also contains basic components of graphics flow-sheeting and chemical engineering drawing
Module Competency
• Have basic background and knowledge for different chemical industries
• Have the required competency to identify industrial products processing technologies
• Have the necessary knowledge of alternative industrial product processing technologies
• Sketch Engineering object, dimensions and give tolerance.
• Have background to Understand pipe drawing and its representation in the process flow sheet.
• Develop desired competency to Develop process flow diagram & select appropriate Chemical
engineering symbols for processes.
• Introduce organic &inorganic processing methods and technologies.
• assess current production technologies
• Develop new and better process technologies.
• Understand how to dimension an object in the drawing, sectional views and conventions.
• Know piping systems and its representation in the flow sheet.
• Understand chemical engineering symbols.
• Know how to present a flow sheet for the process
Mode of Assessment
Iche3101 Production Technology I 5
Iche3102 Production Technology II 5
39
May-2021
Module Name Process Engineering

Module Number 11
Module code M11
Module Description: This module covers areas like process measurement and instrumentation, and process
dynamics and control, basic computational & numerical methods to solve chemical technology problems, and
introduction to plant and process safety.
Module Competency
• Have the required competency to explain how process control systems works
• design control systems for control different parameters
• Gained a fundamental understanding of the importance of computers and the role of approximations and
errors in the implementation and development of numerical methods.
• Identify common workplace hazards and suggest suitable control/prevention strategies.
• Acquire the basic knowledge of process control hardware
• Explain the basic working principle of measuring devices and their characteristics.
• Analyze the difference between feedback and feed forward control system
• Understand the importance of computers and the role of approximations and errors in implementation and
development of numerical methods.
• solve numerical problems of the type indicated in the course description and outline
• Outline the principles of safety
• Develop, maintain and evaluate an organization’s work safety system
• Identify common workplace hazards and suggest suitable control/prevention strategies.
• Develop, maintain and evaluate an organization’s work safety system.
• Understand how to approach the design of processes in an integrated fashion, how a realistic and
practical process can be achieved starting from basic information through integrated optimization concept.
Mode of Assessment
Tests; Quizzes; Group Works; Assignments (Group/individual); Presentations; Mid Exam; Final Exam.
Process Control and Dynamics 5
Iche3111
Computer Aided Process Design and simulation 5
Iche3112
Iche3113 Industrial Safety and Loss Prevention 3
Iche4114 Process Integration and Optimization 3
40
May-2021
Module Name Industrial module
Module Number 12
Module code M12
Module Description: This module in general comprises different industrial chemistry courses which will help students
in numerous versions of their industrial career. The module provides industrial process knowledge that directly applied
to the students‟ future career. Some courses in this module like industrial attachment is designed to create industrial
exposure and provide practical industrial experience for industrial chemistry students; the others like industrial
microbiology provide general overview of microbiological concepts applied in different industries. Glass blowing and
industrial polymer courses for fabrication of some industrial materials and laboratory apparatus. A course like industrial
waste management is designed to impart knowledge on sources and characteristics of various industrial wastes and
strategies for its prevention and control. Industrial nanomaterials is also included as a courses here to create awareness
on the students how nanotechnology is playing a significant role in different industrial
sectors.
Module Competency
Up on completion of this module students will develop competency to
Work in industries in fields of the study.
Solve industrial problems that face during their career like microbiological, water quality, glass management,
environmental, biochemical.
Identify the different industrial wastes
Describe the role of polymers in different industrial sectors
Mold glasses with different shapes
Understand the concepts biotechnology and its industrial applications.
Be familiarize with different industrial processes and gained practical knowledge and skills
Have practical knowledge and skills
Understand the role of nanotechnology in different industrial sectors
Specific objectives of each course in the module listed in each course guide book.
Mode of Assessment
Tests; Quizzes; Assignments (Group/individual); Mid exam; Final Examination.
Iche3121 Glass Molding and Glass Blowing 3
Iche4122 Industrial Waste Management 5
Iche4123 Industrial Polymer 5
Iche4124 Industrial Attachment 3
Iche4125 Industrial Visit 2
Iche4126 Industrial Biotechnology 5
Iche4127 Nanomaterials 3
41
May-2021
Module Name Research Module

Module Number 13
Module code M13
Module Description: This module is designed to provide practical industrial as well chemical research work experience;
in which research methods will be described; main research procedures like research problem identification, sampling,
measurement and analysis activities, data management and interpretation, research report
writing, presenting a research work and similar skills are going to be practiced and developed.
Module Competency
• Write research proposal
• Practice how to proceed in research work
• Perform researches related with chemical and industrial processes
• Write up a research report/thesis.
• Understand the overall purposes and procedures of research activity.
• Identify research problem specially related with chemical and industrial processes.
• Write research proposal.
• Apply the research proposal for the research projects.
• Perform research activities by their own with a little assistance of project advisor instructor.
• Write research report and present all over their research work.
Project work; laboratory Activity.
Mode of Assessment
Exam; Assignment (Group/individual); Presentations; project defence.
Iche4131 Research Methods and Experimental Design 3
Iche4132 Student Project work 3
10.1.3. Elective Courses Module
Module Name Elective Module

Module Number 14
Module Category Elective
Module code M14
42
May-2021
Module Description: This module is designed to provide specific knowledge and create awareness on some of
industrial processes that are predominantly produced and attention is given for common industrial products in our
country, such as pharmaceutical, sugar, textile, leather …
Module Competency
• Manage activates in production/manufacturing and quality control of some selected industrial processes
and products such as pharmaceuticals, sugar, cement, ceramic etc.
• Have advanced understanding about the overall production and processes of manufacturing; and quality
control activities of some selected industrial processes and products such as pharmaceuticals, sugar, cement, ceramics,
textiles etc.
presentation in small group; Reading assignment; Project work.
Mode of Assessment
Iche41 4x (x = 1 to 6) Elective 3
10.1.4. Supportive Course Modules
Module Name Supportive course

Module Number 15-18
Module Category Supportive
Module code M15, M16, M17, and M18
Module Description: This module is designed to provide fundamental concepts of helpful courses in order to manipulate
compulsory courses as well as complement knowledge gap acquired from compulsory courses.
Module Competency
• Solve industrial problems mathematics as a tool.
• Manage industries in scientific and proper way.
• Develop simple computer programs in order to solve industrial problems.
• Be industrial entrepreneur.
43
May-2021

• Manipulate mathematical problems and solve them.
• Familiarize with plant design and working ethics in an organization.
• Realize the concepts in entrepreneurship and development.
Project work, problem solving; tutorial and laboratory Activity.
Mode of Assessment

Math2151 Applied Mathematics I 5
Math2152 Applied Mathematics II 5
Stat2161 Introduction to Statistics 3
Comp2171 Introduction to Computer programing 3
Plant Design and economics 5
Iche3181
Iche4182 Total Quality Management 3
44
May-2021
10.2. Course Handbook
10.2.1. Common Courses Handbook
Communicative English Skills I

Module No 01
Module Code M01
Course Title Communicative English Skills I
Course Code EnLa 1011
CP 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
Instructor Information Phone number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
Status of Course Compulsory
Contact Hours Lecture Tutorial Lab work Home study ECTS

(per week) 3 0 7 5
Lecture days, hours and TBA
Room
Mode of Delivery Semester based
Number of weeks 16 weeks
required
Target Group Freshman Students
Semester I
Course Description:
Communicative English Skills I is a course designed to enable students to communicate in English intelligibly with
acceptable accuracy, fluency and ability to use English appropriately in different contexts. The course exposes students
to English language learning activities designed to help students use English for their academic and social needs. Students
would be engaged in language learning development activities through doing and reflection on action. This includes
grammar and vocabulary as used in communicative events and all skills and their sub-kills: speaking, listening, reading
and writing. The language and skills are integrated where one becomes a resource to the other. There are six units
covering topics related to the life world of students as well as of societal relevance.
45
May-2021
Course Objectives
By the end of this course the student will able to:
• Express themselves in social and academic events in English--Use English intelligibly with reasonable level of
curacy and fluency
• Listen and comprehend to talks related to social and academic events given in English
• Read and understand texts written in English –texts on academic and social matters
• Write in English as academically and socially desirable.
• Learn and develop their English on their own learning to learn: the language and the skills.
Course Outline:
Introducing Oneself
Listening
Introducing oneself (who you are, where you came from, where you finished your primary and secondary school), what
you intend to study and why Vocabulary
Reading
Reading a short biography written in simple English: using background knowledge,reading with comprehension, making
notes while reading, guessing meanings, attending to reference words & discussing notes,
Study Skills
Listening
listening to a talk on habits of successful students: reflecting on one’s study skills, taking notes while listening, discussing
notes, answering listening comprehension questions, discussing answers
Giving advice using tips from the listening text: using the language of giving advice
Reading
Reading an expository essay on study skills: reading with comprehension, attendingto new vocabulary, writing notes while
reading, writing brief summaries from notes
Studying the present perfect tense and the past perfect tense: form, use and meaningof conditionals
Sports and Health
Listening
46
May-2021
Listening about Zinedine Zidan (who he is, his childhood, his professional career): using prior knowledge (talking about
a famous football player), predicting what comes next and checking prediction, taking notes while listening, discussing
notes, presenting oral summary), asking and answering Wh-questions
Studying conditionals (form, use and meaning)
Reading
Reading a short expository passage on sports and health: discussing how sports improve health, reading for main ideas,
making notes while reading, developing notesinto short summaries, comparing summaries
Working on vocabulary: using word formation
Cultural Values
Listening
Listening about cultural tourism: discussing how culture attracts tourists, listening with comprehension, taking notes
while listening, discussing notes, developing notesinto one-paragraph summaries
Reading
Reading an expository text on cultural values: reading with comprehension, writing notes while reading, answering
comprehension questions, summarizing the text basedon notes made while reading, discussing summaries
Revision simple present, simple past, present perfect and past perfect tenses: revising form, use and meanings of these
tenses, writing short meaningful sentences using simple present, simple past, present perfect and past perfect forms of
verbs
Tourism and Wildlife
Listening
Listening about human-wildlife conflict (argumentative text): using prior knowledge, listening with comprehension,
making notes while reading, writingsummaries using the notes, discussing the summaries
Reading
Reading a text on tourism and wildlife: using visual, reading with comprehension, guessing meanings of words based on
context, writing brief notes while reading, discussing notes and developing them into summaries, discussing summaries
Working on denotative and connotative meanings
Revising conditionals: constructing meaningful sentences based on pictures
Population
Listening
47
May-2021
Listening about population density: learning the meanings of ‘population’, ‘density’and ‘population density’, predicting
what comes in the talk and checking prediction, listening with comprehension, taking notes while listening, discussing
notes, writingshort paragraphs using the notes and discussing them
Reading
Reading a text on population pyramid: interpreting tables, graphs and pie charts, reading with comprehension, making
notes while reading, discussing notes, developing notes into paragraphs, discussing and improving paragraphs.
Studying collocation: learning the definition of collocation, identifying words that collocate with ‘population’, doing
exercise on collection, using collection in vocabulary study
Working on active and passive constructions (form, use, meaning): noticing grammar pattern in example sentences,
listening to a brief lecture, writing lectures notes, discussing notes, identifying active and passive constructions,
completing contextualized exercise, reading independently and compiling portfolio on passive constructions
Instructional Methods and Strategies: Providing brief introductory notes, Pair and groupdiscussions, Presentation,
independent reading, encouraging independent learning, giving individual and group works are some of the major
teaching methods to be used.
Teacher’s activities: Interactive lecture methods followed by discussion, demonstration, etc. andguide students in project
work. And also permitting the students to voice and defend their own opinions and enhancing the students’ commitment
to individual study and acquiring knowledge are among the activities.
Students’ activities: Active involvement of learners is required at each phase. This is done through questioning and
answering, reflection, reporting, solving problems associated with the respective topics. The students individually and in
peer practice and learn through project and practical work. Each practical will result in a report for assessment.
Assessment Strategies and Techniques: At least 50% continuous assessments (quizzes, tests, assignments, Valuing
Active Participation, Oral presentation, Valuing Attendance and/or mid- examination) and 50% final examination.
Instructional Resources (Materials and Equipments): LCD, computer (desktop or laptop),course outlines, markers,
flip charts, white board, chalk board, duster.
References
Alfassi, M. 2004. Reading to learn: Effects of combined strategy instruction on high school students. Journal of
Educational Research, 97(4):171- 184.
Anderson, N. 1999. Exploring second language reading: Issues and

strategies.Toronto: Heinle&Heinle Publisher.
Bade, M. 2008. Grammar and good language learners.In C. Griffiths (Eds.). Lessons from good language learners (pp.
174-184). Cambridge University Press. https//doi.org/10.107/CBO9780511497667.016
48
May-2021
Bouchard, M. 2005. Reading comprehension strategies for English language learners: 30research-based reading
strategies that help students read, understand and really learncontent from their textbooks and other nonfiction materials.
New York: Scholastic.
Cameron, L. 2001. Teaching languages to young learners. Cambridge: Cambridge UniversityPress.
Chamot, A.U. 1987. The learning strategies of ESL students. In A. Wenden & J. Rubin (Eds.). Learner strategies in
language learning (PP 71-85). Prentice-Hall: Hemel Hempstead.
Gairns, R. & Redman, S. 1986. Working with words: A guide to teaching and learning vocabulary. Cambridge University
Press.
Department of Foreign Language and Literature. 1996. College English (Volume I and Volume II). Addis Ababa
University Press.
McNamara, D.S. (Ed.). 2007. Reading comprehension strategies: Theories, interventions, andtechnologies. New York:
Erlbaum.
Tilfarlioğlu, Y. 2005. An Analysis of the relationshipbetweenthe use of grammar learning strategiesandstudent

achievement at English preparatory classes.Journal of Language and Linguistic Studies 1: 155-169.
Murphy R. (?). Essentials of English grammar in use: A self-study reference and practice book for intermediate students
of English (2nd Ed.). Cambridge University Press.
Murphy R. 2004. English grammar in use: A self-study reference and practice book for intermediate students of English
(3rd Ed.). Cambridge University Press.
Zhang, L. J. 2008.Constructivist pedagogy in strategic reading instruction: Exploring pathways to learner development
in the English as a second language (ESL) classroom. Instructional Science, 36(2): 89-
116.https://doi.org/10.1007/s11251-007-9025-6.
49
May-2021
General Physics

Module No 01
Module Code M01
Course Title General Physics
Course Code Phys 1011
CP 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None

(per week) 3 0 7 5
Room
required
Semester I
Course Description: This module will be taught in an introductory undergraduate level and is
primarily designed for abroader audience of science students. The goal of the course is to give an
overview of the variousphysics- b a s e d analysis and dating techniques used in science and
technology. High schoolmathematics and physics concepts are enough as prerequisite for this course.
Laws, principles, andmethods of physics will be taught in a more descriptive manner using simple
mathematics. The course covers preliminaries, mechanics, fluid mechanics, electromagnetism and
electronics, thermodynamics, oscillations and waves, and cross-cutting applications of physics in
different areas of science and technology.
Course Objectives
✓ Discuss basic physics by refreshing and summarizing the previous preparatory physics concepts before tackling the
advanced physics courses.
✓ Explain the kinematics and dynamics of particles in one and two dimensions.
50
May-2021
✓ State principles of fluids in equilibrium and solve problems applying Pascal‘s principle, Archimedes‘s, principles
and Bernoulli‘s equation in various situations.
✓ Explain the basic concepts of charges, fields and potentials.
✓ Analyze direct and alternating current circuits containing different electric elements and solve circuit problems.
✓ Demonstrate the use and the working system of cells (batteries), resistors, generators, motors and transformers.
✓ Explain the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system and apply it to solve problems.
✓ Discuss systems that oscillate with simple harmonic motion.
✓ Explain the application of physics in different sciences and technology fields.
✓ Apply and describe a variety of experimental techniques and grasp the general guidelines of laboratory.
✓ Develop the skill of laboratory work.
Course Outline:
1. Preliminaries
1.1. Physical Quantities and Measurement
1.1.1. Physical quantities
1.1.2. SI Units: Basic and Derived Units
1.1.3. Conversion of Units
1.2. Uncertainty in Measurement and Significant Digits
1.2.1. Significant digits
1.3. Vectors: composition and resolution
1.3.1. Vector Representation
1.3.2. Vector Addition
1.3.3. Components of Vector
1.4. Unit Vector
1.4.1. Vector addition in Unit Vector Notation
1.4.2. Finding a Unit Vector
2. Kinematics and Dynamics of Particles
2.1. Kinematics in One and Two Dimensions
2.1.1. Displacement, velocity and Acceleration in 1D and 2D
2.1.2. Motion with Constant Acceleration
2.1.3. Free Fall Motion
2.1.4. Projectile Motion
51
May-2021
2.2. Particle Dynamics and Planetary Motion

2.2.1. The Concept of Force as A Measure of Interaction
2.2.2. Type of Forces
2.2.3. Newton‘s Laws of Motion and Applications
2.2.4. Uniform Circular Motion
2.2.5. Newton‘s Law of Universal Gravitation
2.2.6. Kepler‘s Laws, Satellites Motion and Weightlessness
2.3. Work, Energy and Linear Momentum
2.3.1. Work and Energy
2.3.2. Power
2.3.3. Linear Momentum
2.3.4. Collisions
2.3.5. Center of Mass
3. Fluid Mechanics
3.1. Properties of Bulk Matter
3.2. Density and Pressure in Static Fluids
3.3. Buoyant Force and Archimedes‘ Principles
3.3.1. Archimedes‘ principle
3.4. Moving Fluids and Bernoulli Equations (Fluid Dynamics)
3.4.1. Bernoulli‘s Equation
4. Heat and Thermodynamics
4.1. The concept of Temperature and the Zeroth law of Thermodynamics
4.2. Thermal Expansion
4.3. The Concept of Heat, Work and Internal Energy
4.4. Specific Heat and Latent Heat
4.5. Heat Transfer Mechanisms
4.6. The First Law of Thermodynamics
5. Oscillations, Waves and Optics
5.1. Simple Harmonic Motion
5.1.1. Periodic and Oscillatory Motion
5.1.2. Displacement, Velocity and Acceleration in a SHM
5.2. The simple Pendulum
52
May-2021
5.3. Wave and Its Characteristics

5.4. Resonance
5.5. The Doppler Effect
5.6. Image Formation by Thin Lenses and Mirrors
6. Electromagnetism and Electronics
6.1. Coulomb‘s Law and Electric Fields
6.2. Electric Potential
6.3. Current, Resistance and Ohm‘s Law
6.4. Electrical Energy and Power
6.5. Equivalent Resistance and Kirchhoff‘s Rule
6.6. Magnetic Field and Magnetic Flux
6.7. Electromagnetic Induction
6.8. Insulators, Conductors and Semiconductors
6.9. Diodes
6.10. Transistors
7. Cross Cutting Applications of Physics
7.1. Physics in Agriculture and Environment
7.2. Physics in Industries
7.3. Physics in Health Sciences and Medical Imaging
7.4. Physics and Archeology
7.5. Application in Earth and Space Sciences
7.6. Applications in Power
Instructional Methods and Strategies:
Students’ Activities: Students should read the module and/or reference materials and do the assignments on
time. Practice with solved problems and come to office hours to get concepts clarified. Review and extra
problems will be given through worksheets. Students are also expectedto have worked through the problems in
the worksheets before the tutorial sessions. Attendance atlectures and Laboratory is expected for all students.
Attendance records will be taken at all times.It is the students’ chance to ask questions, solve problems and
work in team.
Assessment Strategies and Techniques: At least 50% continuous assessments (quizzes, tests, assignments,
project work and/or mid-examination) and 50% final examination
53
May-2021
Instructional Resources (Materials and Equipments): LCD, computer (desktop or laptop), course outlines,
markers, flip charts, white board, chalk board, duster.
Recommended Laboratory Activities
For this course a total of 10 experiments relevant to Mechanics, Electricity and Magnetism, and Electronics
will be carried out.
I. List of Experiments from Mechanics

➢ Measurements of basic constants, length, mass and time
➢ Free fall
➢ Hook‘s law
➢ Density of liquids
➢ Simple pendulum
II. List of Experiments from Electricity and Magnetism
➢ Calibration of voltmeter and ammeter from galvanometer
➢ Ohm ‘s law, parallel and series combination of resistors
III. List of Experiments from electronics
➢ V-I characteristics of diode
➢ Rectification
➢ Logic gate
From these recommended experiments, at least six experiments to be performed. Simulation
Experiments from the Internet can be used to supplement laboratory activities whenever possible.
References
1. Serway, R. A. and Vuille, C., 2018, College Physics, 11th ed., Cengage Learning, Boston,USA
2. University Physics with Modern Physics by Young, freedman and Lewis Ford
3. Physics for Scientists and Engineers with Modern Physics by Douglas C. Giancoli
4. Fundamentals of physics by David Halliday, Robert Resnick and Gearl Walker
5. College Physics by Hugh D. Young Sears Zemansky, 9th Ed., Herman Cember and Thomas
A. Johnson, Introduction to Health Physics, 4th ed., (2008).
6. William R. Hendee and E. Russell Ritenour, Medical Imaging Physics, 4th Ed., (2002).
7. Tayal D.C. Basic Electronics. 2nd ed. Himalaya Publishing House Mumbai, (1998).
8. Theraja B.L., R.S. Sedha. Principles of Electronic Devices and Circuits, S. Chand andCompany
Ltd, New Delhi, (2004).
54
May-2021
9. Introduction to Space Physics, M. G. Kivelson and C. T. Russell, Cambridge UniversityPress,

1995.
10. Stacey, Frank D.: Physics of the earth. 2nd Ed., Wiley, 1977.
General Psychology

Module No 01
Module Code M01
Course Title General Psychology
Course Code Psyc1011
CP 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None

(per week) 3 0 7 5
Room
required
Semester I
Course Description: This General Psychology course has multifaceted significances. Students will
investigate theories,topics, and applications in the field of psychology across biological, cognitive,
social, developmental and clinical areas. Students learn to identify ways in which the science of
psychology affects everyday lives and gain knowledge in multiple areas of psychology that provides
a foundation for future courses with the major and across campus. The course will highlight
55
May-2021
connections among different areas of psychology and identify ways in which different perspectives
contribute to a fuller understanding of human behavior.
Course Objectives
✓ Describe basic psychological concepts;
✓ Compare and contrast the major theoretical perspectives in psychology;
✓ Discuss different aspects of human development;
✓ Compare and contrast different learning theories;
✓ Summarize motivational and emotional processes;
✓ Demonstrate social and interpersonal skills in everyday life;
✓ Set an adaptive goal and plan for future;
✓ Apply knowledge of psychology in their life; and
✓ Develop their life skills.
Course Outline:
1. Essence of Psychology
1.1. Definition of Psychology and Related Concepts
1.2. Goals of Psychology
1.3. Historical Background and Major Perspectives in Psychology
1.4. Early schools of psychology
1.5. Modern schools of psychology
1.6. Branches/Sub Fields of Psychology
1.7. Research Methods in Psychology
2. Sensation and Perception
2.1. The meanings of sensation and perception
2.2. The sensory laws: Sensory thresholds and sensory adaption
2.3. Perception
2.4. Selectivity of perception: Attention
2.5. From perception
2.6. Depth perception
2.7. Perceptual Constancies
2.8. Perceptual Illusion
56
May-2021
3. Learning and Theories of Learning

3.1. Definition, Characteristics and Principles of Learning
3.2. Definitions of learning
3.3. Characteristics of learning
3.4. Principles of learning
3.5. Factors Influencing Learning
3.6. Theories of Learning and their Applications
3.7. Behavioral Theory of Learning
3.8. Social Learning Theory (observational learning) theory
3.9. Cognitive Learning Theory
4. Memory and Forgetting
4.1. Memory
4.2. Meaning and Processes of Memory
4.3. Stages/Structure of Memory
4.4. Factors Affecting Memory
4.5. Forgetting
4.6. Meaning and Concepts of Forgetting
4.7. Theories of Forgetting
4.8. Improving Memory
5. Motivation and Emotions
5.1. Motivation
5.2. Definition and types of motivation
5.3. Approaches to motivation (theories of motivation)
5.4. Conflict of motives and frustration Emotions
5.5. Definition of emotion
5.6. Theories of emotion
6. Personality
6.1. Meaning of Personality
6.2. Theories of Personality
6.3. The psychoanalytic theory of personality
6.4. The trait theory of personality
6.5. Humanistic theory of personality
7. Psychological Disorders and Treatment Techniques
57
May-2021
7.1. Nature of Psychological Disorders

7.2. Causes of Psychological Disorders (Based on Perspectives)
7.3. The Biological Perspective
7.4. Psychological Perspectives
7.5. Types of Psychological Disorders
7.6. Treatment Techniques
8. Nature and Definition of Life Skills
8.1. Components of Life Skills
8.2. Goals of Life Skills
9. Intra-Personal and Interpersonal Skills
9.1. Self-Concept and Self-Awareness
9.2. Self-esteem and self-confidence
9.3. Self-Control
9.4. Anger Management
9.5. Emotional Intelligence and Managing
9.6. Stress, Coping with Stress and Resilience
9.7. Critical and Creative Thinking
9.8. Problem Solving and Decision Making
10. Academic Skills
10.1. Time Management
10.2. Note-taking and Study Skills
10.3. Test-Taking Skill
10.4. Test Anxiety and Overcoming Test Anxiety
10.5. Goal Setting
10.6. Career Development Skill
11. Social Skills
11.1. Understanding cultural Diversity
11.2. Gender and Social Inclusion
11.3. Interpersonal Communication Skills
11.4. Social Influences
11.5. Peer Pressure
11.6. Assertiveness
11.7. Conflict and Conflict
58
May-2021
11.8. Team Work

11.9. Overcoming Risky Behavior
Teaching methods: lecture, independent learning, case study, jigsaw, presentation, questioning, group
learning, seminar, workshop, role play, and others could be implemented Assessment mode:
individual assignment (10%); mid-exam (40%) and final exam (50%)
References
1. Asian Development Bank. (2017). Understanding and Developing Emotional Intelligence.

http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/3.0/igo/.
2. Baron, R. A. & Branscombe N. R. (2012). Social Psychology. New Jersey: Pearson Education,Inc.
3. Coon, D. & Mitterer, J.O. (2012). Introduction to Psychology: Gateways to Mind and Behavior(12th
edit.) .Wadsworth, Cengage Learning: USA.
4. Delamater, J. D. & Myers, D. J. (2011). Social Psychology (7th edit.). Belmont: Wadsworth
Cengage Learning.
5. Feldman, R. S. (2015). Essentials of Understanding Psychology (11th edit.). New York:
McGraw-Hill Education.
6. Feldman, R.S. (2011). Understanding Psychology (10th edit.). New York: McGraw-Hill. Hockenbury,
D.H & Hockenbury, S.E. (2010). Psychology (5th edit). New York: Worth Publishers.
7. Kowalski, R. and Westen, D. (2011). Psychology (6th edit.). USA: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Krull, D.S.
(2014). Introduction to Psychology. Charlotte, North Carolina: Kona Publishing and Media Group
8. Kuusela, K. (2013). Diversity management: Challenges and possibilities. Metropolia University of
Applied Sciences.
9. Moldes, V. M., Biton, Ch. L., Gonzaga, D. J., & Moneva, J. C. (2019). Students, Peer Pressureand their
Academic Performance in School. International Journal of Scientific and Research Publications, 9,
1, 2250-3153.
59
May-2021
Mathematics for Natural Sciences

Module No 01
Module Code M01
Course Title Mathematics for Natural Sciences
Course Code Math 1011
CP 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None

(per week) 3 0 7 5
Room
required
Semester I
Course Description: The course intends to prepare science students in the basic concepts and
materials from mathematics that necessitate a good foundation to treat basic mathematical
models in science. This course rigorously discusses the basic concepts of logic and set theory,
the real and complex number systems, mathematical induction, least upper bound and greatest
lower bound, functions and types of functions, polynomial and rational functions, logarithmic
and exponential functions, trigonometric functions, hyperbolic functions and their graphs and
analytic geometry.
Course Objectives
60
May-2021
➢ Understand mathematical logic,

➢ Apply logic in reasoning and mathematical proofs,
➢ Use quantifiers in open propositions, understand concepts of sets and set operations,
➢ Understand the fundamental properties of real and complex numbers,
➢ Find least upper bound and greatest lower bound,
➢ Use mathematical induction in proofs,
➢ Write polar representation of complex numbers,
➢ Understand different types of functions, their inverses and their graphs,
➢ Find zero’s of some polynomials,
➢ Identify various forms of conic sections and derive their equations,
➢ Use basic properties of logarithmic, exponential, hyperbolic, and trigonometric functions.
Course Outline:
1. Propositional Logic and Set Theory

1.1. Propositional Logic
1.1.1. Definition and examples of Propositions
1.1.2. Logical connectives
1.1.3. Compound (or complex) proposition
1.1.4. Tautology and contradiction
1.2. Open propositions and quantifiers
1.3. Arguments and Validity
1.4. Set Theory
1.4.1. The Concept of a set
1.4.2. Description of sets
1.4.3. Set operations and Venn diagrams
2. The Real and Complex Number Systems
2.1. The real number system
2.1.1. The natural numbers, principle of mathematical induction and the well orderingaxiom
2.1.2. The set of integers
2.1.3. The set of rational numbers
2.1.4. The set of real numbers, upper bound and lower bound, least Upper bound and
greatest lower bound; completeness property of real numbers
61
May-2021
2.2. The set of complex numbers

2.2.1. Plotting complex number
2.2.2. Operations on complex numbers
2.2.3. Conjugate of a complex number
2.2.4. Modulus (Norm) of a complex number
2.2.5. Additive and multiplicative inverse
2.2.6. Argument of a complex number
2.2.7. Polar form of a complex numbers
2.2.8. Extraction of roots
3. Functions
3.1. Review of relations and functions
3.2. Real valued functions and their properties
3.3. Types of functions and inverse of a function
3.4. Polynomials, zeros of polynomials, rational functions and their graphs
3.5. Definition and basic properties of logarithmic, exponential, trigonometric and hyperbolic
functions, and their graphs
4. Analytic Geometry
4.1. Distance Formula and Equation of Lines
4.1.1. Distance between two points and division of segments
4.1.2. Equations of lines
4.1.3. Distance between a point and a line
4.2. Circles
4.2.1. Definition of a circle
4.2.2. Equation of a circle
4.2.3. Intersection of a circle with a line and tangent line to a circle
4.3. Parabolas
4.3.1. Definition of parabola
4.3.2. Equation of parabolas
4.4. Ellipse
4.4.1. Definition of ellipse
4.4.2. Equation of ellipse
62
May-2021
4.5. Hyperbola
4.5.1. Definition of a hyperbola
4.5.2. Equation of a hyperbola
4.6. The general second-degree equation
4.6.1. Rotation of coordinate axes
4.6.2. Analysis of the general second-degree equations
Students’ Activities:
Assessment Strategies and Techniques: At least 50% continuous assessments (quizzes, tests,assignments,
project work and/or mid-examination) and 50% final examination
Instructional Resources (Materials and Equipments): LCD, computer (desktop or laptop),course

outlines, markers, flip charts, white board, chalk board, duster.
References
1. Alemayehu Haile and Yismaw Alemu, Mathematics an Introductory Course, Department of

Mathematics, Addis Ababa University
2. Demisu Gemeda and Seid Mohammed, Fundamental Cocepts of Algebra, AAU
3. Semu Mitiku Kassa, Berhanu Guta Wordofa and Tilahun Abebaw Kebede, Engineering
Mathematics I, Galaxy University Books Series, 2017.
4. Edwin J. Purcell, Dale Varberg, Calculus with Analytic Geometry
5. G. Chartrand, A. D. Polimeni and P. Zihang, Mathematical proofs: a transition to advanced
mathematics 3rd edition, Pearson Education. Inc.
6. Goodman Hirsch, Precalculus-Understanding functions, 2000
7. James Ward Brown and Ruel V. Churchill: Complex Numbers and Applications, 7th edition
8. Michael D. Alder: An Introduction to Complex Analysis to Engineers, 1997
63
May-2021
Logic and Critical Thinking

Module No 01
Module Code M01
Course Title Logic and Critical Thinking
Course Code LoCT
CP 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
Contact Hours Lecture Tutorial Lab work ECTS

(per week) 3 0 5
Room
required
Semester I
64
May-2021
Course Description: This course is designed to help students to develop not only the ability to construct reliable and logically
defendable arguments of their own and rationally evaluate the arguments of others, but also the abilities and skills of critical
thinking. All education consists of transmitting two differentthings to students: (1) the subject matter or discipline content of
the course ("what to think"), and the correct way to understand and evaluate this subject matter ("how to think"). We may do
anexcellent job of transmitting the content of our respective academic disciplines, but we often fail to teach students how to
think effectively about this subject matter, that is, how to properly understand and evaluate it. That means, we often fail to
teach how to think critically. Hence, the primary aim of this course is to teach students essential skills of analyzing, evaluating,
and constructing arguments, and to sharpen their ability to execute the skills in thinking and writing, and thus better prepare
them to succeed in the world. The understanding of the methods by whichwe develop our own arguments, form beliefs, weigh
evidence, assess hypotheses and arguments, and analyze reasoning will help you rationally evaluate the credibility of claims
and arguments you encounter in media, in everyday conversation, and in the classroom. You will also learn to become aware
of errors in reasoning and judgment, which we all occasionally commit. Finally, you will learn to develop your own arguments
with clarity and precision.
Course Objectives
• Recognize the components and types of arguments;
• Develop the skill to construct and evaluate arguments;
• Understand the relationship between logic and language;
• Recognize the forms of meanings of words and terms;
• Comprehend the types, purposes and techniques of definitions;
• Understand the concept, principles, and criteria of critical thinking;
• Cultivate the habits of critical thinking and develop sensitivity to clear and accurate usageof language;
• Recognize the various forms of formal and informal fallacies; and
• Understand the components, attributes and representations of categorical propositions.
Course Outline:
1. Introducing Philosophy
1.1. Meaning and nature of philosophy
1.2. Basic features of philosophy
1.2.1. Core fields of philosophy
1.3. Metaphysics and epistemology
1.3.1. Metaphysics
65
May-2021
1.3.2. Epistemology
1.4. Axiology and logic
1.4.1. Axiology
1.4.2. Logic
1.5. Importance of learning philosophy
2. Basic Concepts of Logic
2.1. Basic concepts of logic: arguments, premises and conclusions
2.2. Techniques of recognizing arguments
2.2.1. Recognizing argumentative passages
2.2.2. Recognizing non-argumentative passages
2.3. Types of arguments: deduction and induction
2.3.1. Deductive arguments
2.3.2. Inductive arguments
2.3.3. Differentiating deductive and inductive arguments
2.4. Evaluating arguments
2.4.1. Evaluating deductive arguments: validity, truth, and soundness
2.4.2. Evaluating inductive arguments: strength, truth, and cogency
3. Logic and Language
3.1. Philosophy of language: an overview
3.1.1. What is philosophy of language?
3.1.2. A brief note on the debates and history of philosophy of language
3.1.3. Some philosophical approaches to the nature of meaning
3.2. Logic and meaning
3.2.1. The functions of language: cognitive and emotive meanings
3.2.2. The intension and extension of terms
3.2.3. Logic and definition
3.3. Meaning, types, and purposes of definitions
3.3.1. The meaning of definition
3.3.2. The types and purposes of definitions
3.4. Techniques of definition
3.4.1. The extensional (denotative) definitional techniques
3.4.2. The intensional (connotative) definitional techniques
66
May-2021
3.5. Criteria for lexical definitions

4. Basic Concepts of Critical Thinking
4.1. Meaning of critical thinking
4.2. Standards of critical thinking
4.3. Codes of intellectual conduct for effective discussion
4.3.1. Principles of good argument
4.3.2. Principles of critical thinking
4.4. Characteristics of critical thinking
4.4.1. Basic traits of critical thinkers
4.4.2. Basic traits of uncritical thinkers
4.5. Barriers to critical thinking
4.6. Benefits of critical thinking
5. Informal Fallacies
5.1. Fallacy in general
5.1.1. The meaning of fallacy
5.1.2. Types of fallacies
5.1.3. Informal fallacies
5.2. Fallacies of relevance
5.3. Fallacies of weak induction
5.4. Fallacies of presumption
5.5. Fallacies of ambiguity and grammatical analogy
5.5.1. Fallacies of ambiguity
5.5.2. Fallacies of grammatical analogy
6. Categorical Propositions
6.1. General introduction
6.1.1. Standard-forms of categorical proposition
6.1.2. The components of categorical propositions
6.2. Attributes of categorical propositions: quality, quantity, and distribution
6.3. Venn diagrams and the modern square of opposition
6.3.1. Representing categorical propositions in diagrams
6.3.2. Squares of opposition: traditional and modern squares of opposition
6.3.3. The traditional square of opposition
67
May-2021
6.4. Evaluating immediate inferences: using venn diagrams and square of oppositions
6.4.1. Logical operations: conversion, obvers ion, and contraposition
Instructional Methods and Strategies: Lecture, Peer/ group Discussion and Reflection, Reading
Assignment. ...... are some of the major teaching methods to be used.
Teacher’s activities: Interactive lecture methods followed by discussion, demonstration, etc. andguide
students in project work. And also permitting the students to voice and defend their own opinions and
enhancing the students’ commitment to individual study and acquiring knowledge are among the
activities.
Students’ activities: Active involvement of learners is required at each phase. This is done through
questioning and answering, reflection, reporting, solving problems associated with the respective topics.
The students individually and in peer practice and learn through project and practical work. Each practical
will result in a report for assessment.
Assessment Strategies and Techniques: At least 50% continuous assessments (quizzes, tests,
assignments, and/or mid-examination) and 50% final examination

References
1. Copi, Irving M. and Carl Cohen, (1990) Introduction to Logic, New York: MacmillanPublishing
Company.
2. Damer, Edward. (2005). Attacking faulty reasoning. A practical guide to fallacy free argument.
Wadsworth Cengage learning, USA.
3. Fogelin, Robert, J, (1987) Understanding Arguments: An Introduction to Informal Logic, NewYork:
Harcourt Brace Jvanovich Publisher.
4. Guttenplan, Samuel: (1991) The Language of Logic. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers
5. Simico, N.D and G.G James. (1983) Elementary Logic, Belmont, Ca: Wadsworth Publishing
Company.
6. Stephen, C. (200) The Power of Logic. London and Toronto: Mayfield Publishing Company.
Walelign, Emuru, (2009) Freshman Logic, Addis Ababa
68
May-2021
Physical Fitness

Module No 01
Module Code M01
Course Title Physical Fitness
Course Code SpSc 1011
CP P/F
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None

(per week) 1 3 P/F
Room
required
Semester I
Course Description: This course will provide the students with basic concepts of the five components of health-related
physical fitness (cardiovascular, muscular strength and endurance, flexibility, and body composition), conditioning,
hypokinetic disease and general principles of training. It is mainly practical oriented. As a result, the students will be exposed
to various exercise modalities, sport activities, minor and major games, and various training techniques as a means to enhance
health related physical fitness components. In addition, they will develop the skills to assess each component of fitness and
will practice designing cardiovascular, muscular strength and endurance, and flexibility programs based on the fitness
assessment. The course serves as an introduction to the role of exercise in health promotion, fitness, performance including
the acute and chronic responses of the body to exercise.
Course Objectives
• Recognize the immediate and long term responses of the body to various types of exercise.
• Understands the basic concepts of physical fitness and conditioning exercises.
69
May-2021
• Understand the concept of hypokinetic disease and conditions.

• Distinguish the general principles of fitness training
• Develop conditioning programs to enhance the components of health-related physical finesses.
• Participate in conditioning programs which may help to develop the components of health-related physical finesses.
• Understand health issues in relation to excess body fatness and excessively low body fat.
• Develop skills to assess health related physical fitness components.
• Develop healthy body weight management skill.
• Appreciate and value the benefits of regular physical exercise to healthy living.
• Develop interest to engage in a regular physical exercise program as a life time activity.
• Develop self-confidence and effective communication skills in and out of the school environment.
Course Outline:
1. Concepts of physical fitness and conditioning
1.1. Meanings and definitions of terms
1.1.1. physical fitness
1.1.2. physical conditioning
1.1.3. Physical Activity,
1.1.4. Physical exercise and
1.1.5. Sport
1.2. General principles of fitness training
2. The Health Benefits of Physical Activity
2.1. Physical Activity and Hypokinetic Diseases/Conditions
2.2. Physical Activity and Cardiovascular Diseases
2.3. physical activity and postural deformity
3. Making Well-Informed Food Choices
3.1. Sound Eating Practices
3.2. Nutrition and Physical Performance
4. Health Related Components of Fitness
4.1. Cardiovascular fitness
4.1.1. Meaning and concepts of cardiovascular fitness
4.1.2. Means and methods of developing cardiovascular fitness
4.2. Muscle fitness
4.2.1. Meaning and concepts of muscle fitness
70
May-2021
4.2.2. Means and methods of developing muscle fitness

4.3. Flexibility
4.3.1. Meaning and types of flexibility
4.3.2. Means and methods of developing flexibility
4.4. Body composition
4.4.1. Meaning of body composition
4.4.2. Health risks associated with over fatness
4.4.3. Health risks associated with excessively low body fatness
5. Assessment of Fitness Components
5.1. Assessment of cardiovascular fitness
5.2. Assessment of muscle fitness
5.3. Assessment of flexibility
5.4. Assessment of body composition
Development and Assessment of the Health-Related Components of Fitness
Instructional Methods and Strategies: The course will involve deploying different teaching methods that
attempt to make the teaching-learning process as effective as possible. the course delivery techniques will
generally involve the following items: Lecture, Questioning and answering, Group discussions, Field Practice,
Explanation and Demonstration
Teacher’s activities: Provide maximum physical activity time within the class period, promote equal
participation of all students in the course, teach skills and activities that transfer in to lifetime physical activity,
motivate students to be active participants in the course and Praise for active participation
Students’ activities: The success of this course and students learning experience is dependent onactive engagement and
participation of the students in all the spectrum of the course. Students areexpected to come well prepared/dressed and
constructively engage in class. Class Discipline: “Ineach and every aspect of life, discipline comes first and worth a lot”.
This is what department of Sport Science reflects. As a result of this, any noise, chatting, chewing gum and the like are
prohibited in every sessions of the course. In addition to these portable electronic media and communicative devices such
as cell phones, pagers, MP3 players, I pod etc are not be used duringthe class for any reason. Thus, these devices should
be switched off and kept out of sight.
Assessment Strategies and Techniques: At least 60% continuous assessments (quizzes, tests, assignments,
project work and/or mid-examination) and 40% Final exam practical group assignment (peer training on the
five components of fitness)
71
May-2021
Instructional Resources (Materials and Equipment’s): LCD, computer (desktop or laptop), course outlines,
markers, flip charts, white board, chalk board, duster, Sport field, and fitness equipment.
References
1. Charles B. Corbin, Gregory J. Weik, William R. Corbin and Karen A. Welk. (2006). Conceptsof
fitness and wellness: a comprehensive lifestyle approach. 6th Ed.
2. Schott k. Powers, Stepheen L. Dod and Virginia J. (2006), Total Fitness and Wellness.
3. Paul M, and Walton T. (2006), Core Concepts in Health, 10th Ed.
4. Charles B. Corbin and Ruth Lindsey (1990), Fitness for life, 3rd Ed., Scott.
72
May-2021
Geography of Ethiopia and the Horn

Module No 01
Module Code M01
Course Title Geography of Ethiopia and the Horn
Course Code GeES1011
CP 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 3 7 5
Room
required
Semester I
Course Description: This course attempts to familiarize students with the basic geographic concepts
particularly in relation to Ethiopia and the Horn of Africa. It is also intended to provide students a sense of place
and time (geographic literacy) that are pivotal in producing knowledgeable and competent citizens that are able to
comprehend and analyze problems and contribute to their solutions. The course consists of four parts. The first
part provides a brief description on the location, shape and size of Ethiopia as well as basic skills of reading maps.
Part two introduces the physical background and natural resource endowment of Ethiopia and the Horn which
includes its geology and mineral resources, topography, climate, drainage and water resources, soil, fauna and
flora. The third part of the course focuses on the demographic characteristics of the country and its implications
on economic development. The fourth component of the course offers treatment of the various economic activities
of Ethiopia and the Horn which include agriculture, manufacturing and service sectors. Moreover, Ethiopia in a
globalizing world is treated in the perspectives of the pros and cons of globalization on its natural resources,
population and socio economic conditions.
73
May-2021
Course Objectives
✓ Acquire basic knowledge on the geographic attributes of Ethiopia and Horn
✓ Develop a sense of appreciation and tolerance of cultural diversities and their interactions
✓ Acquire general understanding of physical geographic processes, and human-environmentrelationships
✓ Develop ethical aptitudes and dispositions necessary to live in harmony with the natural environment
✓ Develop an understanding of national population distributional patterns and dynamics
✓ Conceptualize the comparative advantages of economic regimes; and understand theimpacts of globalization.
✓ Understand their country’s overall geographic conditions and opportunities; and be proudof the natural endowments
and cultural richdom that help them develop a sense of being an Ethiopian.
Course Outline:
1. Introduction
1.1. Geography: Definition, scope, themes and approaches
1.2. Location, Shape and Size of Ethiopia and the Horn
1.2.1. Location and its effects
1.2.2. The shape of Ethiopia and its implication
1.2.3. The size of Ethiopia and its implications
1.3. Basic Skills of Map Reading
2. The Geology of Ethiopia and the Horn
2.1. Introduction
2.2. The Geologic Processes: Endogenic and Exogenic Forces
2.3. The Geological Time scale and Age Dating Techniques
2.4. Geological Processes and the Resulting Landforms
2.4.1. The Precambrian Era geologic processes and resultant features
2.4.2. The Paleozoic Era geologic processes and resultant features
2.4.3. The Mesozoic Era geologic processes and resultant features
2.4.4. The Cenozoic Era geologic processes and resultant features
2.5. Rock and Mineral Resources of Ethiopia
3. The Topography of Ethiopia and the Horn
3.1. Introduction
3.2. Physiographic Divisions
74
May-2021
3.2.1. The Western Highlands and Lowlands

3.2.2. The Southeastern Highlands and Lowlands
3.2.3. The Rift Valley
3.3. The Impacts of Relief on Biophysical and Socioeconomic Conditions
4. Drainage Systems and Water Resources of Ethiopia and the Horn
4.1. Introduction
4.2. Major Drainage Systems of Ethiopia
4.3. Water Resources: Rivers, Lakes, and Subsurface Water
4.4. General Characteristics of Ethiopian Rivers
4.5. Water Resources Potentials and Development in Ethiopia
5. The Climate of Ethiopia and the Horn
5.1. Introduction
5.2. Elements and Controls of Weather and Climate
5.3. Spatiotemporal Patterns and Distribution of Temperature and Rainfall in Ethiopia
5.4. Agro-ecological Zones of Ethiopia
5.5. Climate and its Implications on Biophysical and Socioeconomic Aspects
5.6. Climate Change/Global Warming: Causes, Consequences and Response Mechanisms
6. Soils, Natural Vegetation and Wildlife Resources of Ethiopia and the Horn
6.1. Introduction
6.2. Ethiopian Soils: Types, Degradation and Conservation
6.3. Types and Distribution of Natural Vegetations in Ethiopia
6.4. Natural vegetation: Uses, Degradation and Conservation Strategies
6.5. Wildlife Resources of Ethiopia: Types, Importance, and Conservation Strategies
7. Population of Ethiopia and the Horn
7.1. Introduction
7.2. Population Data: Uses and Sources
7.3. Population Dynamics: Fertility, Mortality and Migration
7.4. Population Distribution and Composition
7.5. Sociocultural Aspects of Ethiopian Population: Education, Health and Languages
7.6. Settlement Types and Patterns
8. Economic Activities in Ethiopia
8.1. Introduction
8.2. Mining, Fishing and Forestry
75
May-2021
8.3. Agriculture in Ethiopian

8.3.1. Contributions, potentials and characteristics of agriculture in Ethiopia
8.3.2. Agricultural systems in Ethiopia
8.3.3. Major problems of Ethiopian agriculture
8.4. Manufacturing in Ethiopia
8.4.1. Manufacturing: essence and contributions
8.4.2. Types, characteristics and distribution of manufacturing
8.4.3. Industrial development in Ethiopia: Challenges and Prospects
8.5. The Service Sector in Ethiopia
8.5.1. Transportation and communication in Ethiopia: types, roles and characteristics
8.5.2. Trade in Ethiopia: types, contributions and characteristics
8.5.3. Tourism in Ethiopia: Types, major tourist attraction sites, challenges and prospects
Instructional Methods and Strategies: Gap Lecture, Peer/ group Discussion and Reflection,
Reading Assignment, etc are some of the major teaching methods to be used.
Teacher’s activities: Interactive lecture methods followed by discussion, demonstration, etc. and
guide students in project work. And also permitting the students to voice and defend their own
opinions and enhancing the students’ commitment to individual study and acquiring knowledge
are among the activities.
Students’ activities: Active involvement of learners is required at each phase. This is done
through questioning and answering, reflection, reporting, solving problems associated with the
respective topics. The students individually and in peer practice and learn through project and
practical work. Each practical will result in a report for assessment.
assignments, and/or mid-examination) and 50% final examination
Instructional Resources (Materials and Equipments): LCD, computer (desktop or laptop),

course outlines, markers, flip charts, white board, chalk board, duster.
References
76
May-2021
1. A.D. Tathe. (2012). Lecture Notes on Climatology: For Intermediate Met Training Course,
Indian Meteorological Department. Addis Ababa University (2001). Introductory Geography
of Ethiopia, Teaching Text, Department of Geography.
2. Assefa M., Melese W., Shimelis G. (2014). Nile River Basin; Ecohydrological Challenges,
Climate Change and Hydropolitics. Springer International Publishing, Switzerland.
3. B. D, Ray (1989). Economics for Agriculture: Food, Farming and the Rural Economy.
Macmillan.
4. CSA 1994 & 2007. Population and Housing Census Results. CSA: A.A.
5. Diao, Xinshen 2007. The Role of Agriculture in Economic Development: Implications for Sub
Saharan Africa. Sustainable Solutions for ending Hunger and Poverty, Research Report 153.
IFPRI.Ethiopia.
6. Engdawork Assefa (2015). Characterization and classification of major agricultural soils in
CASCEP intervention weredas in the central highlands of Oromia Region, Ethiopia, Addis
Ababa University
7. FDRE.2001 Ministry of Water Resources, National Metrological Survey, A.A. Girma Kebede
(2017). Society and Environment in Ethiopia
8. Hartshorne, T. & J. Alexander (1988). Economic Geography, 3rd Ed.
9. Hooguelt, A (2001). Globalization and the post-colonial world. The New political Economy of
Development. Basingstoke plagrave.
10. Hurni. H. 1988. Ecological Issues in the Creation of Ethiopia. Paper presented in the National
Conference on Disaster prevention and preparedness Strategy for Ethiopia, A.A
11. International Centre for Migration Policy Development (ICMPD) (2008). East Africa
Migration Route Initiative Gaps & Needs Analysis Project Country Reports: Ethiopia, Kenya,
Libya. Vienna
12. Laurence G., Jeremias M., Tilahun A., Kenneth M. (2012). Integrated Natural Resource
Management in The Highlands of Eastern Africa; From Concept to Practice. New York,
Earthscan.
13. Lloyd, P. & P. Dickens (1977). Location in Space. Harper @ Row. Mesfin Woldemariam
(1972). Introduction to Ethiopian Geography, Addis Ababa,
14. Ministry of Agriculture/MOA/ (1998). Agro-ecological zones of Ethiopia: Natural Resources
77
May-2021
Management and Regulatory Department, Addis Ababa

15. Morgan R.P.C (2005). Soil Erosion and Conservation. National Soil Resources Institute,
Carnfield University. Blackwell Publishing, Oxford, UK.
16. Oxfam (2018). Horn of Africa climate crisis response. Regional summary
17. Pausewang, Siegfried (1990), Ethiopian Rural Development Options.
18. Plant genetic resource center (1995). Ethiopia: country report to the FAO International
Technical Conference on Plant Genetic Resource, Addis Ababa
19. Robert, E.G, James, F. P & L. Michael T. (2007). Essentials of Physical Geography. Thomson
Higher Education, Belmont, 8th edition.
20. UNDP, FAO (1984) Ethiopia Forest Resources and Potential for Development; An assistance
to land use planning.
21. United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (2007). Climate Change; Impacts
Vulnerabilities and Adaptations in Developing Countries.
22. Waugh, D. (1990). Geography: An Integrated Approach. Nelson: London.
78
May-2021
Communicative English Language Skills II

Module No 01
Module Code M01
Course Title Communicative English Language Skills II
Course Code ELEn 1012
CP 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites Communicative English Language Skills I (FLEn 1011)
(per week) 3 7 5
Room
required
Semester II
Course Description:
A Writing Proficiency course is one in which the development of writing skills is an integral partof the course objectives.
These/This courses/course provide/provides students with opportunities to develop basic writing skills and learn the process of
writing as practiced by a particular academicdiscipline or profession. The course predominantly focuses on academic writing,
presentation, reports, and appraisal of academic discourses. The course intends to introduce students to the basicfunctions of
English in the areas stated below: note taking from lectures, identifying structure of lectures, identifying focuses of lectures,
discriminating major and minor ideas in lectures, distinguishing lecturers’ opinions from academic facts, writing reports,
writing summaries and reviews in academic writing, showing probability and certainty in academic reports, describing and
reporting visuals such as tables, graphs etc
Course Objectives
➢ Identify the structure and emphasis of academic lectures,

➢ Distinguish the different meaning levels in academic texts,
79
May-2021
➢ Interpret visuals like tables, charts, graphs etc in academic texts,

➢ Conduct oral presentations in academic contexts with confidence,
➢ Debate logically about different issues with their friends,
➢ Express their ideas effectively in various communicative contexts,
➢ Master skills of persuasive arguments
➢ Describe visuals in paragraphs,
➢ Write clear reports and assignments in academic contexts, and
➢ Summarize, review and critique academic texts.
Course Outline:
1. Indigenous Knowledge
1.1. Speaking
1.1.1. Discussing on the term 'Indigenous Knowledge'
1.2. Listening
1.2.1. Predicting and checking the prediction
1.3. Vocabulary
1.3.1. Dealing with words that collocate
1.4. Reading
1.4.1. Finding out inferences and references
1.5. Writing
1.5.1. Writing for or against "Indigenous Knowledge"
1.6. Grammar
1.6.1. Using appropriate tenses for planning and reporting
2. Environmental Protection
2.1. Listening
2.1.1. Listening text
2.1.2. Discourse markers showing contrast and addition
2.2. Reading
2.2.1. An article on measures to protect the environment
2.2.2. Gap-fill exercises for verbs formed form adjectives and the adjectives themselves
2.2.3. Comprehension questions
80
May-2021
2.3. Speaking
2.3.1. Words and phrases for expressing cause and effect
2.3.2. Conditional sentence type
2.3.3. Future tense
2.3.4. Simple present
2.3.5. Expressions of hopes and fears, agreeing and disagreeing
2.4. Writing
2.4.1. A five-paragraph essay
2.4.2. An article to be summarized
3. Digital Technology
3.1. Listening
3.1.1. A TED Talk on the dangers of digital technology
3.2. Reading
3.2.1. Magazine article
3.3. Speaking
3.3.1. Phrases for asking for and giving reasons.
3.3.2. Comparative and superlative forms
3.3.3. 'Wh' questions
3.3.4. Modals
3.4. Writing
3.4.1. Questionnaire for a survey
3.4.2. A 2-3 pages long report on the results of a questionnaire
3.4.3. Oral presentations of the results of the survey
3.4.4. Sample survey report for analysis
4. Lifelong Learning
4.1. Speaking and listening
4.2. Listening
4.3. Vocabulary
4.4. Grammar
4.5. Reading
4.6. Writing
5. Wonders of the World
81
May-2021
5.1. Listening
5.1.1. Listening text describing a wonder of the world
5.2. Reading
5.2.1. A story about national heritage that the government of Ethiopia is campaigning for its
recognition by UNESCO
5.2.2. An article that contains the history of world heritage sites registered by UNESCO
5.2.3. A table containing nouns, verbs and adverbs used to describe statistical information
5.3. Speaking
5.3.1. Expressions for suggestions or recommendations, agreement and disagreement
5.3.2. Language of descriptions
5.3.3. A sample descriptive essay
5.4. Writing
5.4.1. Gap-fill exercise on prepositions
5.4.2. Sample descriptive essay
6. Mindset
6.1. Listening
6.2. Reading
6.3. Speaking
6.4. Writing
Instructional Methods and Strategies: Providing brief introductory notes, Pair and groupdiscussions,
facilitating interactive work, encouraging independent learning, giving individual and group works are
some of the major teaching methods to be used.
Teacher’s activities: Interactive lecture methods followed by discussion, demonstration, etc. andguide
students in project work. And also permitting the students to voice and defend their own opinions and
enhancing the students’ commitment to individual study and acquiring knowledge are among the activities.
questioning and answering, reflection, reporting, solving problems associated with the respective topics.
The students individually and in peer practice and learn through project and practical work. Each practical
will result in a report for assessment.
82
May-2021
assignments, project work, Valuing Active Participation, Valuing Attendance and/or mid- examination)
and 50% final examination
Instructional Resources (Materials and Equipments): LCD, computer (desktop or laptop), course
References
14. Alfassi, M. 2004. Reading to learn: Effects of combined strategy instruction on high school students.
Journal of Educational Research, 97(4):171- 184.
15. Anderson, N. 1999. Exploring second language reading: Issues and strategies.
Toronto:Heinle & Heinle Publisher.
16. Bade, M. 2008. Grammar and good language learners. In C. Griffiths (Eds.). Lessons from good
language learners (pp. 174-184). Cambridge University Press.
https//doi.org/10.107/CBO9780511497667.016
17. Bouchard, M. 2005. Reading comprehension strategies for English language learners:30research-
based reading strategies that help students read, understand and really learn content from their
textbooks and other nonfiction materials. New York: Scholastic.
18. Cameron, L. 2001. Teaching languages to young learners. Cambridge: Cambridge UniversityPress.
19. Chamot, A.U. 1987. The learning strategies of ESL students. In A. Wenden & J. Rubin (Eds.).Learner
strategies in language learning (PP 71-85). Prentice-Hall: Hemel Hempstead.
20. Gairns, R. & Redman, S. 1986. Working with words: A guide to teaching and learning vocabulary.
Cambridge University Press.
21. Department of Foreign Language and Literature. 1996. College English (Volume I and Volume II).
Addis Ababa University Press.
22. McNamara, D.S. (Ed.). 2007. Reading comprehension strategies: Theories, interventions,
andtechnologies. New York: Erlbaum.
23. Tilfarlioğlu, Y. 2005. An Analysis of the relationship between the use of grammar learning strategies
and student achievement at English preparatory classes. Journal of Language and Linguistic Studies
1: 155-169.
24. Murphy R. (?). Essentials of English grammar in use: A self-study reference and practice book for
intermediate students of English (2nd Ed.). Cambridge University Press.
25. Murphy R. 2004. English grammar in use: A self-study reference and practice book for intermediate
83
May-2021
students of English (3rd Ed.). Cambridge University Press.
26. Zhang, L. J. 2008.Constructivist pedagogy in strategic reading instruction: Exploring pathways to

learner development in the English as a second language (ESL) classroom. Instructional Science,
36(2): 89-116.https://doi.org/10.1007/s11251-007-9025-6.
84
May-2021
Anthropology of Ethiopian Societies and Cultures

Module No 01
Module Code M01
Course Title Anthropology of Ethiopian Societies and Cultures
Course Code Anth 1012
CP 2
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 2 4 3
Room
required
Semester II
Course Description:
This course is designed to introduce the anthropology of Ethiopian societies and cultures to first year students' of Higher
Learning Institutions (HLIs). It covers basic concepts of anthropology such as culture, society and humanity. It also discusses
themes including unity and diversity; kinship, marriage and family; indigenous knowledge systems and local governance,
identity, multiculturalism, conflict, conflict resolution and peacemaking system; intra and inter-ethnic relations of Ethiopian
peoples. In addition, the course explores culture areas of Ethiopia such as plough culture, enset culture and pastoralism. The
course further covers marginalized minority and vulnerable groups in terms of age, gender, occupation and ethnicity by taking
ethnographic case studies into account and discuss ways of inclusive growth.
Course Objectives
85
May-2021
➢ Develop an understanding of the nature of anthropology and its broader scope in making sense of humanity in a
global perspective;
➢ Understand the cultural and biological diversity of humanity and unity in diversity across the world and in Ethiopia;
➢ Analyze the problems of ethnocentrism against the backdrop of cultural relativism;
➢ Realize the socially constructed nature of identities & social categories such as gender, ethnicity, race and sexuality.
➢ Explore the various peoples and cultures of Ethiopia;
➢ Understand the social, cultural, political, religious& economic life of
different ethnolinguistic & cultural groups of Ethiopia.
➢ Understand different forms marginalization and develop skills inclusiveness.
➢ Appreciate the customary systems of governance and conflict resolution institutions of the various peoples of
Ethiopia;
➢ Know about values, norms and cultural practices that maintain society together.
➢ Recognize the culture area of peoples of Ethiopia and the forms of interaction developed over time among
themselves; and
➢ Develop broader views and skills to deal with people from a wide variety of socioeconomic and cultural
backgrounds.
Course Outline:
1. Introducing Anthropology and Its Subjects
1.1. What is anthropology – a Mirror for Humanity?
1.1.1. Sketching the subject matter, scope and concerns of anthropology
1.1.2. Anthropological imagination: asking questions and seeing the world
anthropologically.
1.1.3. Defining Features of Anthropology- holism, relativism & comparative perspectives
1.1.4. Methods of Research in anthropology: ethnography & ethnographic methods
1.2. Sub-fields of Anthropology: Four Mirrors for Understanding Humanity
1.3. The relation between anthropology and other disciplines
2. Human Culture and Ties that Connect
2.1. Conceptualizing Culture: What Culture Is and What Culture Isn’t?
2.2. Characteristics features of culture: what differentiates culture from other traditions?
86
May-2021
2.3. Aspects of Culture –Material & Non-material (values, beliefs & norms)
2.4. Levels of culture: universality, generality and particularity (cultural diversity)
2.5. Ethnocentrism, Cultural relativism, and human rights
2.5.1. Discussion- Debating cultural relativism: Human rights law and the demonizationof
culture and anthropology along the way
2.6. Cultural Change: what is cultural change?
2.6.1. Cultural Diffusion versus Cultural Assimilation
2.6.2. Innovation
2.6.3. Discussion - Contesting culture as sharply bounded versus unbounded ‘culturalflows’
or as ‘fields of discourse’ in the context of globalization.
2.7. Ties that Connect: Marriage, Family and Kinship
2.7.1. Marriage -rules, functions and forms of Marriage
2.7.2. Family -types and functions of Family
2.7.2.1. Q. How families and marriage differ in different societies?
2.7.3. Kinship System -types of kin groups and rules of descent
2.7.4. Kinship and Gender Across Cultures
2.7.4.1. Sex and Gender: Mapping differences in cross cultural perspective
2.7.4.2. Gender –as power relations
2.8. Cultural practices, norms and values that maintain society together
3. Human Diversity, Culture Areas, and Contact in Ethiopia
3.1. Human Beings & Being Human: What it is to be human? (a bio-cultural animal?)
3.2. Origin of the Modern Human Species: Homo sapiens sapiens (that’s you!)
3.2.1. Religious, biological & evolutionary (paleo-anthropological) explanations
3.3. The Kinds of Humanity: human physical variation
3.3.1. Q. Why isn’t everyone the same?
3.3.2. Q. Why do people worldwide have differences in their phenotypic attributes?
3.4. Human Races: the history of racial typing
3.4.1. The Grand Illusion: Race, turns out, is arbitrary
3.4.2. Q. What can we say for sure about human races?
3.5. Why is Everyone Different? Human Cultural Diversity - anthropological explanations
3.5.1. Q. Why don’t others do things the way we/I do?
87
May-2021
3.6. Culture areas and cultural contacts in Ethiopia

3.6.1. Plough culture area
3.6.2. Enset culture area
3.6.3. Pastoral societies culture area
3.6.4. Historical and social interactions between culture areas
4. Marginalized, Minorities, and Vulnerable Groups
4.1. Gender based marginalization
4.2. Occupational cast groups
4.3. Age based vulnerability (children and old age issues)
4.4. Religious and ethnic minorities
4.5. Human right approaches and inclusive growth, anthropological perspectives
5. Theories of Inter-Ethnic Relations and Multiculturalism in Ethiopia
5.1. The Scales of Human Identity: Who am I?- Understanding ‘self’ & ‘other’
5.1.1. Q- What are the ways we tell for others who we are?
5.2. Ethnicity and Race: What’s in a name?
5.3. Ethnic Groups & Ethnic Identity
5.3.1. Q. What is the basis of one’s ethnic identity?
5.3.2. Q. Is ethnicity a fundamental aspect of human nature & self-consciousness,essentially
unchanging and unchangeable identity? Or
5.3.3. Q. Is it, to whatever extent, socially constructed, strategically or tacticallymanipulable,
and capable of change at both the individual and collective levels?
5.4. Race –the social construction of racial identity
5.4.1. Q. Do the claims of some people/groups about superior & inferior racial groups haveany
scientific validity?
5.5. Primordialism; Instrumentalism; Social constructivism
5.6. Debates on inter-ethnic relations and identities
6. Customary and Local Governance Systems and Peace Making
6.1. Indigenous knowledge systems and local governance
6.2. Intra and inter-ethnic conflict resolution institutions Ethnographic cases: commonalities and
shared practices (e.g., Oromo and Somali, Afar and Tigray; Gedeo and Oromo; Guraghe and Siltie;
Amara and Tigray)
6.3. Customary/Local governance systems Ethnographic cases: Oromo Geda; Somali-Gurti; Gamo,
Gofa, Wolayita-Woga; Guraghe-Sera
88
May-2021
6.4. Legal pluralism: interrelations between customary, religious and state legal systems
Instructional Methods and Strategies: This course will be delivered based on learner centered approach.
Therefore, the main instructional strategies of the course are pair & group discussions; interactive teaching;
brainstorming; icebreaker; debating & role-play.
Teacher’s activities: An instructor of this course is expected to be honest to the content, policies and
guidelines of this course. He/she is also expected to be well prepared on the course as well asprepare course
outlines & teaching materials, follow up and assess students as per the guidelines.
Students’ activities: Students are expected to attend regularly. If students miss more than 20% ofthe classes,
he/she will not sit for final exam. Punctuality is mandatory and late coming student should not be allowed
to enter the class.
Assessment Strategies and Techniques: Based on the progressive understandings of the course,students
will be evaluated continuously through both non-graded assignments / activities, like (reading assignments)
and graded assignments/activities and assessments including class discussion & participation, Test, Term
Paper & presentation, Home Taken Exam/case studies and Final Exam. At least 50% continuous
assessments (quizzes, tests, assignments, and/or mid- examination) and 50% final examination
References
1. Asmarom Legesse (2006). Oromo Democracy: an Indigenous African Political System. TheRed Sea
Press, Inc.
2. Cameron, M. Smith and Evan T. Davies (2008). Anthropology for Dummies. WileyPublishing,
Inc., Indianapolis, Indiana.
3. Clifored Geertz. (1973). The Interpretation of Cultures. A division of Harper CollinsPublishers.
4. Donald Donham. (1986). Marxist Modern. The Ethnographic History of Marxist Ethiopia.
5. Donald N. Levine. (1974). Greater Ethiopia: The Evolution of A Multiethnic Society. Chicago&
London., University of Chicago.
6. Dunif-Hattis and Howard C. (1992). Anthropology: Understanding Human Adaptation. NewYork:

Harper Collins, Inc.
7. Eriksen, T. H. (2001). Small Places, larger Issues: An introduction to social and cultural
89
May-2021
anthropology. London: Pluto Press.

8. Eriksen, T. H. (2004). What is anthropology? London: Pluto Press.
9. Eriksen, T. Hylland. (2002). Ethnicity and Nationalism. London; Pluto Press.
10. Eriksen, T.H. and Nielsen, F.S. (2001). A History of Anthropology. London: Pluto Press.
11. Hallpike, Christopher R. (1972). The Konso of Ethiopia: A Study of the Value of a CushiticPeople.
Oxford: Clarendon Press.
12. Hamer, John. (1970). The Sidama Generational Class Cycles: A Political Geronotocracy.Africa
40,I (Jan,1970): 50-70.
13. Haviland, WA, (1999).Cultural Anthropology (9th ed.) Fort Worth: Harcourt and BraceCollege
Pub.
14. Kottak, C. P. (2004) – Anthropology: the Exploration of Human Diversity (10th ed.)McGraw Hill,
New York.
15. Lavenda, R. and Emily S. (2015). Anthropology. What Does It Mean to Be Human?. (3rded.).Oxford.
Oxford University Press.
16. Pankhurst, R. (2001). Historic Images of Ethiopia. Shamans Books. Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
17. Richard Jenkins. (2006). Rethinking Ethnicity. London Sage Publication.
18. Rosman, A., Rubel, P.G. and Weisgrau, M. (2009). The Tapestry of Culture: an Introductionto
Social Anthropology. Lanham: Rowman and Little field.
19. Scupin and DeCorse (1988). Anthropology: A Global Perspective (2nd ed.). New Jersey:Prentice
Hall.
20. Shack, William S. (1966). The Gurage: A People of the Enset Culture. London: Oxford
University Press.
21. Triulzi et al. (2002). Remapping Ethiopia Easer African Studies:. Addis Ababa: AAU
90
May-2021
General Biology

Module No 01
Module Code M01
Course Title General Biology
Course Code Biol 1012
CP 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 2 3 7 5
Room
required
Semester II
Course Description: The primary goal of this course is to provide the basic information about general biology.
Biology is an introductory college text that covers the concepts and principles from the structure and function of
the cell to the organization of the biosphere. It draws up on the entire world of living things to bring out an
evolutionary theme that is introduced from the start.
Course Objectives
➢ Explain the scope of biology and molecular basis of life

➢ Describe life activities from the cellular point of view
➢ Manipulate basic biological tool, record data and draw conclusions
➢ Develop scientific attitude, skill and conduct biological experiments using scientificprocedures
➢ Outline basic processes of energy transduction and synthesis of intermediate or finalproducts in
living cells
91
May-2021
➢ Understand the basic concepts of genetics and inheritance

➢ Understand the concepts of infection and immunity
➢ Classify organisms based on their cellular organization and complexity
➢ Explain components, processes and interrelationships within a given ecosystem
➢ Know the general features of invertebrate and vertebrate animals
➢ Appreciate the practical uses of biological knowledge and its application in the widersociety.
Course outline
1. Introduction
1.1. The meaning and scope of biology
1.2. The origin and nature of life
1.3. Scientific methods
2. Biological Molecules
2.1. Carbohydrates
2.2. Lipids
2.3. Proteins
2.4. Nucleic acids
2.5. Vitamins
2.6. Water
2.7. Minerals
3. The cellular basis of life
3.1. The cell theory
3.1.1. Cell organelles
3.1.2. Structure and function of organelles
3.1.3. Cellular diversity
3.1.4. Cell Shape
3.1.5. Cell Size
3.1.6. Transport across the cell membranes
4. Cellular Metabolism and Metabolic Disorders
4.1. Cellular metabolism
4.1.1. Enzymes and their role in metabolism.
4.1.2. Chemical nature and classification of enzymes
92
May-2021
4.1.3. Mechanisms of enzyme action

4.1.4. Factors affecting enzymatic activities
4.1.5. Enzyme inhibitors
4.2. Bioenergetics and biosynthesis
4.2.1. Cellular respiration
4.2.2. Biosynthesis
4.2.2.1. The photosynthetic apparatus
4.2.2.2. The photosynthetic process
4.3. Metabolic disorders, diagnosis and treatments
4.3.1. Risk factors of metabolic disorders
4.3.2. Diagnosis of metabolic disorders
4.3.3. Treatments of metabolic disorders
5. Genetics and Evolution
5.1. Basic Principles of Mendelian genetics and patterns of inheritance
5.2. Molecular genetics and inheritance
5.2.1. DNA, Gene, Chromosomes and Cell division
5.3. Protein synthesis
5.3.1. ABO blood groups and Rh Factors
5.4. Introduction to Evolution
5.4.1. Theories on the origin of life on Earth
5.4.2. Theories of Evolution
6. Infectious diseases and Immunity
6.1. Principles of infectious diseases
6.2. Types of infectious disease and their causative agent
6.2.1. Bacteria
6.2.2. Viruses
6.2.3. Fungi
6.2.4. Protozoa
6.2.5. Helminths
6.2.6. Prions
6.3. Modes of transmission
6.4. Host defenses against infectious diseases
93
May-2021
6.5. Adverse immune reactions (responses)

6.5.1. Hypersensitivity reactions
6.5.2. Autoimmunity and autoimmune disease
6.5.3. Immune Deficiencies
6.6. Tumor Immunology
6.6.1. Evidence for immune reactivity to tumor
6.6.2. Tumor associated antigens
7. Taxonomy of organisms
7.1. Early Attempts to Classify Organisms
7.2. Modern Views of Classification (Schemes of Classification)
7.3. Domains of Life and the Hierarchical System of Classification
7.4. Binomial Nomenclature
7.4.1. The Purpose of giving names to organisms
7.5. Operative Principles of Nomenclature
8. Ecology and Conservation of Natural Resources
8.1. Definition of ecological terms and Basic concepts of Ecology
8.2. Branches of ecology
8.3. Aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems
8.4. Energy flow through ecosystems
8.4.1. The food chains
8.5. Cycling of Materials (Nutrients)
8.6. Conservation of natural resources
8.6.1. Principles of conservation of natural resources
8.7. Environmental pollution and public health
9. Introduction to Botany and Zoology
9.1. Introduction to Botany
9.1.1. Algology
9.1.2. Bryology and Pteridology
9.1.3. Seed plants
9.2. Introduction to zoology
9.2.1. Invertebrates
9.2.1.1. General Characteristics of Invertebrates
94
May-2021
9.2.1.2. Classification of Invertebrates

9.2.1.3. Services Provided by Invertebrates
9.2.2. Subphylum Vertebrates
9.2.2.1. Classification of Vertebrates
10. Applications of Biological Sciences
10.1. Application of Biology in medicine and other health sciences (Fast diagnosis tools, drug and
vaccine production, gene therapy, immuno-diagnosis, immunotherapy, transplantation, medicinal
plants, etc)
10.2. The application of Biology in technology
10.3. Application of Biology in agriculture (soil fertility, tissue culture, animal breeding and
transgenic animals, plant disease and pest management)
10.4. Application of Biology in industries (Food, brewery, pharmaceuticals, tannery andtextile,
single cell production, preservation)
10.5. Application of Biology in waste treatments and recycling (Bioenergy, bioremediation,water
treatment, biomining)
10.6. Application of Biology in forensic Science
10.7. Biological warfare
Students’ Activities:
assignments, project work and/or mid-examination) and 50% final examination

95
May-2021
Introduction to Emerging Technologies

Module No 01
Module Code M01
Course Title Introduction to Emerging Technologies
Course Code EmTe 1012
CP 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 3 7 5
Room
required
Semester II
Course Description: This course will enable students to explore current breakthrough technologies in the areas of
Artificial Intelligence, Internet of Things and Augmented Reality that have emerged over the past few years. Besides
helping learners become literate in emerging technologies, the course will prepare them to use technology in their
respective professional preparations.
Course Objectives
➢ Identify different emerging technologies

➢ Differentiate different emerging technologies
➢ Select appropriate technology and tools for a given task
➢ Identify necessary inputs for application of emerging technologies
Course Outline:
96
May-2021
1. Introduction to Emerging Technologies

1.1. Evolution of Technologies
1.1.1. Introduction to Industrial revolution (IR)
1.1.2. Historical Background (IR 1.0, IR 2.0, IR 3.0)
1.1.3. Fourth Industrial Revolution (IR 4.0)
1.2. Role of Data for Emerging Technologies
1.3. Enabling devices and network (Programmable devices)
1.4. Human to Machine Interaction
1.5. Future Trends in Emerging Technologies
2. Introduction to Data Science
2.1. Overview for Data Science
2.1.1. Definition of data and information
2.1.2. Data types and representation
2.2. Data Value Chain
2.2.1. Data Acquisition
2.2.2. Data Analysis
2.2.3. Data Curating
2.2.4. Data Storage
2.2.5. Data Usage
2.3. Basic concepts of Big data
3. Artificial Intelligence (AI)
3.1. Introduction to AI
3.1.1. What is AI
3.1.2. History of AI
3.1.3. Levels of AI
3.1.4. Types of AI
3.2. Applications of AI
3.2.1. Agriculture
3.2.2. Health
3.2.3. Business (Emerging market)
3.2.4. Education
3.3. AI tools and platforms (e.g.: scratch/object tracking)
97
May-2021
3.4. Sample application with hands on activity (simulation based)

4. Internet of Things (IoT)
4.1. Overview of IoT
4.1.1. What is IoT?
4.1.2. History of IoT
4.1.3. Advantage of IoT
4.2. How IoT Works
4.2.1. Architecture of IoT
4.2.2. Device and Network
4.3. IOT tools and platforms (e.g.: KAA IoT /Device Hive/Zetta/Things Board…)
4.4. Sample application with hands on activity (e.g. IOT based smart farming)
5. Augmented Reality (AR)
5.1. Introduction to AR
5.2. Virtual reality (VR), Augmented Reality (AR) vs mixed reality (MR)
5.3. Architecture of AR systems.
5.4. Application of AR systems (education, medical, assistance, entertainment) workshop- oriented hands demo
6. Ethics And Professionalism of Emerging Technologies
6.1. Technology and ethics
6.2. Digital privacy
6.3. Accountability and trust
6.4. Treats and challenges
7. Other Emerging Technologies
7.1. Nanotechnology
7.2. Biotechnology
7.3. Blockchain technology
7.4. Cloud and quantum computing
7.5. Autonomic computing
7.6. Computer vision
7.7. Embed systems
7.8. Cyber security
7.9. Additive manufacturing (3D Printing) Etc. …
Instructional Methods and Strategies: This course will be delivered based on learner centered approach. Therefore, the
98
May-2021
main instructional strategies of the course are pair & group discussions; interactive teaching; brainstorming; icebreaker;
debating & role-play.
Teacher’s activities: An instructor of this course is expected to be honest to the content, policies and guidelines of this
course. He/she is also expected to be well prepared on the course as well as prepare course outlines & teaching materials,
follow up and assess students as per the guidelines.
Students’ activities: Students are expected to attend regularly. If students miss more than 20% of the classes, he/she will
not sit for final exam. Punctuality is mandatory and late coming student should not be allowed to enter the class.
Assessment Strategies and Techniques: Based on the progressive understandings of the course, students will be evaluated
continuously through both non-graded assignments / activities, like (reading assignments) and graded
assignments/activities and assessments including class discussion & participation, Test, Term Paper & presentation,
Home Taken Exam/case studies and Final Exam. At least 50% continuous assessments (quizzes, tests, assignments,
and/or mid- examination) and 50% final examination
Instructional Resources (Materials and Equipments): LCD, computer (desktop or laptop), course outlines, markers, flip
charts, white board, chalk board, duster.
References
1. Follett, J. (2014). Designing for Emerging Technologies: UX for Genomics, Robotics, and the Internet of Things:
O'Reilly
2. Media.
3. Vong, J., & Song, I. (2014). Emerging Technologies for Emerging Markets: Springer Singapore.
4. Del Rosal, V. (2015). Disruption: Emerging Technologies and the Future of Work. Emtechub.
5. Sadiku, M. N. O. (2019). Emerging Internet-Based Technologies: CRC Press.
6. Mohamed Anis Bach Tobji, Rim Jallouli, Yamen Koubaa, Anton Nijholt Digital Economy. Emerging
Technologies and Business Innovation, 2018.
7. Mahdi H. Miraz, Peter Excell, Andrew Ware, Safeeullah Soomro, Maaruf Ali, Emerging Technologies in
Computing,
8. Lecture Notes of the Institute for Computer Sciences, Social Informatics and Telecommunications Engineering
200,
9. Springer International Publishing, 2018.
10. Francesco Corea. Artificial Intelligence and Exponential Technologies: Business Models Evolution and New
Investment
11. Opportunities, 2017.
12. Laura Igual and Santi Segui, Introduction to Data Science, A Python Approach to Concepts, Techniques and
Applications,
99
May-2021
13. Springer International Publishing Switzerland, 2017.

14. Laura Igual, Santi Segu, Introduction to Data Science. A Python Approach to Concepts, Techniques and
Applications,
15. Undergraduate Topics in Computer Science, Springer, 2017.
16. Oleg Chertov, Tymofiy Mylovanov, Yuriy Kondratenko, Janusz Kacprzyk, Vladik Kreinovich, Vadim Stefanuk ,
Recent
17. Developments in Data Science and Intelligent Analysis of Information, 2019
18. Carlos Cordon, Pau Garcia-Milà, Teresa Ferreiro Vilarino, Pablo Caballero, Strategy is Digital: How Companies
Can Use
19. Big Data in the Value Chain, 2016
20. Wolfgang Ertel, Nathanael T. Black, Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Springer, 2018
21. Stephen Lucci, Danny Kopec, Artificial Intelligence in the 21st Century : A Living Introduction,Mercury
Learning &
22. Information, 2015
23. Jan Holler, Vlasios Tsiatsis, Catherine Mulligan, Stefan Avesand, Stamatis Karnouskos and David Boyle, From
MachineTo-Machine to the Internet of Things. Introduction to a New Age of Intelligence, Academic Press, 2014.
24. Gaston C. Hillar, Internet of Things with Python: Interact with the world and rapidly prototype IoT applications
using
25. Python, Packt Publishing, 2016.
26. Khaled Salah Mohamed, The Era of Internet of Things: Towards a Smart World, Springer, 2019.
27. Michael Haller, Mark Billinghurst, Bruce Thomas, Emerging Technologies of Augmented Reality: Interfaces
and Design,
28. 2006.
29. Bruno Arnaldi, Pascal Guitton, Guillaume Moreau, Virtual Reality and Augmented Reality: Myths and Realities,
WileyISTE, 2018.
30. Paul Mealy, Virtual & Augmented Reality for Dummies, 2018.
31. Timothy Jung, M. Claudia tom Dieck, Augmented Reality and Virtual Reality: Empowering Human, Place and
Business,
32. 2019
33. Jon Peddie, Augmented Reality : Where We Will All Live, Springer International Publishing, 2017.
34. Sandler, Ronald, ed. Ethics and Emerging Technologies. Springer, 2016.
35. Sachin Ramar, David Oc’conner, Artificial Intelligence: How it Changes the Future, 2019
100
May-2021
36. Federica Lucivero, Ethical Assessments of Emerging Technologies: Appraising the moral plausibility of
technological visions, 2016.
37. Sabine Roeser, Risk, Technology, and Moral Emotions, 2018
101
May-2021
Moral and Civic Education

Module No 01
Module Code M01
Course Title Moral and Civic Education
Course Code MCiE 1012
CP 3
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 2 4 3
Room
required
Semester II
Course Description: The Ethiopian government has designed and implemented moral and civic education
curricula to aim at educating students about democratic culture, ethical values and principles, supremacy of
constitution, and the rule of law and so on. These elements are imperative in the process of producing self-confident
citizens and a generation who has the capability to shoulder responsibility. Accordingly, this module is basically
aspires to equip the learners with relevant knowledge, respect for the worth and human dignity of every individual,
right attitudes and requisite skills to enable them perform their roles as a credible members of their society. Through
the module, learners will also acquire nature of Ethiopian federalism and parliamentary system of government, ways
of making responsible decisions, solve problems, care about others, contribute to society, and be tolerant and
respectful of diversity.
Course Objectives
➢ Conceptualize what morality, ethics and civics mean.
102
May-2021
➢ Comprehend the goals of civics and ethics as well as the competences of a good citizen.
➢ Discuss the relations between society, state and government.
➢ Differentiate federal state structure from unitary and discuss the advantages anddisadvantages of the
state structures.
➢ Discuss the processes of modern Ethiopian state formation and nation building.
➢ Comprehend the features of Ethiopian federalism.
➢ Conceptualize constitution, its classification and unique features.
➢ Define the term human rights, the unique features and its classifications.
➢ Differentiate the teleological, deontological and virtue theories.
Course Outline:
1. Understanding Civics and Ethics
1.1. Chapter introduction
1.2. Defining Civics, Ethics and Morality
1.3.Ethics and Law
1.4.The importance/goal of moral and civic education
2. Approaches to Ethics
2.1.Chapter introduction
2.2.Normative ethics 2.3.Non-
normative ethics
3. Ethical Decision Making and Moral Judgements
3.2. How can we make ethical decisions and actions?
3.3. To whom or what does morality apply?
3.4.Who is morally/ethically responsible?
3.5.Why should human beings be moral?
4. State, Government and Citizenship

4.1. Chapter introduction Understanding
state
4.2. Rival theories of state
4.3. .The role of the state
103
May-2021
4.4. Understanding government

4.5. Understanding citizenship
5. Constitution, Democracy and Human
Rights
5.2. Constitution and constitutionalism
5.3. Constitutionalism
5.4. The constitutional experience of
Ethiopia: Pre and post 1931.
5.5. Democracy and democratization
5.6. Human Rights: concepts and theories
Instructional method and strategies
Teacher’s activities: Introducing objectives to the students, asking brain storming questions,
Defining terms and concepts in global affairs, brief introduction to the sub topics, Giving class room
and home based works, Checking, evaluating, and giving feedback to students’ work and
Summarizing the chapters
questioning and answering, brainstorming, reflection, reporting, solving problems associated to the
respective topics.
References
1. Bunbongkarn, S., 2001. The role of civil society in democratic consolidation in Asia. Center
for International Exchange, p.230.
2. Camara, M. S. (2008). Media, civil Society and political culture in West Africa, African
Journalism Studies, 29(2), 210-229.
3. Dorsen, N., Rosenfeld, M., Sajó, A., & Baer, S. (2003). Comparative constitutionalism: cases
104
May-2021
and materials.
4. Gashaw, A. (2015) Constitution, constitutionalism and foundation of democracy in Ethiopia.
5. Getahun, K. (2007). Mechanisms of Constitutional Control: A preliminary observation of the
Ethiopian system. Afrika Focus, 20(1-2).
105
May-2021
General Chemistry
Module No 01
Module Code M01
Course Title General Chemistry
Course Code Chem 1012
CP 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 2 3 5 5
Room
required
Semester II
Course Description: Nature and applications of chemistry in different fields of study will be demonstrated. Properties of
matter including intensive and extensive, physical and chemical properties will be explored. Units and measurements,
composition of matter, chemical reactions, reaction stoichiometry, atomic structure, periodic table, chemical bonding,
structure of molecules, properties of solutions, concept of chemical equilibrium, introduction of functional groups and their
typical reactions will be discussed.
Practical General Chemistry parts deals with introduction of laboratory conditions, safety in chemistry laboratory, laboratory
report writing and data handling, and the various experiments that are related to chemistry courses at high school. Moreover,
experiments related to the basic chemistry concepts will be comprehensively addressed. Experimental works on measuring
mass and volumes, experimental errors, systematic and random errors, significant digits, Digital balance, mean, mean
deviation, bunsen burner, luminous and non-luminous flame, physical and chemical changes, properties and reaction of
substances, diffusion of gases, kinetic theory of gases, Graham’s law of diffusion; colorimetric analysis, investigation of heat
106
May-2021
involved in a chemical reaction; basic laboratory operations such as recrystallization, simple distillation, and fractional
distillations will be explored.
Course Objectives
➢ Express the role of chemistry in science fields

➢ Mention the different properties of matter
➢ Explain solution types and measurement units
➢ Describe the effect of different factors on solubility
➢ Discuss the mixture of liquids and their Laws
➢ Apply the different units and measurements
➢ Discuss atoms, ions, and their structures
➢ Describe the periodic table trends
➢ Discuss the stoichiometry of chemical reaction
➢ Apply the mole concept
➢ Describe the electronic structure of elements
➢ Explain the chemical bonding and molecular geometry
➢ Discuss the concept of acids and bases
➢ Examine the concept of hydrocarbons
➢ Explain the different types of functional groups
➢ Grasp the general guidelines of laboratory
➢ Develop the skill of mass and volume measurement
➢ Differentiate experimental errors
➢ Discuss the difference between physical and chemical changes
➢ Operate Bunsen burner and discuss on parts and description of each part
➢ Discus on the property of the flame of Bunsen burner
➢ Observe limiting reagents
➢ Verify the Graham’s law of diffusion and observe the motion of the molecules
107
May-2021
➢ Determine the percentage of water of hydration

➢ Perform solution preparations and define concentrations
➢ Discuss quantitative analysis using instruments
➢ Explain the difference between exothermic and endothermic reactions
➢ Carry out recrystallization, simple, and fractional
Course outline
1. Nature and Essence of Chemistry
1.1. Role of chemistry
1.2. Scientific methods of analysis
1.3. The domains of chemistry
1.4. State and classification of matter
1.4.1. State of matter
1.4.2. Classification of matter
1.5. Physical and chemical properties
1.6. Extensive and intensive property of matter
2. Properties of Solutions
2.1. Measures of concentration
2.2. Emphasizing the amounts of solute in solution
2.3. Emphasizing relative amounts of solute and solvent molecules
2.3.1 Solubility
2.3.2. Saturation and solubility
2.3.3. The effect of pressure on gas solubility
2.3.4. The effect of temperature on solubility
2.4. Colligative properties
2.4.1. Changes in vapor pressure, boiling points, and freezing points
2.4.2. Osmosis
2.5. Mixtures of liquids
2.5.1. Raoult’s law for mixtures of liquids
108
May-2021
2.5.2. The distillation of mixtures of liquid

3. Measurements and Units
3.1. Si base units
3.2. Derived units
3.3 Molarity and other concentration units
3.3.1. Molarity
3.3.2. Dilution of solutions
3.3.3. Percentage of (w/w, w/v and v/v)
3.3.4. Parts per million (ppm) and part per billion (ppb)
3.4. Measurement uncertainty
3.5. Significant figures in measurement
3.5.1. Significant figures in calculations
3.6. Accuracy and precision
3.7. Conversion factors and dimensional analysis
4. Atoms, Molecules and Ions
4.1. Atomic structure and symbolism
4.1.1. Chemical symbols and isotopes
4.1.2. Atomic mass unit and average atomic mass
4.2. Chemical formulas
4.3. The periodic table
4.3.1. Historical development of the periodic table
4.3.2. Classification of elements in the periodic table
4.4. Ionic and molecular compounds
4.4.1. Formation of ionic compounds
4.4.2. Formation of molecular compounds
4.5. Chemical nomenclature
4.5.1. Ionic compounds
4.5.2. Molecular compounds
5. Stoichiometry of Chemical Reactions and the Mole Concept
5.1. Writing and balancing chemical equations
5.1.1. Writing chemical equations
5.1.2. Balancing chemical equations
109
May-2021
5.1.3. Equations for ionic reactions

5.2. Classification of chemical reactions
5.2.1. Acid-base reactions
5.2.2. Precipitation reactions and solubility rules
5.2.3. Oxidation-reduction reactions
5.3. Reaction stoichiometry
5.4. Mole concept and calculations
5.4.1 Mole and molar mass
5.4.2. Determining empirical and molecular formulas
5.4.3. Percent composition
5.4.4. Determination of empirical formulas
5.4.5. Determination of molecular formulas
5.4.6. Reaction yield/percent yield
5.4.7. Limiting reactant
6. Electronic Structure and Periodic Properties of Elements
6.1. Electromagnetic energy
6.1.1. Characteristics of light
6.1.2. Quantization and photons
6.2. The Bohr model
6.3. Development of quantum theory
6.3.1. The quantum–mechanical model of an atom
6.3.2. Quantum theory of electrons in atoms
6.3.3. The Pauli Exclusion Principle
6.4. Electronic structure of atoms
6.4.1. Orbital energies and atomic structure
6.4.2. The Aufbau principle
6.4.3. Electron configurations and the periodic table
6.4.4. Electron configurations of ions
6.5. Periodic variation in element properties
6.5.1. Variation in covalent radius
6.5.2. Variation in ionic radii
110
May-2021
6.5.3. Variation in ionization energies

6.5.4. Variation in electron affinities
7. Chemical Bonding and Molecular Geometry
7.1. Ionic bonding
7.1.1. The formation of ionic compounds
7.1.2. Electronic structures of cations and anions
7.2. Covalent bonding
7.2.1. Formation of covalent bonds
7.2.2. Polarity of covalent bonds
7.3. Lewis structures
7.3.1. Writing Lewis structures with the octet rule
7.3.2. Exceptions to the octet rule
7.4. Formal charges and resonances
7.4.1. Calculating formal charge
7.4.2. Predicting molecular structure using formal charge
7.4.3. Resonance
7.5. Strengths of ionic and covalent bonds
7.5.1. Ionic bond strength and lattice energy
7.5.2. Bond strength of covalent bond
7.6. Molecular structure and polarity
7.6.1. Vsepr theory
7.6.2. Molecular structure and dipole moment
8. The Concepts of Acids and Bases
8.1. Arrhenius concept
8.2. Br∅nsted-Lowery concept
8.3. Lewis concept
8.4. p-function in chemistry: pH and pOH
8.5. Relative strength of acids and base
9. Organic Chemistry
9.1. Functional groups
9.1.1. Hydrocarbons
9.1.2. Alkanes
111
May-2021
9.1.3. Alkenes
9.1.4. Alkynes
9.2. Aromatic hydrocarbons
9.3. Alcohols and ether
9.3.1. Alcohols
9.3.2. Ethers
9.4. Aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids and esters
9.4.1. Aldehydes and ketones
9.4.2. Carboxylic acids and esters
9.5. Amines and amides
9.5.1. Amines
9.5.2. Amides
Instructional Methods and Strategies: Instructional methods and strategies including gapped
lecture, inquiry, homework, assignment, group discussion etc., in general, student-centered
approach will be implemented in the course.
Students’ Activities: Active participation in discussion and team works; active listening during
lecturing; taking notes on the lessons; asking questions and answering to questions; submitting
group or individual assignments on time; reading reference materials according to the course
outline or tasks given by the instructor; attending classes regularly; and arriving classes on time.
Power Points, white boards, demonstration videos etc., and
Assessment Strategies and Techniques: The theoretical section take 70% share of the course
evaluation. Formative and summative assessments should be employed in students’ assessments.At
least 40% continuous assessments (quizzes, tests, assignments, project work and/or mid-
examination) and 30% final examination
Instructional Materials: LCD, computer (desktop or laptop), course outlines, markers, flip charts,
white board, chalk board, duster.
112
May-2021
Text book:
A course module for General Chemistry (Chem1012). (2019). Ministry of Science and higher
education (as prepared by: Yiheyis Bogale (PhD), Habdolo Esatu (MSc), and Tamene Beshaw
(MSc).
References
1. Peter Atkins and Julio de Paula. Physical Chemistry for the Life Sciences, co-published with
Oxford University Press, 2006.
2. P.W. Atkins and J.A. Beran, General Chemistry, 2nd Ed., 1992.
3. R. Chang, General Chemistry: The Essential Concepts, 5th Ed., 2008
4. J.W. Hill and R.H. Petrucci, General Chemistry: An Integrated Approach, 2nd Ed., 1999.
5. J. E. Brady, J. W. Russel and J.R. Holum, General Chemistry: Principles and Structure, 5th
Ed., 2006.
6. S. S. Zumdahal and S.A. Zumdahal, Chemistry, 7th Ed., 2007
7. A course module for General Chemistry (Chem.1012). (2019). Ministry of Science and
higher education (as prepared by: Yiheyis Bogale (PhD), Habdolo Esatu (MSc), and Tamene
Beshaw (MSc).
8. David Harvey-1st ed. Modern analytical Chemistry, publisher: James M. Smith, year 2000.
Suggested Practical Activities
Experiment 1: Preparation of solutions and concentration calculation

Experiment 2: Mass and volume measurements to define Density
Experiment 2: Bunsen burner
Experiment 3: Physical and chemical changes

Experiment 4: Diffusion of gases: Determination of Graham’s rate laws
Experiment 5: Acid-base reactions: use of acid-base indicators
Experiment 6: Determination of solubility of salts: Investigating the solubility of ionic and

covalent compounds
Experiment 7: Simple and Fractional distillations
113
May-2021
Experiment 8: Separation of mixtures: Extraction; Distinguishing compounds and mixtures;

Separation of a mixture using a magnet; Recrystallization; and Filtration
Experiment 9: Instrumental analysis: Colorimetric Determination of Acetaminophen

Experiment 9: Investigating the heat involved in a chemical reaction (Calorimetry): Investigating
endothermic reaction; Investigating exothermic reaction; and Effect of
temperature on reaction rate
Instructional Methods and Strategies: Active learning methods like lecturing, experimentation,
group work, and laboratory report in group or individually.
Students’ Activities: Observation the practical experiments; listen and observe demonstration and
lecture; Take notes on the lessons treated; Ask questions on unclear idea; Active participation in
discussion; Preparing flow charts for the experiment for every laboratory sessions; Bringing
laboratory manuals; Wearing laboratory coats; Following safety rules in the laboratory throughout
the laboratory sessions: Recording experimental procedures and results; Writing and submitting
laboratory reports on time.
Assessment Strategies and Techniques: The practical section take 30% share of the course
evaluation. The modes of Assessment: Up to 20% continuous assessment (quizzes, practical
assessments (in group and/or individual), laboratory report, project work etc.)), and 10% final
examination. Missing of more than two experiments lead to repeating the course.
References
1. Silberberg, M. Principles of General Chemistry: Student Solutions Manual. Publisher:

MGH, 2006
2. Jo A. Beran. Laboratory Manual for Principles of General Chemistry, Edition [8 ed.],
Publisher: Wiley, 2007.
3. Kenneth W. Whitten. General Chemistry - Textbook Only [6th Ed.], Publisher: Cengage
learning, 2000.
114
May-2021
Inclusiveness

Module No 01
Module Code M01
Course Title Inclusiveness
Course Code Incl2011
CP 3
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 2 4 3
Room
required
Target Group 2nd Year Industrial Chemistry students
Semester I
Course Description: Development efforts of any organization need to include and benefit people with various
types of disabilities, people at risks of exclusion/discrimination and marginalization, through providing quality
education and training, creating equity, accessibility, employability, promoting prosperity, reducing poverty and
enhancing peace, stability and creating inclusive society. Unfortunately, this has not been the practice for the
majority of people with disabilities and vulnerable groups, due to unfavorable attitude, negligence, inaccessibility
and exclusion from all development endeavors. It is obvious that people with disabilities are the large stand most
disadvantaged minority in the world. They are about 15 percent of the global population (about one billion people),
and 17.6 million in Ethiopia, with most extended families including someone with a disability (World Health
Organization and World Bank and 2011). An exclusion practice of this large number of persons with disabilities in
Ethiopia is an indicator of violating fundamental human rights that undermines their potential/ability to contribute
to poverty reduction and economic growth within their household, their community and the country. It is clear that
it is not impairment, but the exclusion practices that has contributed for insecurity (conflict), poverty aggravation
115
May-2021
for persons with disabilities and vulnerabilities, that has highly demanding inclusive practices. Exclusion practices
of persons with disabilities have a long history, affecting the life of people with disabilities and the society at large.
In the past and even today people have been discriminated due to their disabilities. Inclusiveness promotes effective
developments through full participation of all members of a population, people with disabilities and vulnerabilities,
where all are equal contributors of development and equitable beneficiaries. Through inclusive practices, it is
possible to identify and remove social and physical barriers so that people with disabilities and vulnerabilities can
participate and benefit from all developments. Genuine inclusion of people with disabilities and vulnerabilities
allow of them to actively participate in development processes and eliminate dependence syndrome, leads to broader
benefits for families and communities, reduces the impacts of poverty, and positively contributes to a country’s
economic growth, development and ultimately create inclusive society. All stages of development processes of any
organization should be inclusive through creating equal access to education, health care services, work and
employment, social protection and all development center of human being. Hence, in this course, the higher
education students will learn how to assess, understand and address the needs of persons with disabilities and
vulnerabilities; and provide relevant support or seek extra support from experts. He/she also learns how to adapt
and implementing services for an inclusive environment that aimed to develop holistic development such as
affective, cognitive and psychosocial skills of the population with disabilities and vulnerabilities. Identification and
removal/management of environmental barriers would find a crucial place in the course. The students learn how to
give more attention and support for persons with; hearing impairments, visual impairment, deaf-Blind, autism,
physical and health impairments, intellectually challenged, emotional and behavior disorders, learning difficulty,
communication disorders, vulnerable persons including gifted and talented, and those at risk due to different reason
(persons who are environmentally and culturally deprived, abused, torched, abandoned, and orphaned..etc.). All
University students should be given the chance to study the specific developmental characteristics of each group of
persons with disabilities and vulnerabilities. Furth more, they also identify the major environmental and social
barriers that hinder the development of individuals; and come up with appropriate intervention strategies in inclusive
settings of their respective professional environment and any development settings where all citizens are equally
benefited.
116
May-2021
Course Objectives
➢ Identify the needs and potentials of persons with disabilities and vulnerabilities.
➢ Identify environmental and social barriers that hinder the needs, potentials and full participations, in all aspects of
life of persons disabilities and vulnerabilities
➢ Demonstrate desirable inclusive attitude towards all persons with disabilities and vulnerabilities in full participations
➢ Apply various assessment strategies for service provisions for evidence-based planning and implementation to meet
the needs of persons with disabilities and vulnerabilities
➢ Adapt environments and services according to the need and potential of the persons with disabilities and
vulnerabilities
➢ Utilize appropriate assistive technology and other support mechanisms that address the needs of persons with
disabilities and vulnerabilities
➢ Respect and advocate for the right of persons with disabilities and vulnerabilities
➢ Collaboratively work with special needs experts and significant others for the life success of all persons with
disabilities and vulnerabilities in every endeavor and in all environments.
➢ Create and maintain successful inclusive environment for persons with disabilities and vulnerabilities
➢ Promote the process of building inclusive society

Course Outline
1. Understanding Disabilities and Vulnerabilities

1.1. Definitions of disability and vulnerability
1.2. Types of disabilities and vulnerabilities
1.3. Causes of disability and vulnerability
1.4. Historical movements from segregation to inclusion
1.5. The effects of attitude on the move towards inclusion
1.6. Models of disability
2. Concept of Inclusion
2.1. Definition inclusion
2.2. Principles of inclusion
2.3. Rationale for inclusion
2.4. Features inclusive environment
3. Identification, and Differentiated Services Assessment
3.1. Level of disabilities for support
117
May-2021
3.2. Needs and potentials of persons with disabilities

3.3. Needs and potentials of persons with vulnerabilities
3.4. Assessment and evaluation availability of legal frameworks in line with inclusion
3.5. Assessment and evaluation inclusiveness of the sector plans
3.6. Assessment and evaluation attitude towards inclusion
3.7. Assessment and evaluation of accessibilities of social and physical environments
3.8. Assessment and evaluation of strategies and plans that remove social and physical barriersto
facilitate inclusiveness
3.9. The components and purpose of differentiated service plans
3.10. Assistive technologies and software to enhance inclusion
4. Promoting Inclusive Culture
4.1. Definition of inclusive culture
4.2. Dimensions of inclusive culture
4.3. Policy related to inclusive culture
4.4. Building inclusive community
4.5. Means of establishing inclusive culture
4.6. Inclusive values
4.7. Indigenous inclusive values and practices
5. Inclusion for Peace, Democracy and Development
5.1. Definition of peace, democracy and development from the perspective of Inclusiveness
5.2. Sources of exclusionary practices
5.3. Exclusionary practices in the community
5.4. Respectingdiverse needs, culture, values, demands and ideas
5.5. Conflict emanated from exclusion
5.6. The full participation of the marginalized group of people
5.7. The democratic principles for inclusive practices
5.8. The importance of inclusion for psychosocial development
5.9. The importance of inclusion for economic development
5.10. The importance of inclusion for peace
6. Legal frame work
6.1. Components of legal framework
6.2. International legal frame works in relation to inclusiveness
118
May-2021
6.3. National legal frame works in relation to inclusiveness

7. Resources Management for Inclusion
7.1. Resources for inclusion
7.2. Planning for inclusion services
8. Collaborative Partnerships with stakeholders
8.1. Definition of collaboration, partnership and stack holder
8.2. Key elements of successful collaboration
8.3. The benefits and challenges of collaboration for various stakeholders for the success of
inclusion
8.4. The strategies for effective co-planning and team working
8.5. Characteristics of successful stockholders’ partnerships
8.6. Strategies for community involvement
Instructional Methods and Strategies: he course will involve deploying different teaching methods that
attempt to make the teaching-learning process as effective as possible. For most partof the course, delivery
method will be arranged as to make the process student-centered. There shall be full and active participation
from students and they are strongly encouraged to ask questions, to reflect on brain-storming queries, and
be involved actively and attentively in take- home assignments and peer discussions that appear during the
semester both within and outside class-room sessions.
While there is no limit to the imagination and flexibility of the instructor, the course delivery techniques
will generally involve the following items: Lecture, Brain-storming sessions, Group discussions and
Individual and group assignments
Students’ Activities: Preparedness: You must come to class prepared by bringing with you the appropriate
materials like handouts, worksheets and exercises given, text books and completed assignments. Complete
the individual and group assignments and other activities on time. You must plan your own learning through
reading various course related materials and chapters in books. You are expected to work much individually
to meet the requirement of the course. You have to use your time for group work and home study effectively.
Generally, students should attendat least 85% of the classes, take all continuous assessments and mid Exam,
take final examination,respect all rules & regulations of the university
119
May-2021
References:
1. Alemayehu Teklemariam and TemsegenFereja (2011). Special Need Education in Ethiopia: Practice
of Special Needs Education around the World. Washington: Gallaudet University Press.
2. Alemayehu Teklemariam (2019). Inclusive Education in Ethiopia: WILEY and Blackwell: Singapore
3. A Teachers Guide (2001). UNESCO. Inclusive Education and Classroom Practice in Secondary
Education
4. Berit H. Johanson and Alemayehu Teklemariam (2006). Towards Special Needs Education as a
University Discipline: An Important step on the way to Education for All. In When All Means All.
Hakapaino Oy: Helsinki
5. TirussewTeferra and Alemayehu Teklemariam (2007). Including the Excluded: Integrating disability
into EFA Fast Track Initiative Process and National Education Plans in Ethiopia. World Vision
6. MOE (2007). School Improvement Program
7. MOE (2010). Special Needs Program strategies implementation guide.
120
May-2021
8. MOE (Ministry of Education). (2006). Special Needs Education Program Strategy. AddisAbaba
9. Understanding and responding to children’s need in inclusive classroom (2010).www.european-
agency.org
10. ዓለማየሁትክለማርያም (2009). በመተባበርመማር፡- አንድለሁሉም፣ ሁሉምለአንድ፣
አዲስአበባ፡- ፋርኢስትአታሚ
11. ዓለማየሁትክለማርያም (2011). አካቶትምህርትለምን፣ምን፣ለነማንእንዴት፤ አዲስአበባ፡ፋርኢስትአታሚ
121
May-2021
Economics
Module No 01
Module Code M01
Course Title Economics
Course Code Econ1012
CP 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 3 7 5
Room
required
Semester I
Course Description: This course provides a general introduction to economics combining elements of micro and macro
fundamentals. The first part of the course focuses on partial equilibrium aspects of theories of consumer behavior, producer
behavior as well as on the arrangements and implications of different market structures. It will also cover the neoclassical
theory of product and/or service pricing for perfectly competitive, monopolistic, oligopoly, and monopoly market structures.
In addition, topics covered will include factor market pricing, general equilibrium analysis and distortions which relate to
asymmetric information and moral hazard problems. The second part will discuss elements of macroeconomics that revolve
around issues of measurement of aggregate economic activities, unemployment, and inflation. Emphasis will also be given
to sources, consequences and policy responses to economic fluctuations. In the first part the course commences by
highlighting the underlying assumptions behind each theory followed by in-depth analyses of the decisions of economic
units subject to resource constraints in an effort to realize their respective objectives assuming the prevalence of market
clearing situation. Finally, students will be able to contextualize the key analytical instruments with stylized facts from the
Ethiopian economy.
122
May-2021
Course Objectives
✓ Describe the major economic units constituting a given society and their corresponding roles
✓ Explain the objective functions of consumers and how they attain this objective under resource constraints
✓ Define producers’ objective functions, describe their cost structures in the short and the long run, and apply partial
equilibrium approaches to find optimal prices and quantities under different degrees of competition.
✓ Tabulate markets into different categories on the basis of the number of buyers and sellers and outline the various
social welfare implications of eachmarket structure.
✓ Elaborate the concept of general equilibrium analysis, identify its merits anddemerits, and discuss the various
market failures due to distortions arising from imperfect information and cultivate the corresponding possible
remedialmeasures
✓ Understand how aggregate economic measures are constructed, their weaknesses, and alternative measures of
national wellbeing
✓ Identify the sources and adverse effects of economic crises and describe the pool of policy instruments that can be
deployed to mitigate the consequencesof these crises.
✓ Contextualize the key analytical instruments with stylized facts from the Ethiopian economy
Course outline
1. Theory of Consumer Behavior and Demand

1.1. consumer preferences and choices
1.1.1. Consumer preference
1.1.2. Utility
1.2. Approaches to measuring utility
1.2.1. The cardinal utility approaches
1.2.2. Assumptions of cardinal utility theory
1.2.3. Total and marginal utility
1.2.4. Law of diminishing marginal utility (LDMU)
1.2.5. Equilibrium of a consumer
1.2.6. Derivation of the cardinalist demand
1.3. The ordinal utility approaches
1.3.1. Assumptions of ordinal utility approach
123
May-2021
1.3.2. Indifference set, curve and map

1.3.3. Properties of indifference curves
1.3.4. The marginal rate of substitution (MRS)
1.3.5. Types of indifference curves
1.4. The budget line or the price line
1.4.1. Factors affecting the budget line
1.4.1.1. Effects of changes in income
1.4.1.2. Effects of changes in price
1.5. Optimum of the consumer
1.5.1. Effects of changes in income and prices on consumer optimum
1.5.1.1.Changes in income: income consumption curve and the Engel curve
1.5.1.2.Changes in price: price consumption curve (PCC)
1.5.2. Decomposition of income and substitution effects (normal, inferior or giffen goods)
1.5.3. Derivation of market demand curve
1.6. Elasticity of demand
2. The Theory of Production
2.1. Production function
2.2. Stages and laws of production
2.3. The law of variable proportions
2.4. Laws of returns to scale
2.5. Choice of optimal combination of factors of production
2.6. Short run and long run production functions
3. Theory of Costs
3.1. Definition and types of costs
3.2. Short-run costs
3.3. Long-run costs
3.4. Derivation of cost functions from production functions
3.5. Dynamic changes in costs- the learning curve
4. Perfect Competition Market
4.1. The concept of market in physical and digital space (e.g. Amazon, Alibaba,etc..)
4.2. The welfare costs, benefits of e-markets and their implication for regulatory mechanisms
4.3. Competitive markets, short- run equilibrium of the firm, industry, and market
124
May-2021
4.4. The long-run equilibrium of the firm, industry and market

5. Pure Monopoly Market
5.1. Characteristics and source of monopoly
5.2. Short run and long-run equilibrium
5.3. Price discrimination
5.4. Multi-plant monopolist
5.5. Social cost of monopoly power
6. Monopolistic Competition
6.1. Assumptions
6.2. Product differentiation, the demand curve and cost of the firm
6.3. The concept of industry and product ‘group’
6.4. Short-run and long-run equilibrium of the firm excess capacity and welfare loss
6.5. Brief introduction to oligopoly markets
7. Fundamentals of Macroeconomics
7.1. The concepts of GDP and GNP
7.2. Approaches of measuring national income (GDP/GNP)
7.3. Other social accounts (GNP, NNP, NI, PI and DI)
7.4. Nominal versus real GDP
7.5. The GDP deflator and the consumer price index
7.6. GDP and welfare
7.7. The business cycle
7.8. Unemployment and inflation
7.9. Technology (.e.g. Robots) and unemployment
7.10. Role of exchange rate, terms of trade, and other external shocks
7.11. Brief introduction to the Ethiopian Economy
Instructional Methods and Strategies: The course will involve deploying different teaching
methods that attempt to make the teaching-learning process as effective as possible. For most part
of the course, delivery method will be arranged as to make the process student-centered. There
shall be full and active participation from students and they are strongly encouraged to ask
questions, to reflect on brain-storming queries, and be involved actively and attentively in take-
home assignments and peer discussions that appear during the semester both within and outside
class-room sessions. While there is no limit to the imagination and flexibility of the instructor, the
125
May-2021
course delivery techniques will generally involve the following items: Lecture, Brain-storming
sessions, Group discussions and Individual and group assignments
Students’ Activities: Preparedness: You must come to class prepared by bringing with you the
appropriate materials like handouts, worksheets and exercises given, text books and completed
assignments. Complete the individual and group assignments and other activities on time. You
must plan your own learning through reading various course related materials and chapters in
books. You are expected to work much individually to meet the requirement of the course. You
have to use your time for group work and home study effectively. Participation: Make active
participation during discussions (you must participate in class). You are not participating if you
are simply talking to a friend, doing homework, daydreaming, or not doing what the rest of the
class is doing. If you are working in a group or with a partner, you must talk to your group members
or partner and be a part of the group. Always be ready and willing to give constructive feedback
to partners’/group members and to listen to their comments on your work
References:
1. Koutsoyiannis, Modern Microeconomics
2. D.N. Dwivedi, 1997, Micro Economic Theory, 3rd Ed., Vikas Publishing
3. R.S. Pindyck& D.L. Rubinfeld, Microeconomics.
4. Hal R. Varian, Intermediate Microeconomics: A Modern Approach, 6th Ed.
5. C.L. Cole, Micro Economics: A Contemporary Approach.
6. Ferguson & Gould’s, 1989, Microeconomic Theory, 6th Ed.
7. N. Gregory Mankiw, 2007, Macroeconomics 4th edition
8. William H. Branson, 2006 Macroeconomic Theory and Policy
126
May-2021
Global Trends
Module No 01
Module Code M01
Course Title Global Trends
Course Code GlTr2012
CP 3
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 2 4 3
Room
required
Semester II
Course Description: The course is designed to equip students with the basics of international relations so that
they will be exposed to global challenges and perspectives. The course is very comprehensive, broad and
multidisciplinary in its nature. Perhaps you may find it as an ice-breaking course since it touches up on wide range
of issues, concepts, theories, approaches and debates that are helpful in understanding the contemporary
international relations. Concepts, such as national interest, foreign policy, actors, globalization, balance of power,
cold war, multi-polar systems, international law and other relevant concepts are being introduced. Different
debates and approaches to the study of international relations including realism, liberalism are also given due
emphasis.
127
May-2021
Course Objectives
✓ Understand nations, nationalism and states
✓ Explain the nature and historical development of international relations
✓ Examine the extent and degree of influence of state and non-state actors in the internationalsystem
✓ Gain basic knowledge of the major theories of International Relations and develop theability
to critically evaluate and apply such theories
✓ Elucidate national interest, foreign policy and diplomacy
✓ Assess the overriding foreign policy guidelines of Ethiopia in the past and present
✓ Explicate the nature and elements of international political economy
✓ Examine the roles major international and regional institutions play in world politics
✓ Explore Ethiopia‘s role in regional, continental and global institutions and affairs
✓ Critically evaluate the major contemporary global issues

Course Outline:
1. Understanding International Relations
1.1.Conceptualizing Nationalism, Nations and State
1.2.Understanding international relations
1.3.The nature and evolution of international relations
1.4.Actors in international relations
1.5.Levels of analysis in international relations
1.6.The structure of international relations
1.7.Theories of international relations
2. Understanding Foreign Policy and Diplomacy
2.1. Defining national interests
2.2. Understanding foreign policy and foreign policy behaviors
2.3. Overview of foreign policy of Ethiopia
3. International Political Economy (IPE)
3.1. Meaning and nature of international political economy (IPE)
3.2. Theoretical perspectives of IPE
128
May-2021
3.3. Survey of the most influential national political economy systems in

the world
3.4. Core issues, governing institutions and governance of international
political economy
3.5. Exchange rates and the exchange rate system
4. Globalization and Regionalism
4.1. Defining globalization
4.2. The globalization debates
4.3. and its impacts on Africa
4.4. Ethiopia in a globalized world
4.5. Pros and Cons of globalization
4.6. Defining regionalism and regional integration
4.7. Major theories of regional integration.
4.8. Selected cases of regional integration.
4.9. Regionalization versus globalization and states.
4.10. The relations between regionalization and globalization
4.11. Regionalization, globalization and the state
5. Major Contemporary Global Issues
5.1.Survey of major contemporary global issues
Instructional method and strategies: Introducing objectives to the students, asking brain
storming questions, defining terms and concepts in global affairs, brief introduction to the sub
topics, giving class room and home-based works, Checking, evaluating, and giving feedback to
students’ work and Summarizing the chapters
Students’ activities: Active involvement of learners is required at each phase. This is done
through questioning and answering, brainstorming, reflection, reporting, solving problems
associated to the respective topics.
References
129
May-2021
1. Balaam, David N., and Bradford Dillman. 2011. Introduction to International PoliticalEconomy.
Boston: Longman.
2. Bates, R. (1982). Markets and States in Tropical Africa. Berkeley: University of CaliforniaPress.
3. Baylis, J. and Steve S. 2001. The Globalization of World Politics: An Introduction to
International Relations. Oxford University Press: New York.
4. Booth, K. and Smith, S. (eds), International Relations Theory Today (Cambridge: Polity)
5. Brown, Chris, Understanding International Relations (London, Macmillan, 1977)
130
May-2021
Entrepreneurship and Business Development

Module No 01
Module Code M01
Course Title Entrepreneurship and Business Development
Course Code MGMT 4011
CP 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 3 7 5
Room
required
Target Group 4th Year Industrial Chemistry students
Semester I
Course Description: This interdisciplinary course is designed to introduce students to meaning and the concept
of entrepreneurship vs entrepreneur, creativity and innovation and their manageable processes that can be applied
across careers and work settings. It focuses on building entrepreneurial attitudes and behaviors that will lead to
creative solution within community and organizational environments. Course topics include the history of
entrepreneurship, the role of entrepreneurs in the 21st century global economy, and the identification of
entrepreneurial opportunities. The elements of creative problem solving, the development of a business ideas,
products and services, marketing and developing new ventures, the examination of feasibility studies and the social
and moral implications of entrepreneurship will be incorporated. Besides, issues related to starting and financing
a new venture are included. Finally, managing growth and through merger, acquisitions, licensing, outsourcing,
franchising etc. And forms of business organizations, legal and regulatory frameworks of governing the whole
system are also encompassed in the course syllabus.
131
May-2021
Course Objectives
➢ Meaning of the term entrepreneurship within the context of society; organizations andindividuals.
➢ The role of entrepreneurship on the economy.
➢ Developing a concept for an innovative idea, product or service in one’s own area ofinterest.
➢ How to develop elements of the entrepreneurial mindset and discuss the implications forfunctioning
as a successful entrepreneur.
➢ The way how to prepare business plan as roadmap.
➢ The basic concepts of risk, its type & classification
➢ How to develop market and new venture
➢ How to explore alternative sources of financing the new venture
➢ How to form business organizations and consider practical ethical issues during the process
Course Outline:
1. Overview of Entrepreneurship
1.1. What is entrepreneurship?
1.2. Definition and philosophy of entrepreneurship vs entrepreneur
1.3. Historical origin of entrepreneurship
1.4. Role within the economy
132
May-2021
1.5. Entrepreneurship, creativity and innovation
2. Business Development
2.1. Definition and importance
2.2. Economic, social & political aspects of business enterprises
2.3. Business Failure factors.
2.4. Problems of small-scale businesses in Ethiopia
2.5. Setting up small scale businesses
2.5.1. Basic business ideas
2.5.2. the ways of organizing business ideas that an entrepreneur should have
2.5.3. Definition of industry and small-scale industry
2.5.4. Steps in setting up a small-scale business

3. Business Planning
3.1. The concept of business planning
3.2. Feasibility planning
3.3. The business plans
3.4. Developing a business plan
4. Conception of Idea, Product or Services
4.1. Idea, Product or Service Technology
4.2. Idea, product or service development process
4.3. Idea, product or service protection
4.3.1. Patents
4.3.2. Trademarks
4.3.3. Copyrighting
5. Marketing and new venture development
5.1. What is market?
5.2. Marketing research
5.3. Marketing intelligence
5.4. Competitive analysis
5.5. Marketing strategies
5.6. International markets

133
May-2021
6. Organizing and financing the new venture
6.1. Entrepreneurial team and business formation
6.2. Sources of financing
6.2.1. Asset management
6.2.2. Equity Financing
6.2.3. Venture Capital
6.2.4. Debt financing
6.2.5. Government financing eg Omo, Dev’t Bank etc…
6.2.6. NGO financing eg. Germany supports for disabilities interest free loan
disbursement
7. Managing Growth and Transaction
7.1. Preparing for the launch of the venture
7.2. Managing early growth of venture
7.3. New venture expansion strategies and Issues (Mergers, Acquisitions,
licensing andFranchising)
7.4. Legal and regulatory frameworks of growth & transaction of new venture
Instructional Methods and Strategies: The course will involve deploying different teaching
methods that attempt to make the teaching-learning process as effective as possible. For most
partof the course, delivery method will be arranged as to make the process student-centered.
There shall be full and active participation from students and they are strongly encouraged to
ask questions, to reflect on brain-storming queries, and be involved actively and attentively
in take- home assignments and peer discussions that appear during the semester both within
and outside class-room sessions. While there is no limit to the imagination and flexibility of
the instructor, the course delivery techniques will generally involve the following items:
Lecture, Brain-storming sessions, Group discussions and Individual and group assignments
Students’ Activities: Preparedness: You must come to class prepared by bringing with you
the appropriate materials like handouts, worksheets and exercises given, text books and
completed assignments. Complete the individual and group assignments and other activities
on time. You must plan your own learning through reading various course related materials
and chapters in books. You are expected to work much individually to meet the requirement
134
May-2021
of the course. You have to use your time for group work and home study effectively.
Participation: Make active participation during discussions (you must participate in class).
You are not participating if you are simply talking to a friend, doing homework, daydreaming,
or not doing what the rest of the class is doing. If you are working in a group or with a partner,
you must talk to your group membersor partner and be a part of the group. Always be ready
and willing to give constructive feedback to partners’/group members and to listen to their
comments on your work
Assessment Strategies and Techniques: At least 50% continuous assessments (quizzes,

tests, assignments, project work and/or mid-examination) and 50% final examination

References:
1. Hailay Gebretinsae, Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management, 2nd Edition.
2. Hodgetts, Richard M. Kurakto, Donald, F. “Entrepreneurship: A contemporary

approach “.Fourth Edition, the Dryden Press, 1998.
3. Hirsh Robert D. D. and Peters Michael P. “Entrepreneurship” Fifth Edition, Tata
McGraw HillEdition, 2002.
4. Holt David H. “Entrepreneurship – New venture Creation “Eastern Economy Edition, 2000.
5. Donald F. Kutatko and Richard M. Hodgetts, “Entrepreneurship: A Cotemporary

ApproachFourth Edition.
135
May-2021
10.2.2. Compulsory Courses Handbook
10.2.2.1. Organic Chemistry Module Courses Handbook
Organic Chemistry I

Module No 02
Module Code M02
Course Title Organic Chemistry I
Course Code Iche2021
ECTS 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 3 7 5
Lecture days, hours TBA
and Room
Mode of Delivery semester based
required
Semester I
Course Description: Historical background of Organic Chemistry; Bonding, Structure and Reactivity; Functional groups
(Nomenclature, physical and chemical properties), Stereochemistry: Chirality and Optical activity; Stereoisomerism;
Configuration: Cahn-Ingold-Prelog sequence rules for assigning configuration, Introduction to major classes of Organic
Reactions: Substitution Reactions, Elimination reactions, Addition reactions; Rearrangement reactions. Concept of
aromaticity; electrophilic and nucleophilic aromatic substitution reactions.
Course Objective
At the end of the course, students who successfully complete this course will be able to:
• Understand historical development of organic chemistry,
• Draw reasonable and acceptable structural representations of organic molecules,
• Understand the modern bonding concepts in organic compounds and their influence on properties of compounds,
136
May-2021
• recognize various common organic functional groups,
• devise the preparation and reactions of common organic functional groups,
• understand stereochemistry, recognize conformational and configurational isomerism as additions to
stereoisomerism besides geometrical isomerism,
• Employ stereochemical considerations when analyzing mechanisms and transformations,
• recognize the major types of heterolytic organic reactions,
• Describe mechanisms of addition, substitution, elimination and rearrangement reactions
• Make use of mass and energy auditing of a system;
• Understand the concept of the aromaticity
• Distinguish aromatic compounds from the non-aromatic ones
• Describe the mechanism of electrophilic and nucleophilic aromatic substitution reactions
Time Content MODE OF Activities/tasks
DELIVERY
Week- 1 Chapter One Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
1.Bonding, Structure and Reactivity ✓ Lecture treated,
1.1. Historical background of organic Ask questions on unclear ideas, Active
✓ Small group
chemistry participation in discussion
discussion Doing assignment
1.2. Energy Levels and Atomic Orbitals
1.3. Bonding in carbon compounds: ✓ Question
1.3.1. Valence Bond Concept and answer
1.3.2. Orbital Hybridizations
1.3.3. Molecular Orbital Concept ✓ Reading
1.4. Factors influencing electron
availability and reactivity of organic
compounds
1.4.1. Inductive effect
1.4.2. Resonance effect
1.4.3. Steric effect
Week- Chapter Two ✓ Lecture Active participation in discussion
2 2. Functional groups in organic Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
✓ Small group
chemistry treated,
2.1. The importance of Classification of discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
organic compounds according to their ✓ Question
Functionality and answer
2.2. Introduction to the common
functional groups in organic chemistry, ✓ Reading
their typical preparations and reactions
Week 2.2.1 Alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, ✓ Lecture Active participation in discussion
3 2.2.2 aromatic hydrocarbons, ✓ Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
2.2.3 alcohols, ethers, and epoxides discussion treated,
2.2.4 amines, nitriles Ask questions on unclear ideas
✓ Question
2.2.5 Aldehydes and ketones, and answer
2.2.6 Carboxylic acids and their ✓ Reading
derivatives.
Test 1
137
May-2021
Week Chapter Three Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
4,5&6 3. Stereochemistry ✓ Lecture treated,
3.1 Definitions: Symmetry, Dissymmetry Ask questions on unclear ideas,
✓ Small group
and Chirality Active participation in discussion
discussion
3.2 Elements of Symmetry
3.3 Stereoisomerism: Definition and ✓ Question
Classes (Geometric, Configurational, and answer
Conformational Isomerism)
3.4 Configurational (Optical) Isomerism ✓ Reading
3.4.1 Common Criterion for Chirality: The
Asymmetric Carbon
3.4.2 Enantiomers and their Properties
3.4.3 Optical Activity and Plane Polarized
Light
3.4.4 Optical Rotation
3.4.5 Measurement of Optical Rotation:
The Polarimeter
3.4.6 Specific Rotation
3.4.7 Racemic mixtures and their
Properties
3.4.8 Configuration of Chiral Compounds
3.4.8.1 The Cahn-Ingold-Prelog (CIP)
sequence rules for assigning configurations
3.4.9 Fischer Projections
3.4.10 Multiple Stereogenic Centers
3.4.11 Diastereomers
3.4.12 Meso compounds
3.4.13 Resolution of Racemic Mixtures
Week 3.5 Conformational Isomerism ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
7 3.5.1 Conformational Analysis in alkanes: treated,
✓ Small group
Ethane and n-Butane Ask questions on unclear ideas,
3.5.2 Cycloalkanes: Cyclopropane, discussion Active participation in discussion
cyclobutane, cyclopentane and ✓ Question
Cyclohexane and answer
3.5.3 Substituted Cycloalkanes: Methyl
and Dimethyl cyclohexanes ✓ Reading
Assignment 1
Week UNIT Four: Major organic reactions ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
8&9 4.1 Substitution Reactions treated,
✓ Small group
4.1.1 Introduction Ask questions on unclear ideas,
4.1.2 SN2 and SN1 mechanism discussion Active participation in discussion
4.1.3 Factors affecting SN2 and SN1 ✓ Question
reactions and answer
4.1.4 Applications of Substitution
Reactions ✓ Reading
4.2 Elimination reactions
4.2.1 Introduction
4.2.2 E2 and E1 mechanism
4.2.3 Elimination versus substitution
4.2.4 Zaistev’s and Hoffman rules
138
May-2021
4.2.5 Applications of Elimination
Reactions
4.2.6 Other Elimination Reactions
Mid Exam
Week 4.3 Addition Reactions ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
10& 11 4.3.1 Mechanism and Reactivity treated,
✓ Small group
4.3.2 Markovnikove’s Rule Ask questions on unclear ideas,
4.3.3 Anti-Markovnikove (Radical) discussion Active participation in discussion
Addition ✓ Question
4.3.4 Michael addition and answer
4.3.5 Examples of Addition Reactions
4.3.6 Other Reactions of Double Bonds ✓ Reading
4.3.6.1 Ozonization
4.3.6.2 Diels-Alder reaction
4.3.6.3 Glycol formation
4.3.6.4 Addition polymerization
4.4 Rearrangement reactions
4.4.1 Migration to electron deficient
carbon.
Wagner-Meerwien Rearrangement
oxygen.
The Bayaer-Villiger Oxidation
nitrogen
Beckmann Rearrangement
Hofmann Rearrangement
Assignment 2
Week Chapter Five ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
12&13 5. Chemistry of Aromatic Compounds treated,
✓ Small group
5.1 Aromaticity Ask questions on unclear ideas,
5.2 Properties of Benzene and its discussion Active participation in discussion
Derivatives ✓ Question
5.3 Heterocyclic Aromatic Compounds and answer
5.4 Aromatic Substitution Reactions and
their Mechanism ✓ Reading
5.4.1 Halogenation
5.4.2 Nitration
5.4.3 Friedel-Crafts Alkylation
5.4.4 Acylation
5.4.5 Sulphonation
5.4.6 Directing Effects of Substituents
5.4.7 Examples of Electrophilic Aromatic
Substitution Reactions
5.4.8 Representative Reactions of pyrrole,
furane, thiophen and pyridine
5.5 Nucleophilic Aromatic Substitution
Reactions
5.5.1 Reactions of Aryl halides
5.5.2 Mechanisms of Nucleophilic
139
May-2021
Aromatic Substitution Reactions
Week 5.6 Reactions of Aromatic Side Chains ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
14 5.6.1 Oxidation and Substitution of Alkyl treated,
✓ Small group
Side- Chains Ask questions on unclear ideas,
5.6.2 Reduction of Nitro Groups and Aryl discussion Active participation in discussion
Ketones ✓ Question
5.6.3 Conversion of Halogens to and answer
organometallic Reagents
5.6.4 Hydrolysis and Fusion of Sulphonic ✓ Reading
Acids
5.6.5 Modifying the Influence of Strong
Activating Groups
5.6.6 Diazotization of Primary Aromatic
Amines and their Usefulness in
Synthesis of Aromatic Derivatives
Week15 Revision
Final Exam
Assessment • Test 1… …………………….…5%
• Assignment 1…..………………10 %
• Assignment 2……..……………10 %
• Mid Exam………………………25 %
• Final Examination…………….. 50 %
Total…………………………100%
Course policy A student has to:
- attend at least 85% of the classes.
- take all continuous assessments.
- take final examination.
- Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
- Respect all rules & regulations of the university, students are expected to abide by the code of
conduct of students (article 166 and 166.1.1, of The Senate Legislation of Bahir Dar University May 20,
2005).
Reference Books
1. F.M. Menger, D. J. Goldsmith, L. Mondev (1975) "Organic Chemistry", A concise approach, 2nd edition, W.A. Benjamin,
inc,.
2. R.K. Bassel, "Text book of organic Chemistry".
3. F.A. Carey, (2003) "Organic Chemistry", 5th ed., McGraw-Hill Companies inc,.
4. T.W Graham Solomon, organic chemistry, 7th Ed, (2004), Wiley, NewYork
140
May-2021
Organic Chemistry II

Module No 02
Module Code M02
Course Title Organic Chemistry II
ECTS 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
Instructor
Phone number
Information
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites Organic Chemistry I
(per week) 3 7 5
and Room
required
Target Group 2nd Year Industrial chemistry students
Semester II
Course Description: The properties, reactions and preparations of amines, Reaction of Carbonyl Compounds
( aldehydes, ketones and carboxylic acids and their derivatives); oxidation-reduction reactions, Correlation of structure
with reactivity; linear free energy relationships; energetics, kinetics and methods of establishing reaction mechanisms;
the chemistry of reactive intermediates (carbocations, carbanions, free radicals, carbenes and nitrenes); pericyclic
reactions; applications of Frontier Orbital Theory in electrocyclic reactions, cycloaddition and sigmatropic
rearrangements
Course Objective
• Describe the various chemical properties and reactions of carbonyl compounds.
• Describe the various chemical properties and reactions of amines.
• Explain the mechanism of different types of reaction
• Explain factors influencing electron availability
• Correlate reactivity with structure
• Investigate reaction mechanism using kinetics
• Discuss energetic of reactions
• Discuss methods of establishing reaction mechanism
• Propose reaction mechanism for different reaction
• Understand pericyclic reactions
141
May-2021
Time Content MODE OF DELIVERY
Week- Chapter One

1& 2 1. Amines ✓ Lecture
1.1 Nomenclature & Structure ✓ Small group
1.2 Properties of Amines: Physical and
discussion
chemical properties
1.3 Basicity of Nitrogen Compounds ✓ Question and
1.4 Acidity of Nitrogen Compounds answer
1.5 Reactions of Amines
✓ Reading
1.6 Electrophilic Substitution at Nitrogen
1.7 Preparation of 1o-, 2o & 3o-Amines
1.8 Reactions with Nitrous Acid
1.9 Reactions of Aryl Diazonium
Intermediates (see Diazotization Reactions)
1.10 Elimination Reactions of Amines (See
Hofmann Eliminations)
3,4&5 2. Reactions of Carbonyl Compounds ✓ Small group
Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
2.1 Addition Reactions lesson treated,
discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
2.1.1 Hydrates
2.1.2 Hemiacetals ✓ Question and answer
2.1.3 Cyanohydrins ✓ Reading
2.1.4 Carbinolamines
2.1.5 Addition of Grignard Reagents
2.1.6 Addition of Hydrogen
2.1.7 Hydride Additions (lithium-aluminum
hydride and sodium-borohydride)
2.2 Addition-Elimination Reactions
2.2.1 Imines and related compounds
2.2.2 Wittig reaction
2.2.3 Acetals
2.2.4 Ester hydrolysis and formation
2.2.5 Reactions of acid chlorides ✓ Lecture Active participation in discussion
2.2.6 Reactions of acid anhydrides Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
✓ Small group
2.2.7 Reactions of amides lesson treated,
2.2.8 Reductions of acid derivatives discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas
2.3 Enolization-Ketonization reactions ✓ Question and answer
2.3.1 Haloform Reaction of Methyl Ketones
2.3.2 Alkylations at the α-Carbon Reading
2.3.3 Aldol and Related Condensation rxns
Quiz
Week Chapter Three
6&7 3. Oxidation–Reduction reactions
3.1. Oxidation Reactions
3.1.1 Alcohols
3.1.2 Aldehydes
3.1.3 Multiple Bonds
3.2. Reduction Reaction
3.2.1 Catalytic Hydrogenation
3.2.2 Hydride Reduction
142
May-2021
3.2.3 Dissolving metal reduction
Assignment 1
Week Chapter Four Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
8 &9 4.Structure, Reactivity and Mechanism ✓ Lecture lesson treated,
4.1 Atomic orbital Ask questions on unclear ideas,
✓ Small group
Active participation in discussion
4.2 Hybridization
discussion
4.3 Bonding in Carbon compound (Single,
Double, Triple bonds) ✓ Question and answer
4.4 The breaking and forming of bond ✓ Reading
4.5 Factors influencing electron availability
4.5.1 Inductive effects
4.5.2 Mesomeric effects
4.5.3 Steric effects
4.5.4 Effects of the medium
4.6 Correlation of structures with reactivity.
4.6.1 Electron demand
4.6.2 The Hammett equation
4.6.3 Substituent constant (σ)
4.6.4 Reaction constant (ρ)
Mid Exam
Week Chapter Five ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
10 5. Energetic, Kinetics and investigation of ✓ Small group
lesson treated,
reaction mechanisms Ask questions on unclear ideas,
discussion Active participation in discussion
5.1Thermodynamic Requirement for a rxn
5.2 Kinetics of reaction ✓ Question and
5.2.1 Reaction rate and free energy of answer
activation
✓ Reading
5.2.2 The rate-determining step
5.2.3 Molecularity
5.2.4 Kinetic Requirement for a Reaction
5.2.5 Kinetic and Thermodynamic Control
5.2.6 The Hammond Postulate
Week 5.3 Methods of establishing reaction ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
11 mechanism 5.3.1 ✓ Small group lesson treated,
The nature of the products discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
5.3.2 Kinetic data ✓ Question and
5.3.3 The use of isotopes (Kinetic use of isotopes answer
and non-kinetic use of isotopes) ✓ Reading
5.3.4 The study of the reactive intermediates
(Isolation, detection and trapping of
intermediates)
Assignment 2
Week Chapter Six ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
12 6.The Chemistry of Reactive Intermediates ✓ Small group lesson treated,
6.1 Carbanions discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
6.1.2 Carbanion generation ✓ Question and Active participation in discussion
6.1.3 Carbanion stability answer
6.1.4 Typical reation of carbanions ✓ Reading
143
May-2021
(Addition, Elimination, Substitution and
Rearrangements)
Week 6.2 Carbocations ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
13 6.2.1 Carbocations ✓ Small group lesson treated,
6.2.2 Generation discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
6.2.3 Carbocations stability, ✓ Question and Active participation in discussion
answer
6.2.4 Typical reactions of carbocations
✓ Reading
(Addition, Elimination, Substitution and
Rearrangement)
6.3 Carbenes and Nitrenes
6.3.1 Generation and reactions of Carbenes and
Nitrenes
6.4 Free radical reactions
6.4.1 Free radicals (Stability, Methods of
generation, typical reactions)
Week Chapter Seven ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
14 7.Pericyclic reactions lesson treated,
✓ Small group
&15 7.1 Introduction Ask questions on unclear ideas,
7.2 Classes of Pericyclic reactions
7.3 Electrocyclic reactions ✓ Question and
7.3.1 Typical reactions answer
7.3.2 Stereospecificity
7.3.3 stereoselectivity ✓ Reading
7.4 Cycloadditions.
7.4.1 Typical reactions
7.4.2 Regioselectivity
7.4.4 stereoselectivity
7.5 Sigmatopic arrangements
7.5.1 Typical reactions
7.5.3 stereoselectivity
7.6 Ene Reactions
Final Examination
Assessment • Test 1… …………………….…5%
• Assignment 1…..………………10 %
• Assignment 2……..……………10 %
• Mid Exam………………………25 %
• Final Examination…………….. 50 %
• Total……………………………100%
- take all continuous assessments and take final examination.
conduct of students (article 166 and 166.1.1, of Legislation of Bahir Dar University May 20, 2005).
144
May-2021
Reference Books
1. F.M. Menger, D.J. Goldsmith; L. Mandle, Organic chemistry: A Concise Approach, 2 nd Ed., 1974
2. T.W G. Solomons, Organic Chemistry, 7th Ed., 2004.
3. J. McMurry; Organic Chemistry, 5th ed., 2000.
4. N.S. Isaacs; Physical Organic Chemistry, 2nd ed. 1995.
5. R. B. Grossmann, The Art of Writing Reasonable Organic Reaction Mechanism, 2nd Ed., 2003.
6 P. Sykes; Guide Book to Mechanism in Organic Chemistry, 1986.
Practical Organic Chemistry
Module No 02
Module Code M02
Course Title Practical Organic Chemistry
ECTS 2
Module Coordinator
Name:
Office number:
Instructor Information Phone number:
E-mail:
Consultation hours:
Pre-requisites Organic chemistry I and II courses
(per week) 3 1 2

and Room

required
145
May-2021
Semester II
Course Description: The course is designed to provide basic understanding and concepts of practical organic chemistry. In this
course students will learn to work with organic chemistry by obtaining them, identifying them, and transforming them.
Furthermore, they will learn many separation and purification techniques such as simple recrystallization, melting point
determination, simple, steam and fractional distillation, sublimation, extraction and chromatographic techniques. In addition to
this student will prepare simple organic compounds like soap, aspirin in laboratory scale. Students carefully learn the scientific
principles up on which each experiment is based. Moreover, under this courses student will learn about Esterification reactions;
acetylation of aniline; p-nitroaniline from acetanilide; azo dyes and the dying process, oxidation of alkyl arenes; synthesis using
the aldol condensation, Friedel-Crafts reaction; and the Diels-Alder reaction. Extraction of limonene from citrus fruit; isolation
of caffeine from tea.
Course Objectives
Upon successful completion of the course students will be able to:
• Train in performing organic chemistry experiments that have relevance in industrial, teaching medical and biological
fields.
• Discuss the techniques used to purify contaminated organic compounds
• Study characteristics of organic compounds
• Develop an ability to synthesize different organic compounds
• Design and interpret their own experiments
• Understand the desirable techniques used to separate organic compounds from a mixture
• be proficient in the most important aspect of laboratory work,
• Suggest methods of improving the experiment by pointing out the drawbacks encountered and sources of errors.
• Carry out small-scale laboratory synthesis involving esterification, dehydrations, acetylation’s, oxidations, aldol
condensation, Friedel-Crafts reactions; and the Diels-Alder reactions;
• Synthesize various dyes; and Interconvert one class of organic compounds to others.
Time Content MODE OF DELIVERY Activities/tasks
Week-2 Experiment 1: Survey of ✓ Reading Read the laboratory manual before coming
Some Functional Groups to laboratory session,
✓ Brief lecture
Carry out practical lab work,
✓ Practical lab work
Take short notes
✓ group discussion
Record the laboratory work & result,
✓ Question and answer
Report 1
Week-3 Experiment 2: Cyclohexene ✓ Reading Read the laboratory manual before coming to
from Cyclohexanol ✓ Brief lecture laboratory session,
✓ Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
Take short notes
146
May-2021
✓ group discussion Record the laboratory work & result,
Report 2
Experiment 3: Fats, Oils and ✓ Reading Read the laboratory manual before coming
Soaps: to laboratory session,
Preparation and Properties of ✓ Brief lecture
Week-4 Soap ✓ Practical lab work
Take short notes
Quiz 1/ Report 3
Week -5 Experiment 4: Preparation of ✓ Reading Read the laboratory manual before coming
Aspirin to laboratory session,
✓ Brief lecture
Take short notes
Report 4
Week -6 Experiment 5: Olefins from ✓ Reading Read the laboratory manual before coming
Alcohols to laboratory session,
✓ Brief lecture
Take short notes
Report 5
Week-7 Experiment 6: Acetylation of ✓ Reading Read the laboratory manual before coming
Aromatic-Amines: Preparation to laboratory session,
of Acetanilide ✓ Brief lecture
Take short notes
Report 6
Week-8 Experiment 7: Oxidation of ✓ Reading Read the laboratory manual before coming
Alkylarenes to laboratory session,
✓ Brief lecture
147
May-2021
✓ Practical lab work Take short notes
✓ group discussion Record the laboratory work & result,
Quiz 2 / Report 7
Week-9 Experiment 8: Preparation of

Aldehydes and Ketones by
✓ Reading Read the laboratory manual before coming
Oxidation of Alcohols
to laboratory session,
✓ Brief lecture
Take short notes
Record the laboratory result,
Question and answer
Report the laboratory work
Week-10 Experiment 9: Kobel-Schmitt ✓ Reading Read the laboratory manual before coming
reaction: Preparation of β- to laboratory session,
✓ Brief lecture
Resorcyclic Acid (2,4-
Dihydroxybenzoic Acid) ✓ Practical lab work
Take short notes
Report 8
Week-11 Experiment 10: Identification ✓ Reading Read the laboratory manual before coming
and characterization of to laboratory session,
✓ Brief lecture
unknown organic compound
in the sample. ✓ Practical lab work
Take short notes
Report 9
Week-12 Experiment 11: Experiments ✓ Reading Read the laboratory manual before coming
on protein and Carbohydrates to laboratory session,
✓ Brief lecture
Take short notes
Report 10
148
May-2021
Week-13 Experiment 12: Preparation ✓ Reading Read the laboratory manual before coming
of polymers to laboratory session,
✓ Brief lecture
Take short notes
Question and answer
Report 11
Week-14 Experiment 13: Azo Dyes ✓ Reading Read the laboratory manual before coming
and Ingrain Dyeing to laboratory session,
✓ Brief lecture
Take short notes
Question and answer
Report 12
✓ ReadingExperiment-14:
Week-15 Read the laboratory manual before coming toRead the laboratory
laboratory session, manual before coming
Esterification: Preparation of to laboratory session,
✓ Brief lecture
Amyl Acetate Carry out practical lab work,
✓ Practical lab work Take short notes
Take short notes
✓ group discussion Record the laboratory result,
Question and answer Report the laboratory work
Report 13 and 14
Week 16 Final Exam
• Quiz 1………………………………5 %
• Quiz 2………………………………5 %
Assessment • Laboratory report..………………..30 %
• Attendance…………,,……….….10 %
149
May-2021
• Final Examination :………………50 %
Total…………………………100%

- Attend at least 85% of the classes.
- Take all continuous assessments.
- Take final examination.
- Respect all rules & regulations of the university, students are expected to abide by the code of conduct
of students (article 166 and 166.1.1, of The Senate Legislation of Bahir Dar University May 20,
2005).
Reference Books
1. Ermias Dagne. Experiments in organic Chemistry I: Addis Ababa University; 1978
2. Wendimagegn Mammo. Practical Organic Chemistry II Laboratory manual: Addis Ababa University; 1996.
3. Hassan Bakr Amin, Riyadh. Practical Organic Chemistry: King Saud University, 2007
4. Vogel, A. I.; Furniss, B. S.; Vogel, Arthur Israel. Vogel's Textbook of practical organic Chemistry; Longman
Scientific & Technical; Wiley: London; New York, 1989.
5. Richard C. Larock. Comprehensive Organic Transformations: A Guide to Functional Group Preparations. 1989
150
May-2021
10.2.2.2. Analytical Chemistry Module Courses Handbook
Analytical Chemistry
Module Name Analytical Chemistry

Module No 03
Module Code M03
Course Title Analytical Chemistry
ECTS 3
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 2 4 3
and Room
required
Semester I
Course Description: Introduction to analytical chemistry and its essence; steps in methods of analysis and method validation
techniques, Ionic equilibria: Acid base equilibria, Solubility equilibria, complex equilibria and redox equilibria; Solutions
and their concentration expression; volumetric or titrimetric methods of analysis: Acid base, precipitation, complexometric,
Redox titrimetric analysis; and finally gravimetric analysis.
Course Objectives
• describe the role of analytical chemistry in the society and day to day life;
• describe different methods of chemical analyses;
• discuss each step of the analytical process;
• compare and contrast different schemes of systematic cation and anion analysis;
• prepare solutions of different concentrations;
• describe some of the properties of solutions and chemical equilibria;
• describe the effect of different factors on solubility of a substance
• discuss the principle of solubility product principle, complex ion formation reactions, redox reactions in chemical
analyses and their applications;
• know different ways of validating analytical methods;
151
May-2021
• apply different statistical tests to analytical data and indicate the reliability of experimental results;
• distinguish among neutralization, precipitation, complexation and redox reactions and use them as bases for
quantitative determinations;
• select appropriate indicator for detecting the end point of a given titration;
• Carry out different titrimetric and gravimetric analyses.
DELIVERY
Week- 1. Introduction ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
1&2 1.1 Definition of Analytical Chemistry treated,
✓ Small group
1.2 Roles of Analytical Chemistry Ask questions on unclear ideas, Active participation
1.3 Classification of Analytical Chemistry discussion in discussion
Doing assignment
1.4 Methods of Chemical Analysis ✓ Question
1.5 Steps in Quantitative Chemical and answer
Analysis
1.6 Method of validation and its method ✓ Reading
Week- 2. Statistical Evaluation of Analytical ✓ Gapped
3&4 Data lecture
2.1 Mean, Standard deviation, Variance ✓ Group
2.2 Accuracy and Precision of discussion
Measurements ✓ Assignment
2.3 Errors in Analytical Results in group or
2.4 Confidence Limit individually
2.5 Testing for Significance
2.6 Rejection Test (Q-test)
Test
Week- 3. Solutions and their concentrations ✓ Lecture Listen to a
5 3.1 Types of solutions ✓ Small group discussion lecture and
3.2 Different ways of expressing ✓ Question and answer take notes on
concentration the lesson
✓ Reading treated,
3.3 Preparation of solutions
Ask
3.4 Activity and activity coefficient questions on
unclear ideas,
Active
participation
in discussion
Week- 4. Ionic Equilibria ✓ Lecture Active
5 &6 4.1 Acid-base Equilibria participation
✓ Small group discussion
4.1.1 Theories of acids and bases in discussion
4.1.2 Dissociation of strong monoprotic ✓ Question and answer Listen to a
lecture and
acids and bases ✓ Reading take notes on
4.1.3 Dissociation of weak monoprotic the lesson
acids and bases treated,
4.1.4 Dissociation of water and pH of Ask
aqueous solutions questions on
4.1.5 Common ion effect unclear ideas,
4.1.6 Buffer solutions
4.1.7 Hydrolysis of salts
Assignment 1
Week- 4.2 Solubility Product Principle ✓ Lecture Active
7&8 4.2.1 Solubility, solubility equilibria and participation
152
May-2021
solubility product ✓ Small group discussion in discussion
4.2.2 Common ion effect and salt effect Listen to a
✓ Question and answer lecture and
on solubility
4.2.3 Effect of acidity on solubility ✓ Reading take notes on
the lesson
4.3 Complexation Equilibria
treated,
4.3.1 Complex ion and ligands Ask
4.3.2 Complex formation equilibria questions on
with unidentate and multidentate ligands unclear ideas,
4.3.3 Factors affecting stability of
complexes
4.3.4 Effect of complexation on
solubility
Mid exam
Week 4.4 Oxidation-reduction Equilibria ✓ Lecture Active
9 4.4.1 Redox reactions, reducing and participation
oxidizing agents in discussion
4.4.2 Redox reactions in ✓ Question and answer Listen to a
lecture and
electrochemical cells and electrode ✓ Reading take notes on
potential the lesson
4.4.3 Dependence of electrode treated,
potential on concentration Ask
4.4.4 Calculating equilibrium questions on
constant from electrode potential unclear ideas,
Assignment 2
Week 5. Titrimetric methods of analysis ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
10 5.1 Fundamentals of titrimetry ✓ Small group treated,
5.1.1 Definition of terms discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
5.1.2 Ideal requirements for standard ✓ Question and
solutions answer
5.1.3 Volumetric calculations ✓ Reading
Week 5.2 Acid-base titration ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
11 5.2.1 Acid-base titration curves ✓ Small group treated,
5.2.2 Acid-base indicators discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
✓ Question and
answer
✓ Reading
Week 5.3 Precipitation titration ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
12 5.3.1 Titration curves ✓ Small group treated, Ask questions,
5.3.2 End point detection methods discussion Active participation in discussion
✓ Question and
answer
✓ Reading
Weak 5.4 Complexometric titration ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
13 &14 5.4.1 Titration with aminopolycarboxylic ✓ Small group treated,
acids (EDTA and its species) discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
5.4.2 EDTA titration curve ✓ Question and
5.4.3 End point detection methods answer
153
May-2021
5.5 Redox titration ✓ Reading
5.5.1 Derivation of redox titration curves
5.5.2 Oxidation-reduction indicators
Week 6. Gravimetric analysis ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
14 6.1 Principle and types of gravimetric ✓ Small group treated,
analysis discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
6.2 Properties of precipitates and ✓ Question and
precipitating agents answer
6.3 Steps in gravimetric analysis ✓ Reading
6.4 Gravimetric calculations
Week 15 Revision
Final Exam
• Test … …………………………5 %
• Assignment 1 …..……………..10 %
Assessment • Assignment 2……..……………10 %
• Mid Exam………………………25%
• Final Examination: ………….. ..50 %
Total………………………………100%

• attend at least 85% of the classes.
• take all continuous assessments.
• take final examination.
• Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
• Respect all rules & regulations of the university, students are expected to abide by the code of
conduct of students (article 166 and 166.1.1, of The Senate Legislation of Bahir Dar
University May 20, 2005).
Reference Books
1. D. A. Skoog, D.M. West, and F. J. Holler, Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry, 8th ed.; Saunders College
Publishing, 2004.
2. G. D. Christian, Analytical Chemistry, 5th ed., John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, 1994.
3. D. C. Harris, Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 4th ed., W. H. Freeman and Company, New York, 1995.
4. G. H. Jeffery, J. Bassett, and R. C. Denney, Vogel’s Text Book of Quantitative Chemical Analysis, John Wiley and
Sons, Inc., New York, 1991.
5. S. E. Manahan, Quantitative Chemical Analysis, Brooks/Cole Publishing Company, California, 1986.
6. 6. F. W. Fifield, and D. Kealey, Principles and Practice of Analytical Chemistry, 5rd ed., Blackwell Science Ltd,
Oxford. 2000.
154
May-2021
Practical Analytical Chemistry I

Module No 03
Module Code M03
Course Title Practical Analytical Chemistry I
ECTS 2
Module Coordinator
Name:
Office number:
Instructor
Phone number:
Information
E-mail:
Consultation hours:
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 3 1 2
and Room
No of weeks required 16 weeks
Semester I
Course Description: Selected experiments on solution preparation; neutralization, precipitation, complex formation,
redox titrations and gravimetric analysis, i.e., experiments on qualitative and quantitative analytical chemistry.
Course Objective
• describe different methods of chemical analyses;
• analyze the presence and/or absence of cations and anions in a given sample;
• discuss the qualitative properties of selected cations and anions;
• describe the effect of different factors on solubility of a substance in a given solvent;
• discuss principles of redox reactions and their applications;
• distinguish among neutralization, precipitation, complexation and redox reactions and use
them as bases for quantitative determinations;
• select appropriate indicator for detecting the end point of a given titration; carry out different titrimetric
and gravimetric analyses;
• interpret quantitative analytical results using figures;
• discuss and conclude qualitative and quantitative analytical results;
• compare the theoretical and practical aspects of analytical chemistry;
• Apply the different qualitative and quantitative techniques in their future career.
155
May-2021
Week- Introduction of the ✓ Lecture Laboratory manual collection
1 course content ✓ Question and answer Reading
✓ Reading
Week- Experiment 1: ✓ Reading Read the laboratory manual before coming to

2 Preparation of solutions ✓ Brief lecture laboratory session,
from concentrated solids ✓ Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
✓ group discussion Take short notes
✓ Question and answer Record the laboratory work & result
Report 1
3 Preparation of solutions ✓ Brief lecture laboratory session,
from liquids ✓ Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
Report 2
4 Gravimetric ✓ Brief lecture laboratory session,
determination of ✓ Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
Calcium ✓ group discussion Take short notes
Report 3
Week - Experiment 4: ✓ Reading Read the laboratory manual before coming to
5 Gravimetric ✓ Brief lecture laboratory session,
determination of Iron ✓ Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
Quiz 1/ Report 4
Week - Experiment 5: ✓ Reading Read the laboratory manual before coming to
6 Standardization of ✓ Brief lecture laboratory session,
sodium hydroxide ✓ Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
solution ✓ group discussion Take short notes
Report 5
7 Determination of NaOH ✓ Brief lecture laboratory session,
and Na2CO3 in the same ✓ Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
solution ✓ group discussion Take short notes
Report 6
Week-8 Experiment 7: ✓ Reading Read the laboratory manual before coming to
Determination of ✓ Brief lecture laboratory session,
Na2CO3 and Na2HCO3 ✓ Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
in the same solution ✓ group discussion Take short notes
Quiz 2 / Report 7
156
May-2021
Week-9 Experiment 8: ✓ Reading Read the laboratory manual before coming to
Determination of ✓ Brief lecture laboratory session,
halides ✓ Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
argentometrically ✓ group discussion Take short notes
Report 8
10 Determination of ✓ Brief lecture laboratory session,
Potassium dichromate ✓ Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
using Sodium ✓ group discussion Take short notes
thiosulphate ✓ Question and answer Record rhe laboratory work & result
Report 9
oxalate ✓ Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
permanganometrically ✓ group discussion Take short notes
Report 10
hardness of water ✓ Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
Report 11
Week Final Exam
Assessment • Quiz 1……………………………5 %
• Quiz 2……………………………5 %
• Laboratory report..……………..35 %
• Attendance…………,,……….….5 %
• Final Examination :…………… 50 %
Total…………………………..100%
conduct of students (article 166 and 166.1.1, of The Senate Legislation of Bahir Dar University
May 20, 2005).
Reference Books
1. Georg Schwedt. The essential guide to Analytical Chemistry, 2nd ed., Stuttgart-New York,1996.
2. G. Svehla. Vogel’s qualitative inorganic analysis, 7th ed., 1996.
3. Negussie Retta. Quantitative Chemical Analysis Experiments for University Students (manual), 2nd ed., Addis
Ababa University, Sept. 2000.
4. Dr. Ivan Linko and Dr. Sree Lkshmi. Practical Analytical Chemistry I, Qualitative Analysis (manual), Addis
Ababa University, 1992.
5. Harris, D.C. Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 4th ed., W.H. Freeman and Company, New York, 1995.
157
May-2021
Instrumental Analysis I

Module No 03
Module Code M03
Course Title Instrumental Analysis I
ECTS 3
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
Instructor
Phone number
Information
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites Analytical Chemistry
(per week) 2 4 3
and Room
required
Semester II
Course Description: Introduction to the basic principles and applications of various instrumental methods used in the
analysis of different categories of samples; separation techniques: principles of chromatography; chromatographic
methods and instrumentation: gas chromatography, high performance liquid chromatography, supercritical fluid
chromatography, size exclusion chromatography, ion exchange chromatography, electrophoresis; electroanalytical
methods: conductometry, potentiometry, coulometry, electrogravimetry and voltammetry; Furthermore, the basic
principles of thermal methods of analysis and radiochemical methods.
158
May-2021
Course Objective
• Reminded the concern of analytical chemistry,
• Classify analytical methods into classical and instrumental methods and distinguish between them;
• Compare and contrast classical and instrumental methods with respect to speed, sensitivity, precision, ease of
automation, etc;
• Define important terms related to instrumental methods of analysis
• Describe basic principles of separation techniques
• Describe underlying principle governing chromatographic separations
• Select appropriate condition (mobile phase, stationary phase, column, detector..) for a given chromatographic
analysis;
• Distinguish among different chromatographic methods and discuss their applications;
• Compare and contrast various analytical separation techniques;
• Interpret results from a chromatographic analysis chromatograms;
• Discuss working principle and application of electrophoresis;
• Describe underlying principles governing different electrochemical techniques
• List common electrochemical techniques and describe their working principle.
• Compare and contrast different electrochemical techniques
• Discuss the qualitative and quantitative applications of different electroanalytical methods;
• Describe the basic principles of thermal methods and radiochemical techniques
• Perform chemical analysis using various analytical techniques in the laboratory.
Week 1 Chapter One ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and
1. Introduction ✓ Small group discussion take notes on the lesson
✓ Question and answer treated,
1.1 Classification of Analytical Ask questions on unclear
methods ✓ Reading ideas, Active
1.2 Classical methods of analytical participation in
separations and working principle discussion
1.3 Instrumental methods of Doing assignment
analytical separations and working
principle
Week2 & 3 Chapter Two ✓ Lecture Active participation in
3. Introduction to Chromatography discussion
Listen to a lecture and
2.1 General descriptions of
✓ Question and answer take notes on the lesson
chromatography; treated,
2.2 Classifications of ✓ Reading Ask questions on unclear
chromatographic methods and ideas,
their description;
planar & column chromatography
2.3 Migration rates of solutes;
2.4 Band broadening and column
efficiency;
2.5 Chromatographic theories;
2.6 Column resolution;
159
May-2021
2.7 Qualitative and quantitative
applications of chromatographic
techniques
Test - 1
Chapter Three ✓ Lecture Active participation
3. Gas Chromatography (GC) ✓ Small group discussion in discussion
Week-4 3.1 Principle of GC ✓ Question and answer Listen to a lecture
3.2 Instruments for GC ✓ Reading and take notes on the
3.3 Applications lesson treated,
Ask questions
Chapter Four ✓ Lecture Active participation
4. High-performance Liquid ✓ Small group discussion in discussion
Week 5 Chromatography (HPLC) ✓ Question and answer Listen to a lecture
4.1 Principle of HPLC ✓ Reading and take notes on the
4.2 Instruments for HPLC lesson treated,
4.3 Types of liquid Chromatograph Ask questions on
4.3.1. Liquid (partition) unclear ideas,
chromatography
4.3.2. Liquid – solid (Adsorption)
chromatography
4.3.3. Ion-exchange chromatography
4.3.4. Molecular (size) exclusion
chromatography
Assignment 1
Chapter Five ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture
5. Supercritical Fluid ✓ Small group discussion and take notes on the
Week6 Chromatography and Extraction ✓ Question and answer lesson treated,
5.1 Properties of Supercritical ✓ Reading Ask questions on
Fluids unclear ideas,
5.2 Supercritical Fluid Active participation
Chromatography in discussion
5.3 Supercritical Fluid Extraction
Week7 Chapter Six ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture
6. Capillary Electrophoresis and ✓ Small group discussion and take notes on the
E1ectrochromatography ✓ Question and answer lesson treated,
6.1 An Overview of ✓ Reading Ask questions on
Electrophoresis unclear ideas,
6.2 Capillary Electrophoresis Active participation
6.3 Applications of CE in discussion
Chapter Seven ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture

7. Introduction to Electroallalytical ✓ Small group discussion and take notes on the
Week8 & 9 Chemistry ✓ Question and answer lesson treated,
7.1 Electrochemical Cells ✓ Reading Ask questions on
7.2 Potentials in Electroanalytical unclear ideas,
Cells Active participation
7.3 Electrode Potentials in discussion
160
May-2021
7.4 Calculation of Cell Potentials
from
Electrode Potentials
7.5 Currents in Electrochemical
Cells
7.6 Types of Electroanalytical
Methods
Mid Exam
Chapter Eight ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture
8. Potentiometry ✓ Small group discussion and take notes on the
8.1 A General Principles ✓ Question and answer lesson treated,
Week10 &11 8.2 Types of Electrode ✓ Reading Ask questions on
(Reference Electrodes;Metallic
Indicator Electrodes; Membrane unclear ideas,
Indicator Electrodes …) Active participation
8.3 Instruments for Measuring Cell in discussion
Potentials
8.4 Direct Potentiometric
Measurements
8.5 Potentiometric Titrations
Assignment 2
Chapter Nine ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture
9. Other Electroanalytical methods ✓ Small group discussion and take notes on the
Weak12&13 9.1 Coulometry : ✓ Question and answer lesson treated,
9.1.1 Introduction to Coulometry; ✓ Reading Ask questions on
9.1.2 Applications of coulometry unclear ideas,
Active participation
9.2 Voltammetry:
in discussion
9.2.1 Basic principles of
voltammetry;
9.2.2 Types of voltammetric
techniques;
9.2.3 Applications of
voltammetry
9.3 Conductometry:
9.3.1 Introduction to
conductometry;
9.3.2 Conductometric titration;
9.3.3 Applications of
conductometry
Chapter Ten ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture
10. Miscellaneous Methods ✓ Small group discussion and take notes on the
10.1 Thermal Methods: ✓ Question and answer lesson treated,
10.1.1 Introduction to thermal ✓ Reading Ask questions on
methods; unclear ideas,
Week14 10.1.2 Thermogravimetry (TG); Active participation
10.1.3 Differential thermal in discussion
analysis(DTA);
161
May-2021
10.1.4 Differential scanning
calorimetry (DSC);
10.1.5 Applications of thermal
methods
10.2 Radiochemical Methods:
10.2.1 Principles of radiochemical
methods of analysis;
10.2.2 applications of
radiochemical methods
Week 15 Revision
Final Exam
Assessment Lecture • Test 1 … ………………………….……5%
• Assignment 1…………..………………10 %
• Assignment 2…………..………………10 %
• Mid exam ……..………………………25 %
• Final Examination: ………………….. 50 %
Total……………………………………..100%

- Respect all rules & regulations of the university, students are expected to abide by the
code of conduct of students (article 166 and 166.1.1, of The Senate Legislation of Bahir
Dar University May 20, 2005).
Text Book
1. D.A. Skoog, S. R. Crouch and FJ. Holler. Principles of Instrumental Analysis, 4th Ed., Saunders College
Publishing, New York 1998.
Reference Books
2. D.A. Skoog, D.M. West and FJ. Holler. Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry, 7th Ed., Saunders College
Publishing, New York, 1996.
3. J.W. Robinson, E. M. Skelly Frame, and G. M. Frame II. Undergraduate Instrumental Analysis, 6th Ed., 2005.
4. F.W. Fifield and D. Keale, Princip1e and practice of analytical chemistry, 3rd Ed., Blakie academic and
professional, Glasgow, 1990.
5. G.D. Christian, Analytical Chemistry, 5th Ed., John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, 1994.
6. D.C. Harris, Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 4th Ed., W.H. Freeman and Company, New York, 1995.
7. G.H. Jeffery, 1. Bassett, 1. Mandham and R.C. Denney, Vogel's Text Book of Quantitative Chemical Analysis,
John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York 1991.
8. J.M. Marmet, M. Otto and H.M. WiWner (editors), Analytical chemistry, Wiley-VCH, Weinheim, 1998.
162
May-2021
Instrumental Analysis II

Module No 03
Module Code M03
Course Title Instrumental Analysis II
ECTS 3
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites Instrumental Analysis I
(per week) 2 4 3
and Room
Target Group 3rd Year Industrial chemistry students
Semester I
Course Description: Introduction to Spectroscopy; analytical methods based on the interaction of electromagnetic
radiation with matter; spectroscopic instruments atomic absorption and emission spectroscopy;; ultraviolet and visible
spectroscopy; fluorescence; phosphorescence, Infrared spectroscopy; Nuclear magnetic resonance; Mass Spectroscopy.
Course Objective
• remind basic concepts of instrumental analysis and in general analytical chemistry.
• describe electromagnetic radiation;
• define terms such as spectroscopy, absorption and emission of emr
• discuss the qualitative and quantitative applications of different spectroscopic methods;
• elucidate structure of compounds from spectra by using data from joint spectroscopic techniques;
• describe the underlying principles of different spectroscopic methods; and
• draw block diagrams for instruments of different spectrometric method.
DELIVERY
163
May-2021
Week- • Reminding the previous courses of the ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
1 module and introducing the course ✓ Small group treated,
discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas, Active
Chapter One participation in discussion
1. Introduction to Spectroscopy ✓ Question
and answer
1.1 Electromagnetic Radiation and its
✓ Reading
interaction with matter
1.2 Wave Properties and Quantum
mechanical properties EMR
1.3 Absorption and Emission of
Radiation
1.4 The electromagnetic spectrum
3 2.Spectroscopy Based on Absorption Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
✓ Small group
2.1 Absorbance of Electromagnetic treated,
Radiation discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
2.2 Transmittance and Absorbance ✓ Question
2.3 Absorbance and Concentration: Beer’s and answer
Law
2.4 Beer’s Law & Multicomponent ✓ Reading
Samples
2.5 Deviation from Beer's Law
Test
Week- Chapter Three ✓ Lecture Active participation in discussion
4 2. Instruments for optical spectroscopy ✓ Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
discussion treated,
3.1 Components of optical instruments
Ask questions on unclear ideas,
3.1.1 Source of Radiation ✓ Question
3.1.2 Wave-length selectors and answer
3.1.3 Sample containers ✓ Reading
3.1.4 Radiation Detectors
3.1.5 Read out detectors and signal
amplification systems
3.2 Optical systems used in spectroscopy:
Single beam versus double beam
Week- Chapter Four ✓ Lecture Active participation in discussion
5 4. Atomic Absorption spectroscopy ✓ Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
4.1 Principles discussion treated, Ask questions
✓ Question
4.2 Instrumentation
and answer
4.3 Analytical Applications ✓ Reading
Week Chapter Five ✓ Lecture Active participation in discussion
6 5. Ultraviolet and Visible (UV-Vis) ✓ Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
Spectroscopy discussion treated,
5.1 Basic Principles ✓ Question
5.2 Absorption characteristics of some and answer
chromopores ✓ Reading
5.3 Instrumentation
5.4 Application
164
May-2021
Assignment 1
Week Chapter Six ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
7 6. Infrared Spectroscopy ✓ Small group treated,
6.1 Introduction discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
6.2 Energy levels in vibrating and rotating ✓ Question and
molecules answer
6.3 Characteristic vibrational frequencies ✓ Reading
6.4 Factors affecting group frequencies
6.5 Instrumentation
6.6 Interpretation of some spectra
Week Chapter Seven ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
8&9 7. Spectroscopy Based on Emission ✓ Small group treated,
7.1 Molecular Photoluminescence discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Spectroscopy ✓ Question and
7.2 Molecular Fluorescence and answer
Phosphorescence Spectra ✓ Reading
7.3 Instrumentation
7.4 Quantitative Applications Using
Molecular Luminescence
7.5 Atomic Emission Spectroscopy
7.5.1 Introduction
7.5.2 Equipment
7.6 Quantitative Applications
7.7 Spectroscopy Based on Scattering
7.7.1 Origin of Scattering
7.7.2 Turbidimetry and Nephelometry
Mid exam
Week Chapter Eight ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
10 &11 8. Mass spectroscopy (MS) ✓ Small group treated,
8.1 Basic Principle of MS. discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
8.2 MS spectrometers ✓ Question and
8.3 Interpretation of MS spectra answer
Week Chapter Nine ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
11&13 9. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance ✓ Small group treated,
Spectroscopy (NMR) discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
9.1 Basic principle of NMR ✓ Question and Active participation in discussion
9.2 NMR spectrometers answer
9.3 Proton NMR ✓ Reading
9.4 C–13 NMR
9.5 Interpretation of NMR spectra
Assignment 2
Weak Chapter Ten ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
14 10.Structure elucidations by joint ✓ Small group treated,
application of different spectroscopic discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
methods: UV, IR, NMR and MS. ✓ Question and
answer
✓ Reading
Week 15 Revision
Final Exam
165
May-2021
• Test … ……………………………….5%
• Assignment 1…………..………………10 %
Assessment • Assignment 2…………..………………10 %
• Mid ……………………………….…..25%
Total…………………………………….100%

May 20, 2005).
Text Book
1. D.A. Skoog, S. R. Crouch and FJ. Holler. Principles of Instrumental Analysis, 4th Ed., Saunders College Publishing,
New York 1998.
Reference Books
• D.A. Skoog, D.M. West and FJ. Holler. Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry, 7th Ed., Saunders College
Publishing, New York, 1996.
• J.W. Robinson, E. M. Skelly Frame, and G. M. Frame II. Undergraduate Instrumental Analysis, 6th Ed., 2005.
• F.W. Fifield and D. Keale, Princip1e and practice of analytical chemistry, 3rd Ed., Blakie academic and
professional, Glasgow, 1990.
• G.D. Christian, Analytical Chemistry, 5th Ed., John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, 1994.
• D.C. Harris, Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 4th Ed., W.H. Freeman and Company, New York, 1995.
• G.H. Jeffery, 1. Bassett, 1. Mandham and R.C. Denney, Vogel's Text Book of Quantitative Chemical Analysis,
John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York 1991.
• G.W.Ewing, Instrumental Method of Chemical Analysis, 5th ed., 1985.
Practical Instrumental Analysis

Module No 03
Module Code M03
Course Title Practical Instrumental Analysis
ECTS 2
Module Coordinator
Name:
Instructor Information
Office number:
166
May-2021
Phone number:
E-mail:
Consultation hours:
Pre-requisites Practical Instrumental I
(per week) 3 1 2
Room
Semester I
Course Description: Under this experimental course, practical activities will be done in chromatography (TLC, CC, GC,
HPLC) and electroanalytical methods (Potentiometry, Voltammetry, Conductometry, coulometry, electrogravimetry,
electrophoresis and refractive index). Experiments on spectroscopic techniques (absorption and emission techniques,
molecular spectroscopic techniques) will be also carried out.
Course Objective
• Separate, identify and determine the quantity of a given species from a sample by using different chromatographic
techniques (PC, TLC etc).
• Determine the quantity of a given species from a sample by using different electroanalytical techniques
(conductometry, potentiometry etc).
• Describe different types of analysis for the estimation of the concentration of an unknown solution;
• Understand the theory behind every technique;
• Know the correct choice of the instrument for a given analysis;
• Know the extent of accuracy in each method;
• Understand the precautions required in every method;
• Identify different parts of selected spectroscopic instruments and describe their respective functions;
• Operate and run different spectroscopic instruments and generate spectrum of a given substance;
• Use appropriate spectroscopic method for quantitative determination of sample components; and
• Elucidate structure of a compound using joint spectroscopic techniques.
Week-1 Introduction of the ✓ Lecture Laboratory manual collection
course content ✓ Question and answer Reading
Week-2 Experiment 1: Paper ✓ Reading Read the laboratory manual before coming to laboratory
chromatography: ✓ Brief lecture session,
Determination of Rf of Take short notes
the given substance ✓ group discussion
Record rhe laboratory work & result
(amino acid)
using an organic solvent
Report 1
167
May-2021
Week-3 Experiment 2: Thin layer ✓ Reading Read the laboratory manual before coming to laboratory
Chromatography: ✓ Brief lecture session,
Determination of Rf of Take short notes
dye mixtures using a ✓ group discussion
solvent mixture
Report 2
Week-4 Experiment 3: Colum ✓ Reading Read the laboratory manual before coming to laboratory
packing and separation of ✓ Brief lecture session,
plant pigments ✓ Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
Take short notes
Report 3
Week -5 Experiment 4: ✓ Reading Read the laboratory manual before coming to laboratory
Identification (if possible ✓ Brief lecture session,
quantitative analysis) of a ✓ Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
Take short notes
given compound using ✓ group discussion
HPLC ✓ Question and answer
Report 4
Week-6 Experiment 5: ✓ Reading Read the laboratory manual before coming to laboratory
Potentiometric analysis ✓ Brief lecture session,
Take short notes
Report 5
Potentiometric analysis ✓ Brief lecture session,
Take short notes
Report 6/Quiz 1
Conductometric analysis ✓ Brief lecture session,
Take short notes
Report 7
Week-9 Experiment 8: Analysis ✓ Reading Read the laboratory manual before coming to laboratory
of (selected) trace metal ✓ Brief lecture session,
in laboratory prepared Take short notes
sample using Atomic ✓ group discussion
Record the laboratory work & result
Absorption (AAS).
Report 8
168
May-2021
of (selected) trace metal ✓ Brief lecture session,
in wastewater using Take short notes
Atomic Absorption ✓ group discussion
Report 9
Na and K water using ✓ Brief lecture session,
Flame photometer. ✓ Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
Take short notes
• Lab manual
Report 10
Week -12 Experiment 11. UvVis ✓ Reading Read the laboratory manual before coming to laboratory
spectrophotometeric ✓ Brief lecture session,
Determination of max. ✓ Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
Take short notes
wavelength for CoCl2 & ✓ group discussion
NiNO3 ✓ Question and answer
• Lab manual
Report 11/Quiz2
Week -13 Experiment 12: ✓ Reading Read the laboratory manual before coming to laboratory
Determination of ✓ Brief lecture session,
unknown concentration of ✓ Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
Take short notes
cobalt (II) chloride ✓ group discussion
solution ✓ Question and answer
• Lab manual
Report 12
Week-14 Experiment 13: UV-Vis ✓ Reading Read the laboratory manual before coming to laboratory
spectrophotometry: ✓ Brief lecture session,
Analysis of a binary Take short notes
mixture. ✓ group discussion
• Lab manual
Report13
IR spectrophotometry: ✓ Brief lecture session,
Characterization of a ✓ Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
Take short notes
given organic compound ✓ group discussion
and identification of its ✓ Question and answer
functional group
Report 14
Week 16 Final Exam
• Quiz 2……………………………5 %
• Attendance…………,,……….…10 %
Total…………………………100%
169
May-2021
- Respect all rules & regulations of the university, students are expected to abide by the code of conduct
of students (article 166 and 166.1.1, of The Senate Legislation of Bahir Dar University May 20,
2005).
Reference Books
1. Lab manual
2. G. Schwedt, The essential guide to Analytical Chemistry, 2nd Ed., Stuttgart-New York, 1996.
3. G. Svehla, Vogel’s qualitative inorganic analysis, 7th Ed., 1996.
4. N. Retta, Quantitative Chemical Analysis Experiments for University Students (manual), 2nd Ed., Addis Ababa
University, 2000.
5. Harris, D.C. Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 4th Ed., W.H. Freeman and Company, New York, 1995.
6. J. Mendham, Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 6th Ed., August 1999.
10.2.2.3. Inorganic Chemistry module Courses Handbook
Inorganic Chemistry I

Module No 04
Module Code M04
Course Title Inorganic Chemistry I
ECTS 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 3 7 5
and Room
required
Target Group Second year Industrial chemistry students
170
May-2021
Semester II
Course Description: Atomic structure, periodic trends, chemical bonding, Acid-base theory and solvent system,
chemistry of main group elements; chemistry of hydrogen, s-block, p-block, d- block and f-block elements;
compounds of those group of elements: synthesis, reactions and applications.
Course Objective
• Discuss the current view of atomic structure
• Write & explain the electronic configuration
• Master the use of the Periodic Table as a tool for organizing a large volume of chemical information.
• Develop a theoretical foundation for a systematic study of the chemistry of the elements and their compounds
using periodic table.
• gain a broad understanding of the chemistry of inorganic materials
• Explain the basic concepts of chemical bonding and structure
• Have a general overview of the descriptive chemistry of hydrogen and s p, d and f- block elements.
• Discuss the chemistry, process technology, end-use and othe applications of some of the most important inorganic
industrial materials.
DELIVERY
Week- Chapter One ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
1 1. Overview of Atomic theory and ✓ Small group lesson treated,
Periodic Table discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas, Active
1.1. Some principles of quantum participation in discussion
✓ Question
mechanics. Doing assignment
and answer
1.2. Radial and Angular wave functions
✓ Reading
and the quantum numbers.
1.3. The periodic table and chemical
periodicity.
2 2. Chemical Bonding and Structure ✓ Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
2.1. Types of chemical bonding discussion lesson treated,
2.2. Shape of simple covalent molecules ✓ Question
2.3. Theories of bonding for covalent and answer
molecules
2.4. Ionic solids
✓ Reading
2.5. Metallic bonding and bonding theories
Quiz
Week Chapter Three ✓ Lecture Active participation in discussion
3 3.Acid base theory and the solvent ✓ Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
system discussion lesson treated,
3.1. Basic definitions ✓ Question
3.1.1. Strength of binary acids and answer
3.1.2. Strength of Oxyacids
✓ Reading
3.1.3. Strength of Lewis acid and base
3.2 Solvent systems
3.3 Hard –soft acid and bases
Week Chapter Four ✓ Lecture Active participation in discussion
4 4. The chemistry of Hydrogen ✓ Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
4.1 Compounds of hydrogen discussion lesson treated,
4.2 Synthesis Ask questions on unclear ideas,
✓ Question
4.3 Reactivity of hydrogen and answer
4.4 Application of hydrogen
171
May-2021
✓ Reading
Week Chapter Five ✓ Lecture Active participation in discussion

5&6 5. The chemistry of s-block elements ✓ Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
5.1 The chemistry of alkaline metals discussion lesson treated,
5.1.1 General trends Ask questions on unclear ideas
✓ Question
5.1.2 Some compounds of alkali metals and answer
5.1.3 Occurrences, reactivity and
extraction of the metals
✓ Reading
5.2 The chemistry of alkaline earth metals
5.2.1 General trends
Assignment 1
Week Chapter Six ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
7,8 & 9 6. The chemistry of p-block elements ✓ Small group treated,
6.1 The chemistry of boron group elements
6.1.1 Trends and some compounds of the discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
group elements ✓ Question Active participation in discussion
extraction of the elements and answer
6.2 The chemistry of carbon group ✓ Reading
elements
6.2.1 Trends and some compounds of the
group elements
6.3 The chemistry of nitrogen group
elements
Mid
6.3.1 Trends and some compounds of the ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
group elements
✓ Small group treated,
extraction of the elements discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
6.4 The chemistry of oxygen group
elements ✓ Question Active participation in discussion
6.4.1 Trends and some compounds of the and answer
group elements
6.4.2 Occurrences, reactivity and Reading
extraction of the elements
6.5 The chemistry of halogen group
elements
group elements
6.6 The chemistry of noble gases
group elements
Week Chapter Seven ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
10,11 7. Chemistry of d-block elements lesson treated,
& 12 7.1 General physical properties of the Ask questions on unclear ideas,
172
May-2021
elements ✓ Small group
7.1.1. Density, melting and boiling points
discussion
7.1.2. Trends in the periodic table: size, IE,
EN, etc. ✓ Question
7.2 General chemical properties
7.2.1. The inherent variable oxidation and answer
states and reactivity ✓ Reading
7.2.2. Non-stoichiomtric compounds
7.3 Catalytic properties of the metals in the
synthesis of:
7.3.1. Organic compounds
7.3.2. Inorganic compounds
7.4 Studies with specific reference to first
series of transition metals
7.4.1 Occurrence and importance of
compounds of the metals
Week Chapter Eight ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
13&14 8. Chemistry of f-block elements lesson treated,
✓ Small group
8.1. General physical and chemical Ask questions on unclear ideas,
properties discussion Active participation in discussion
8.1.1 Density, melting and boiling points, ✓ Question
spectra, etc.
8.1.2 Trends in the periodic table: size, IE, and answer
EN, etc.
✓ Reading
8.1.3 Reactivity
8.1.4 Occurrence and separation of their
compounds
8.1.5 Catalytic properties of the metals in
synthesis
Assignment 2
Week15 Revision
Final Exam
Assessment • Quiz… ………………………………..5%
• Assignment 1…………..………………10 %
• Assignment 2…………..………………10 %
• Mid ……………………………….…..25%
Total…………………………………100%

- Respect all rules & regulations of the university, students are expected to abide by the code
of conduct of students (article 166 and 166.1.1, of The Senate Legislation of Bahir Dar
University May 20, 2005).
173
May-2021
Textbooks: The recommended Textbooks
• J.D. Lee, A new concise inorganic chemistry, 5th Ed, 1995
• G.L. Miessler, D.A. Tarr, Inorganic Chemistry, 3rd edition, 1991, Pearson prentice
Reference Books
1. B. Douglas, D. H. McDaniel, and J. J. Alexander ‘Concepts and Models of Inorganic Chemistry’ 3rd Edition, Wiley,
1994.
2. J. E. Huheey, E. A. Keiter and R. L. Keiter, “Inorganic Chemistry”, 4th Edition, Harper-Collins, 1993.
3. F. A. Cotton and G. Wilkinson, ‘Advanced Inorganic Chemistry’ 5th or 6th Edn., Wiley, 1988 or 1999.
4. N. N. Greenwood and A. Earnshaw, “Chemistry of the Elements’, Pergamon, 2nd Edition 1997.
Inorganic Chemistry II
Module No 04
Module Code M04
Course Title Inorganic Chemistry II
ECTS 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites Inorganic Chemistry I
(per week) 3 7 5
and Room
required
Target Group Third Year Industrial Students
Semester I
Course Description: Coordination compounds (historical development, nomenclature, isomerism, VBT, CFT, MOT),
metals and metallurgical processes, descriptive chemistry of transition and inner transition elements (electronic structure,
oxidation states, occurrences, isolations, reactions and uses of selected d-block and f-block elements, and chemistry of
their compounds). Symmetry and Group Theory; magneto chemistry; reaction mechanisms: inert and labile complexes;
substitution in octahedral and square planar complexes; trans effect; electron transfer reactions: outer sphere and inner
174
May-2021
sphere mechanisms; Bioinorganic chemistry: metal ions and their biological importance; photosynthesis; nitrogen
fixation; oxygen carriers; transition metals; organo-transition metal chemistry: synthesis, structure and bonding,
reactions, applications.
Course Objective
• Explain coordination compounds with respect to their formation, nomenclature,
• geometry, isomerism and bonding theories (VBT, CFT and MOT)
• Define symmetry elements and operation
• Apply the main concepts of group theory
• Identify spectral properties of transition metal complexes
• Differentiate the energy levels in an atom
• Analyze spectroscopic terms and their determinations
• Differentiate spin-orbit coupling and Russel-Sounder’s coupling.
• List and analyze the selection rules,
• Describe about organometallic chemistry and bioinorganic Chemistry
• Classify organometallic compounds,
• Determine the Magnetic property of organometallic complexes
• Analyze the nature of electronic transition in metal complexes
• Identify the role of metal ions in biology and their function.
DELIVERY
Week- Chapter One
1&2 1. Coordination chemistry ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
1. 1 Definition, nomenclature and ✓ Small group lesson treated,
isomerism Ask questions on unclear ideas, Active
1.2 Bonding theories discussion
participation in discussion
1.2.1. Valence bond theory (VBT) ✓ Question Doing assignment
1.2.2. Crystal field theory (CFT) and answer
1.2.3. Molecular orbital theory (MOT)
1.3 Formation and Stabilities of ✓ Reading
coordination compounds
1.4 Preparation of coordination
compounds
1.5 Reactivities of coordination
compounds
1.6 Kinetics and reaction mechanisms
1.6.1. Addition reactions
1.6.2. Electron transfer reactions
Week- 1.7 Spectral properties of transition ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
3, 4 &5 metal compounds ✓ Small group lesson treated,
1.7.1 Energy levels in an atom Ask questions on unclear ideas,
1.7.2 Spin –orbit coupling discussion
1.7.3 Russel -Sounder’s coupling ✓ Question Doing assignment
1.8 Spectroscopic terms and their and answer
determination
1.8.1 Terms of non-equivalent electrons ✓ Reading
1.8.2 Terms of equivalent electrons
1.9 Electronic spectra of transition metal
complexes
1.10 Selection rules
175
May-2021
1.10.1 Laporte orbital selection rule
1.10.2 Spin selection rule
1.11 Nature of electronic transitions in
complexes with d1-d9 configuration
in octahedral and tetrahedral
complexes
1.12 Magnetochemistry
6&7 2. Symmetry and Group Theory ✓ Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
2.1. Symmetry elements and operations discussion treated,
2.2. Point groups and molecular symmetry ✓ Question Ask questions on unclear ideas,
2.3. Uses of point group symmetry and answer
Week Chapter Three ✓ Lecture Active participation in discussion

8&9 3. Organometallic chemistry Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
✓ Small group
3.1. Introduction treated,
3.1.14. Historical background discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
3.1.15. Properties ✓ Question
3.1.16. Classifications of organometallic and answer
compounds by bond type
3.1.17. The ‘stability’ of organometallics ✓ Reading
compounds
3.2. Structure and bonding in
organometallic compounds
3.2.14. Ionic
3.2.15. Covalent
3.2.16. Electron deficient complexes
Week 3.3. Methods of formation of metal-carbon ✓ Lecture Active participation in discussion
10&11 bonds Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
✓ Small group
3.3.14. The reaction between a metal and treated,
an organic halogen compound discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
3.3.15. Metal exchange ✓ Question
3.3.16. Reactions of organometallic and answer
compounds with metal halides
3.3.17. Addition of metal hydrides to ✓ Reading
alkenes and alkynes
3.3.18. Formation of metal-carbon bonds ✓
by other insertion reactions
3.3.19. Preparation of π-bonded complexes
Week 3.4. Catalytic applications of ✓ Lecture Active participation in discussion
11&12 organometallic compounds ✓ Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
3.4.14. Description of catalysis discussion treated,
3.4.15. Properties of catalysis ✓ Question
3.4.16. Homogeneous catalysis and answer
3.4.17. Heterogeneous catalysis ✓ Reading
13& 14 4. Bio-inorganic chemistry ✓ Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
4.1. Introduction discussion treated,
4.2. Essential elements Ask questions on unclear ideas,
✓ Question
4.3. Oxygen utilization and answer
4.4. Supply and storage of iron
176
May-2021
4.5. Oxidation reduction processes ✓ Reading
4.6. Metalloenzymes
4.7. Vitamin B12
4.8. Nitrogenase
4.9. Photosynthesis
4.10. Roles of Na+, K+, Mg2+, Ca2+ &Fe pumps
Week15 Revision
Final Exam
Assessment • Quiz… ………………………………..5%
• Assignment 1…………..………………10 %
• Assignment 2…………..………………10 %
• Mid ……………………………….…..25%
Total…………………………………100%

-
attend at least 85% of the classes.
-
take all continuous assessments.
-
take final examination.
-
Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
tay 20, 2005).
Textbooks: The recommended Textbooks
• J.D. Lee, A new concise inorganic chemistry, 5th Ed, 1995
• G.L. Miessler, D.A. Tarr, Inorganic Chemistry, 3rd edition, 1991, Pearson prentice.
Reference Books
1. B. Douglas, D. H. McDaniel, and J. J. Alexander ‘Concepts and Models of Inorganic
2. Chemistry’ 3rd Edition, Wiley, 1994.
. J. E. Huheey, E. A. Keiter and R. L. Keiter, “Inorganic Chemistry”, 4th Edition, Harper-Collins, 1993.
. F. A. Cotton and G. Wilkinson, ‘Advanced Inorganic Chemistry’ 5th or 6th Edn. Wiley, 1988 or 1999.
N. N. Greenwood and A. Earnshaw, “Chemistry of the Elements’, Pergamon, 2nd Edition 1997.
177
May-2021
Practical Inorganic Chemistry

Module name Inorganic Chemistry
Module no 04
Module code M 04
Course title Practical Inorganic Chemistry
Course code Iche2043
ECTS 2
Module
coordinator
Instructor Name:
information Office number:
Phone number:
Email :
Consultation
hours:
Pre-requisite Inorganic chemistry I & II
Contact Hours lecture Tutor Lab work Home study ECTS
(per week) 3 1 2
Lecture days, TBA

hours and Room
Mode of Whole semester
Delivery
Number of 16 weeks
weeks required
Target Group Third Year Industrial Chemistry Students
Semester I
178
May-2021
Course Description: Synthesis, isolation and characterization of a variety of inorganic compounds and
the study of their chemical properties.
Course Objective
• Synthesis, isolation and characterization of a variety of inorganic compounds.
• Isolate and characterization of a variety of inorganic compounds.
• Characterize of a variety of inorganic compounds and the study of their chemical properties.
Time Content Mode of Activities/tasks Reference
delivery
Reading Read the laboratory manual Lab manual
Experiment 1: Brief before
Week-1 Chemistry of lecture coming to laboratory session,
Titanium Practical Carry out practical lab work,
lab work Take short notes
group
discussion Record the laboratory work
Question & result,
and
answer
Experiment2: Reading Read the laboratory manual Lab manual

Chemistry of Brief before
Week-2 Vanadium lecture coming to laboratory session,
Practical Carry out practical lab work,
group
Question & result,
and
answer
Report 1
Experiment 3: Reading Read the laboratory manual Lab manual
Week-3 Chemistry of Brief before
Chromium lecture coming to laboratory session,
179
May-2021
Practical Take short notes
lab work
group Record the laboratory work
discussion & result,
Question
and
answer
Report 2
Week-4 Chemistry of Iron Brief before
lecture coming to laboratory session,
group
Question & result,
and
answer
Report 3/Quiz 1
Week-5 Experiment 5: Reading Read the laboratory manual Lab manual

Chemistry of Brief before
Molybdenum lecture coming to laboratory session,
group
discussion Record the laboratory work &
Question result,
and answer
Report 4
Week-6 Metal Brief before
acetylacetonates lecture coming to laboratory session,
and preparation of Practical Carry out practical lab work,
ferrocene lab work Take short notes
group
Question & result,
and
answer
180
May-2021
Report 5
Experiment 7: Cis Reading Read the laboratory manual Lab manual
Week-7 and trans isomers Brief before
of [Co(en)2Cl2]Cl lecture coming to laboratory session,
and Ion-exchange Practical Carry out practical lab work,
separation of lab work Take short notes
oxidation states of group
vanadium. discussion Record the laboratory work
Question & result,
and
answer
Report 6
Week-8 Preparation of Brief before
triphenyl lecture coming to laboratory session,
phosphene Ph3P, Practical Carry out practical lab work,
and its transition lab work Take short notes
metal complexes. group Record the laboratory work
Question
and
answer
Report 7
181
May-2021
Week-9 Preparation of Brief before
triphenyl lecture coming to laboratory session,
phosphene Ph3P, Practical Carry out practical lab work,
and its transition lab work Take short notes
metal complexes. group Record the laboratory work
Question
and
answer
Report 8
Week-10 Determination of Brief before
Cr(III) complexes, lecture coming to laboratory session,
Tin (IV) iodide, Practical Carry out practical lab work,
Tin(IV) chloride, lab work Take short notes
Tin(II) iodide. group
Question & result,
and
answer
Report 9/Quiz 2
Week-11 Vanadyl Brief before
acetylacetonate lecture coming to laboratory session,
and Mixed valence Practical Carry out practical lab work,
dinuclear complex lab work Take short notes
of group
Mangenese(III,IV). discussion Record the laboratory work
Question & result,
and
answer
Report 10
Week-12 Separation of Brief before
mixtures of metal lecture coming to laboratory session,
ions by ion Carry out practical lab work,
182
May-2021
exchange Practical Take short notes
chromatography - lab work
Synthesis and group Record the laboratory work
thermal analysis of discussion & result,
group II metal Question
oxalate hydrates and
answer
Report 11
Final examination
Assessment • Quiz 1............................................... 5 %
• Quiz 2............................................... 5 %
• Laboratory report ..............................40 %
• Attendance .................. ,, .................10 %
• Final Examination : ....................... 40 %
Total ...................................................100%
- Respect all rules & regulations of the university, students are
expected to abide by the code of conduct of students (article 166
and 166.1.1, of The Senate Legislation of Bahir Dar University
May 20, 2005).
Reference Books
1. J. D.Lee., A new Concise inorganic chemistry, 3rd or 5th edition.
2. F.A cotton, G. Wilkinson, and P.L. Gaus, Basic inorganic Chemistry.
3. Purcell and Kotz, An introduction to Inorganic chemistry.
4. H.J. Emeleus and A.G. Sarpe, Modern aspect of Inorganic chemistry.
5. G.I Brown, Introduction to inorganic chemistry.
183
May-2021
10.2.2.4. Physical Chemistry module courses Handbook
Chemical Kinetics and Electrochemistry

Module No 05
Module Code M05
Course Title Chemical Kinetics and Electrochemistry
ECTS 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites Applied mathematics I
(per week) 3 7 5
and Room
required
Target Group Second Year Industrial Chemistry Students
Semester I
Course Description: Kinetic theory of gases, Chemical Kinetics, Electrolyte solutions, Electrochemical Cell,
interfacial electrochemistry, Transport phenomenon.
Course Objective:
• Explain electrochemistry
• Apply the concept of conductance for analysis
• Indicate the principle of electrolytic conduction
• Apply the concept of chemical kinetics to predict mechanism of reaction.
DELIVERY
Week- Chapter One ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
1&2 1. Electrolytic Solutions ✓ Small group lesson treated,
1.1. Introduction discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas, Active
1.2. Transport properties ✓ Question participation in discussion
1.3. Activity and activity Coefficients and answer Doing assignment
1.4. Theory of electrolytic conductance ✓ Reading
1.5. Ionic equilibria
1.6. Application of electrolytic cells
184
May-2021
3,4 & 52. Electrochemical Cells ✓ Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
2.1. Introduction lesson treated,
discussion
2.2. Reversible electrodes Ask questions on unclear ideas,
2.3. Thermodynamics of electrochemical ✓ Question
cells and answer
2.4. Determination of standard electrode
potential ✓ Reading
2.5. Classes of electrochemical cells
2.6. Liquid junction potential
2.7. Measurement of pH
2.8. Membrane potentials
2.9. Examples of electrochemical cells
Week- Chapter Three ✓ Lecture Active participation in discussion
6&7 3. Interfacial Electrochemistry ✓ Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
3.1. Potential differences across discussion lesson treated,
interfaces ✓ Question Ask questions
3.2. The electrical double layer and answer
3.3. Thermodynamics of electrified ✓ Reading
interface
3.4. Electrochemical kinetics
8&9 4. Kinetic Theory of Gases ✓ Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
4.1. Postulates of the kinetic theory of discussion lesson treated,
gases ✓ Question Ask questions on unclear ideas,
4.2. Ideal gas laws and answer
4.3. Barometric formula ✓ Reading
4.4. Distribution of molecular velocities
4.5. Molecular collisions
4.6. Collisions with a surface or hole
4.7. Transport phenomena
Week Chapter Five ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
10, 12 5. Chemical kinetics ✓ Small group lesson treated,
& 13 5.1. The rates of chemical reactions discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
5.2. Reaction rate laws ✓ Question and Active participation in discussion
5.2.1. First order reaction answer
5.2.2. Second order reaction ✓ Reading
5.2.3. Third order and zero order
reactions
5.2.4. Reversible or opposing reactions
5.2.5. Consecutive or sequential reactions
5.2.6. Parallel or side reactions
5.2.7. Chain reactions
5.2.8. Acid-base catalysed reactions
5.2.9. Enzyme catalysed reactions
Assignment 2
Week 5.3. Analysis of kinetic results ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
13&14 5.4. Reaction rate theories lesson treated,
5.4.1. Collision theory Ask questions on unclear ideas,
185
May-2021
5.4.2. Transition state theory ✓ Small group Active participation in discussion
discussion
✓ Question and
answer
✓ Reading
Week 15 Revision
Final Exam
Assessment • Quiz ………………………… 5 %
• Assignment 1…………………10 %
• Assignment 2 … ……………10 %
• Mid……..…………..………..25 %
• Final Examination: ………….50 %
Total…………………………100%

conduct of students (article 166 and 166.1.1, of the Senate Legislation of Bahir Dar University
May 20, 2005).
Reference Books
1. P.W. Atkins, Physical Chemistry, Oxford University Press, Oxford-New York, 2002.
2. T.R. Forester, Introductory Physical Chemistry, Addis Ababa University, 1990.
3. G.M. Barrow, Physical chemistry, 5th Ed., TATA McGraw-Hill Edition, New Delhi, 1992.
4. K. K. Sharma, A textbook of Physical Chemistry, Vicas Publishing House, New Delhi, 1981.
5. R.A. Alberty and R.J. Silbey, Physical Chemistry, Wiley and Sons Inc., New York, 1997.
186
May-2021
Practical Physical Chemistry

Module No 05
Module Code M05
Course Title Practical Physical Chemistry
ECTS 2
Module Coordinator
Name:
Office number:
E-mail:
Consultation hours:
Pre-requisites Chemical Kinetics and Electrochemistry
(per week) 3 1 2
Room
required
Semester I
Course Description: Solubility, viscosity, phase rule, partition coefficient, adsorption, surface tension, transition
temperature and freezing point, kinetics of reaction Thermochemistry; Kinetic of Reaction, Conductance,
electrochemistry, Spectroscopy, Computational software. .
Course Objective
• Determine physical properties of matter;
• Develop some techniques of determination of physical properties matter;
• Work with different instruments of analysis.
• Determine rate of any chemical reaction
• Measure conductance of electrolyte in solution
• Analyze sample with different electrochemical methods.
• Develop skill of using chemistry software to predict some properties of compounds theoretically.
Time Content Mode of delivery Activities/tasks Reference
s
187
May-2021
Week- Introduction of the course content ✓ Lecture Laboratory manual • Lab
1 ✓ Reading collection manual
Reading
Week- Experiment 1: Enthalpy of Solution: ✓ Reading Read the laboratory • Lab
2 Determine the enthalpy of solution ∆H of ✓ Brief lecture manual before coming to manual
a salt (e.g. KNO3). ✓ Practical work laboratory session,
Carry out practical lab
Experiment 2: Differential Scanning ✓ group
work,
Calorimetry: Determine the molar heat of discussion Take short notes
vaporization of a solute (e.g. Oxalic ✓ Question and Record the laboratory
acid). answer work & result
Report 1
Week-3 Experiment 3: Boiling Point Diagram ✓ Reading Read the laboratory • Lab
of Binary System: Draw a boiling point ✓ Brief lecture manual before coming to manual
diagram of a binary system at ambient ✓ Practical lab laboratory session,
pressure (e.g. Chloroform and Ethanol). work
work,
Experiment 4: Partial Miscibility of a ✓ group Take short notes
Binary System: Draw a phase diagram discussion Record the laboratory
of a partially miscible system; and to ✓ Question and work & result
determine the critical temperature Tc answer
(e.g. Phenol in Water).
Report 2
Week-4 Experiment 5: Phase Equilibria: ✓ Reading Read the laboratory • Lab
Determine the enthalpy of solution ∆sH ✓ Brief lecture manual before coming to manual
of an organic acid (e.g. Benzoic acid). ✓ Practical lab laboratory session,
Experiment 6: Elevation of Boiling work
work,
Point: Determine the apparent ✓ group Take short notes
molecular weight of a non-volatile discussion Record the laboratory
solute M2 (e.g. NaCl). ✓ Question and work & result
answer
Report 3
Week - Experiment 7: Ionic Equilibrium: Draw ✓ Reading Read the laboratory • Lab
5 the titration curve (pH vs. base) and to ✓ Brief lecture manual before coming to manual
determine the buffer capacity β of a ✓ Practical lab laboratory session,
polyprotonic acid (e.g. H3PO4). work
work,
Experiment 8: Hydrolysis reaction of a ✓ group Take short notes
Solute with concentrated and diluted discussion Record the laboratory
base solution: Determine the reaction ✓ Question and work & result
orders v and rate constants k of the answer
reactions (e.g. Crystal violet with
NaOH).
Quiz 1/ Report 4
188
May-2021
Week - Experiment 9: Thermodynamics of an ✓ Reading Read the laboratory • Lab
6 Electrochemical Cell: Determine the cell ✓ Brief lecture manual before coming to manual
potential E; and the free Gibbs energy ✓ Practical lab laboratory session,
∆rG, enthalpy ∆rH and entropy ∆rS of work
work,
reaction of an electrochemical cell;(e.g. ✓ group Take short notes
Daniel Cell). discussion Record the laboratory
Experiment 10: Conductance of Strong ✓ Question and work & result
and Weak Electrolytes: Determine the answer
molar conductance Λm of strong and
weak electrolytes, and dissociation
constant of weak electrolytes (e.g. HCl
and CH3COOH)
Report 5
Week-7 Experiment 11: Determination of ✓ Reading Read the lab manual • Lab
equilibrium bond separation of HCl ✓ Brief lecture before coming to manual
(gas) from vibrational-rotational ✓ Practical lab laboratory session,
Spectrum. work
work,
Experiment 12: Comparison of ✓ group Take short notes
absorption strength of allowed and discussion Record laboratory work
forbidden transitions. ✓ Question & & result
answer
Report 6
Week-8 Experiment 13: Derivation of Frank- ✓ Reading Read the laboratory • Lab
Condon progression for benzene ✓ Brief lecture manual before coming to manual
molecule (gas) from UV-Vis ✓ Practical lab laboratory session,
Measurement. work
work,
Experiment 14: ✓ group Take short notes
Effect of concentration and solvent discussion Record the laboratory
polarity on UV-Vis absorption spectra ✓ Question & work & result
of compounds. answer
Quiz 2 / Report 7
Week-9 Experiment 15: Measurement of ✓ Reading Read the laboratory • Lab
Fluorescence spectra of some ✓ Brief lecture manual before coming to manual
selected compounds. ✓ Practical lab laboratory session,
Experiment 16: Determination of work
work,
equilibrium separation and ✓ group Take short notes
+
stabilization energy of H2 using discussion Record the laboratory
variation method. ✓ Question and work & result
answer
Report 8
189
May-2021
Week-10 Experiment 17: Quantum ✓ Reading Read the laboratory • Lab
mechanical prediction of dipole ✓ Brief lecture manual before coming to manual
✓ Practical lab
moment, heat content, Gibb`s free laboratory session,
energy of molecules. work
work,
Experiment 18:Quantum ✓ group Take short notes
mechanical prediction of NMR, discussion Record the laboratory
IR-spectra of compounds ✓ Question and work & result
answer
Week 11-12 Completing not performed labs and Revision
Week Final Exam
• Quiz 2……………………………5 %
• Attendance…………,,……….…10 %
Total…………………………100%
- Respect all rules & regulations of the university, students are expected to abide by the
code of conduct of students (article 166 and 166.1.1, of The Senate Legislation of Bahir
Dar University May 20, 2005).
Reference Books
1. P.W. Atkins, physical chemistry sixth edition, Oxford University press, New York, 2004.
2. R. J. Silbey and R. A. Alberty, Physical chemistry 3rd Ed., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 2001.
3. J.R. Lakowicz, Principle of fluorescence spectroscopy, 2nd Ed., University of Maryland school of Medicine,
1999.
4. A. J. Bard and L. R. Faulkner, Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry, University of Texas at Austin,
2000.
190
May-2021
10.2.2.5. Applied Chemistry module courses Handbook
Biochemistry

Module No 06
Module Code M06
Course Title Biochemistry
ECTS 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites Organic Chemistry II
(per week) 3 7 5
Room
Target Group 3rd Year Industrial Chemistry Students
Semester I
Course Description: Unique properties of Water as applied to Life, Structure and chemistry of biomolecules (proteins,
carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic acids, Minerals and Hormones); enzymology; intermediary metabolism and generation and
storage of metabolic energy; oxidative-reductive processes; selected metabolic pathways of carbohydrates and fats;
integration of metabolism, Structure and chemistry of biomolecules (proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic acids);
enzymology; Hormones and their roles in metabolic regulations; intermediary metabolism and generation and storage of
metabolic energy; oxidative-reductive processes; selected metabolic pathways of carbohydrates and fats; integration of
metabolism.
Course Objective:
Upon completion of this course the students would be able to:
• Understand the structures and chemistry of biological molecules namely: proteins, carbohydrates, lipids
and nucleic acids;
• Know the different metabolic reactions that take place in our body;
• Describe enzymology and enzymatic reactions.
DELIVERY
191
May-2021
Week- 1 1. Introduction to biochemistry ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
1.1. Definition and scope of biochemistry ✓ Small group lesson treated, Ask questions on unclear
1.2. Chemical and biochemical reactions discussion ideas, Active participation
1.3. Chemistry of organelles (hierarchical ✓ Question and
organization of organelles in living cells, answer
composition, properties, and function of ✓ Reading
organelles)
Week- 2 & 3 2. Water, pH, and buffer ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
2.1. Introduction ✓ Small group lesson treated, Ask questions on unclear
2.1.1. Unusual properties of water to be used as discussion ideas, Active participation
a biological solvent ✓ Question and
2.1.2. Role of water in biological system answer
2.1.3. Intermolecular forces (forces responsible ✓ Reading
for interaction of bimolecules with water
and those responsible for the integration of
biomolecules)
2.1.4. Colligative properties
2.2. Hydronium ion and pH
2.3. Physiological Buffers and buffering agent
2.4. Buffers used by cells
2.5. Some common Buffers used in
biochemical reactions
Week3 & 4 3. Protein Structure and Function ✓ Lecture Active participation in discussion, Listen
3.1 Structure and function of Amino Acids ✓ Small group to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
discussion treated
3.1.1 Introduction to Amino acids (essential
and non-essential amino acids) ✓ Question and
3.1.2 Structure of Amino Acids answer
3.1.3 Amino Acids as Buffers ✓ Reading
3.1.4 Peptide Bond Formation (Peptide
linkage)
3.2 Structure and function of Proteins
3.2.1. Primary Structure of Proteins
3.2.2. Secondary Structure of Proteins
3.2.3. Tertiary Structure of Proteins
3.2.4. Quaternary Structure of Proteins
3.2.5. Denaturation of Proteins
3.2.6. Uses of proteins
Week 4. Enzymes ✓ Lecture Active participation in discussion, Listen
5 4.1. Definition of Enzymes ✓ Small group to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
discussion treated
4.2. Properties of Enzymes
4.3. Major Classes of Enzymes ✓ Question
4. 4. Enzyme Kinetics answer
4.5. Enzyme Mechanism (mechanism of ✓ Reading
catalysis)
4.6. Regulation of Enzyme activity
(Activation/Inhibition)
192
May-2021
Week- 6 5. Lipids ✓ Lecture Active participation in discussion, Listen
5.1. Definition of lipids ✓ Small group to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
discussion treated
5.2. Fatty acids (saturated and unsaturated)
5.3. Triacylglycerols ✓ Question and
5.4. Steroids and other lipids answer
5.5. Biological membranes ✓ Reading
5.6. Membrane transports
Week 7 6. Carbohydrates ✓ Lecture Active participation in discussion, Listen
6.1 Definition and Classification, ✓ Small group to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
6.2 Monosaccharides discussion treated
6.3 Disaccharides ✓ Question and
6.4 Polysaccharides answer
7. Introduction to Metabolism ✓ Reading
7.1 Metabolic Pathways
7.2 Bioenergetics
7.3 Regulations
Mid
Week 8 & 9 8. Carbohydrate Metabolism ✓ Lecture Active participation in discussion, Listen
8.1 Structure of Carbohydrate ✓ Small group to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
8.1.1 Overview discussion treated
8.1.2 Digestion of Carbohydrate ✓ Question and
8.2 Glycogen Metabolism/Starch answer
8.2.1 Overview ✓ Reading
8.2.2 Degradation of Glycogen
8.3 Metabolism of Monosaccharides and
Disaccharides (Overview)
8.4 Glycolysis
8.4.1. Fates of Pyruvate
8.4.2. Energy yield of Glycolysis
8.5 Citric Acid Cycle
8.6 Electron Transport Chain and Oxidative
Phosphorylation
8.7 Hexose Monophosphate Pathway (Pentose
Phosphate pathway)
8.7.1 Overview
8.7.2 NADPH/Pentose
8.8 Gluconeogenesis
8.8.1. Overview
8.8.2. Reactions Unique to Gluconeogenesis
8.8.3. Substrates for Gluconeogenesis
8.8.4. Regulations of Gluconeogenesis
Assignment - 1
Week 10 9. Lipid Metabolism ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
9.1 Introduction ✓ Small group lesson treated, Ask questions on unclear
9.2 Metabolism of Dietary Lipids discussion ideas, Active participation
9.2.1 Overview ✓ Question and
9.2.2 Digestion, Absorption, Secretion, and answer
Use of Dietary Lipids ✓ Reading
9.3 Fatty Acid and Triacylglycerol
Metabolism
193
May-2021
9.4 Mobilization of Stored Fats and Oxidation
of Fatty Acids
9.5 Phospholipid Metabolism
Week 11 & 10. Amino Acids/Nitrogen Metabolism ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
12 10.1 Nitrogen Fixation and Synthesis of ✓ Small group lesson treated, Ask questions on unclear
discussion ideas, Active participation
Amino Acids
10.1.2 Digestion of Dietary Proteins ✓ Question and
10.1.3 Removal of Nitrogen from Amino answer
Acids ✓ Reading
10.1.4 Urea Cycle: The Major Pathway of
Disposal of Nitrogen
10.2 Amino Acids: Metabolism of Carbon
Atoms
10.1.1 Catabolism of the Carbon Skeletons of
Amino Acids
10.1.2 Biosynthesis of Nonessential
AminoAcids
10.3 Conversion of Amino Acids to
Specialized Products: An overview
Week 13 11: Integration of Metabolism ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
11.1 Metabolic Effects of Insulin and ✓ Small group lesson treated, Ask questions on unclear
Glucagon discussion ideas, Active participation
11.1.1 Overview ✓ Question and
11.1.2. Insulin answer
11.1.3 Glucagon ✓ Reading
11.2 Starvation and fasting; similarity and
differences
11.3 Nutrition
11.4 Vitamins
Assignment2
Week 14 12: Nucleic Acid Structure and Function ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
12.1 Structure of DNA and RNA ✓ Small group lesson treated, Ask questions on unclear
12.2 DNA Synthesis (Overview) (Replication) discussion ideas, Active participation
12.3 RNA Synthesis
✓ Question and
12.3.1 Overview
12.3.2 Transcription answer
12.4 Protein Synthesis ✓ Reading
12.4.1 The Genetic Code
12.4.2 Translation
Week 15 Revision
Final Exam
Assessment • Quiz……… …..………………5 %
• Mid……… …..………………25 %
• Assignment 1 ……..…………10 %
• Assignment 2………………..10%
• Final Examination: ………….. 50 %
Total…………………………….100%
194
May-2021
May 20, 2005).
Reference Books
1. J.M. Berg, J.L. Tymoczko and L. Stryer, Biochemistry, 5th Ed., 2005: & Student’s Companion to Stryer’s Book.
2. Voet and Voet, Biochemistry, 2nd Ed., 1990.
3. Zubay, Parson and Vance, Principles of Biochemistry, 1995.
Environmental Chemistry and Toxicology

Module Number 06
Module code M-06
Course Title Environmental Chemistry and Toxicology
Course Code Iche-3062
Prerequisite -
Module coordinator’s name and address TBA
Instructor(s) name and address Name:
Gmail:
Consultation hours:
Lecture days, Hours & room TBA
ECTS 3
Work load Lecture Tutorial Lab Home study ECTS
2 4 3
rd
Target group 3 year Industrial Chemistry students
Mode of delivery Semester based
Semester Semester II
Status of the course Core Compulsory
Course Description
Major chemical cycles and effects of environmental pollution in these systems; basics of
atmospheric chemistry; aquatic chemistry; soil chemistry; pollution of air, water and soil; chemical
toxicology: toxicants and their metabolism; energy production and its impact on the environment;
analytical methods in environmental studies; Introduction to green chemistry.
Learning Outcomes
195
May-2021
By the end of this course students should be able to:
• Familiarize with the concept of environmental chemistry
• Identify the common causes of environmental pollution
• Describe about aquatic chemistry and water pollution
• Explain about atmospheric chemistry and air pollution;
• Familiarize with the concept of green chemistry;
• Study some toxic organic chemicals and their effects; and methods to decrease pollution
Course Outline and Schedule
Week Contents Methodology Activities
1st& 1. Introduction to Environmental • Lecture • Listen
2nd Chemistry • Group • Question &
• Basic concepts and Properties of discussion answering
chemicals in the environment • Oral questions • Home/class
• Biotransformation and dégradation • Asking works
➢ Abiotic transformation and questions • Taking short
dégradation note
• Matter and cycles of matter
Assignment 1 (10 %)
3rd 2. Aquatic Chemistry and Water • Lecture • Listen
,4th& pollution • Group • Question &
5th • Introduction to the Fundamentals of discussion answering
aquatic chemistry • Oral questions • Home/class
• The Properties of water, a unique • Asking works
substance questions • Taking short
• Water Quality note
• Water quality requirements
• Nature and types of Water pollutants
Test 1 (10 %)
196
May-2021
6th ,7th 3. Atmospheric chemistry and Air
& 8th pollution • Lecture • Listen
• Importance and physical • Group • Question &
characteristics of the atmosphere discussion answering
• Atmospheric chemical reactions • Oral questions • Home/class
• Air quality • Asking works
• Nature and classification of air questions • Taking short
pollutants • Field Study note
➢ Gaseous inorganic and organic air
pollutants
➢ Photochemical smog
➢ Chlorofluoro compounds and ozone
layer depletion
➢ Green House Gases and Global
warming
Assignment 2 (10 %)
4. Wastewater and Advanced wastewater treatment
• Wastewater sources and characteristics,
• Industrial wastewater,
• Effluent Quality Standards
• Chemical Coagulation,
• Carbon Adsorption,
• Phosphorus Removal,
Nitrogen Removal (Nitrification/Denitrification)
th
9 & 5. Soil Chemistry • Lecture • Listen
10th • Soil and agriculture • Group discussion • Question &
• Nature and composition of soil • Oral questions answering
• Nutrients in soil • Asking questions • Home/class
• Reactions in soil works
➢ Wastes and pollutants in soil • Taking short
note
Test 2 (10 %)
197
May-2021
11th & 6. Environmental Toxicity and
12th toxicology • Lecture • Listen
• Introduction • Group discussion • Question &
• Organic and inorganic pollutants • Oral questions answering
• Agricultural and pharmaceutical • Asking questions • Home/class
contaminants • Field study works
• Pesticides • Taking short
• PCB’s(polychlorinated biphenyls) note
• Nitrogen and phosphorous compounds
• Toxic heavy metals and organo-
metallic compounds: mercury, lead,
arsenic, Chromium
Presentation (5 %)
13th & 7. Green chemistry • Lecture • Listen
14th • Introduction • Group • Question &
• The concept of Atom Economy discussion answering
• Design and application of surfactants • Oral questions • Home/class
for carbon dioxide • Asking works
• Designing an environmentally safe questions • Taking short
marine synthetic antifoulant • Field study note
15th Field study, report and defense ✓ Forming group • Observation
✓ Giving • Reporting
Guidance • Presenting
Field trip report (5 %)

th
16 Final written examination (50 %)
Mode of Assessment
Assessment Breakdown %
continuous assessment and field tripe report 50
End of Semester Examination 50
Course Policy
Beside the university’s policy on course delivery and evaluation, students are expected to actively
participate in learning process by obeying the following course policies:
• Coming class on time (punctuality)
• Attend all class sessions
• Be prepared to learn and actively participate during class discussion
• Do all assignments, group works, project works, and presentations on time
198
May-2021
• All students are expected to complete their own work to the best of their ability and
cheating is strictly forbidden
• Do not miss quizzes, assignments, and exams unless you are forced due to health and
other reasonable problems
• Cite all sources consulted to any extent (including material from the internet), whether or
not assigned and whether or not quoted directly. It is strictly forbidden to take others work
and present as own.
• Make-up class shall be conducted if classes are missed due to national holidays and/or when
unpredicted conditions result in class dismissal
white board, chalk board, duster, WiFi or LAN internet accesses.
References
1. Manahan, Environmental Chemistry, 7th edition, ©2000 by CRC Press, Lewis Publishers
2. S.C. BHATIA, Environmental Chemistry ©2007, Satish Kumar Jain for CBS Publishers and
Distributors
3. P.S.SINDHU, Environmental Chemistry ©2002, New Age International Publishers
4. Ming-Ho Yu (2005), Environmental Toxicology, Second edition, CRC Press
5. A.K.DE, Environmental Chemistry, 6th edition, ©2002, New Age International Publishers
6. Reeve, Environmental Analysis, ©1994, Wiley and Sons Publishers
7. Renep.Schwarzenbach, Philip M. Gschwend& Dieter M.Imboden, Environmental Organic
Chemistry 2nd edition ,©2003, Wiley and Sons, Inc., Hoboken, New Jersey Publishers
8. Clark J, Macquarrie D, Handbook of Green Chemistry and Technology.Blackwell Science
Ltd, 2002
199
May-2021
Food Science and Technology

Module Name Applied Chemistry Module
Module No 06
Module Code M06
Course Title Food Science and Technology
ECTS 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Instructor Office number
Information Phone number
E-mail
Pre-requisites
(per week) 3 7 5
Lecture days, hours and
Room
Mode of Delivery Semester Based
required
Target Group 4th Year Industrial Chemistry students
Semester II
DELIVERY
Week1&2 1. Fundamental of food Listen to a lecture and take notes on
Lecture the lesson treated,
chemistry Small group Ask questions on unclear ideas,
1.1 What Is Food Chemistry? discussion Active participation in discussion
1.2 Approach to the Study of Food assignment Doing assignment
Chemistry
1.3 Introduction to
1.3.1 Water and ice
1.3.2 Carbohydrate
1.3.3 Fat
1.3.4 Protein
200
May-2021
1.3.5 Mineral
1.3.6 Vitamins
Quiz
2. Food Quality Management Active participation in discussion
2.1 Food Total Quality Management Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Small group lesson treated,
2.2 Food Quality Assurance discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Week3&4
2.3 Ingredient Specifications and Question and
answer
Supplier Certification Program Class work
2.4 Manufacturing Audits: Control of
Processing Operations
2.5 Hazard Analysis and Critical
Control Points
Assignment 1
3. Unit operations in Food Lecture Active participation in discussion
Processing Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Week5&6 discussion lesson treated,
3.1 Basic principles of food
Question and Ask questions on unclear ideas
process engineering answer
Class work
3.2 Material and energy balances
3.3 Fluid-flow theory
3.4 Heat-transfer theory
3.5 Drying
4. Fruits and Vegetables Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
processing Technology Small group lesson treated,
Week7&8 discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
4.1 Introduction
Oral questions Active participation in discussion
4.2 General properties of fruit and Asking questions
Class work and
vegetables; chemical
assignment
composition and nutritional
aspects; structural features
4.3 Deterioration factors and their
control
4.4 Methods of reducing
deterioration
4.5 General procedures for fruit and
vegetable preservation
201
May-2021
4.6 Vegetable specific processing
technologies
Mid Exam
5. Food Contamination Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
5.1 Chemical Contamination of discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Food Oral questions Active participation in discussion
Asking questions
Week9 5.2 Microbial Contamination of Class work and
assignment
Food
5.3 Physical Contamination of
Food
5.4 Allergenic Contamination of
Food
6. Beverage Technology Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the

6.1 Alcoholic Beverages Small group lesson treated,
6.1.1 Beer
6.1.2 Wine Asking questions
Week10
6.1.3 Spirits Class work and
assignment
6.2 Coffee, Tea
6.3 Drinking Water, Mineral and
Table Water
6.4 Soft drinks
7. Fats and Oil Technology Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
7.1 Properties of Fats and Oils discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
7.2 Sources of Fats and Oils Oral questions Active
Asking questions
Week11&12 7.3 Nutritional and Health Aspects Class work and
of Dietary Lipids
7.4 Fats and Oils Processing
7.5 Recovery of Fats and Oils from
Plant and Animal Sources
202
May-2021
7.6 Refining of Fats and Oils
8. Food Packaging technology Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
8.1 Introduction discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
8.2 Packaging developments – Oral questions Active
Asking questions
Week13&14 an historical perspective Class work and
8.3 Food supply and the
protective role of packaging
8.4 The value of packaging to
society
8.5 Definitions and basic
functions of packaging
8.6 Packaging strategy
8.7 Packaging design and
development
8.8 The packaging design and
development framework
Assignment 2
9. Dairy Processing and
Packaging
Week15 9.1 Milk processing
9.2 Dairy processing stages
9.3 Milk powders
9.4 Microbiological quality
analyses
9.5 Microorganisms and milk
9.6 Industry in the dairy industry
Week16 Final Exam
203
May-2021
Assessment • Quiz…………………………….5%
• Assignment 1……………………10%
• Assignment 2……………………10%
• Mid………………………………25%.
• Final Exam ………………………50%
Course A student has to:

policy - attend at least 85% of the classes.
- respect all rules & regulations of the university.
References:
Recommended textbook:
1. Food: The Chemistry of its Constituents 5th Edition by Tom Coultate, 2009. RSC Publishing
ISBN: 978-0-85404-111-4
2. Principles of Food Chemistry - Third Edition by John deMan, 1999, Aspen Publishers, Inc.,
Gathersburg, Maryland. – electronic book
Food Science Laboratory

Module No 06
Module Code M06
Course Title Food Science Laboratory
ECTS 2
Module Coordinator -
Instructor Information Name
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
Contact Hours/weeks Lecture Tutorial Lab work Home study ECTS
3 1 2
Lecture days, hours and Room TBA
204
May-2021
Number of weeks Required 16 Weeks
Target Group 4th year Industrial Chemistry Students
Semester II
Course descriptions
Food Chemistry and technology parts deals with introduction of food laboratory conditions, safety
in food chemistry laboratory, laboratory organizing writing flow charts before the laboratory
sessions and data handling, and the various experiments that are related to food science and
technology courses at university stages. Moreover, experiments related to the basic food chemistry
concepts will be comprehensively addressed. Experimental works on chemical reaction on food;
basic laboratory operations such as Proximate Analysis (moisture, fiber, fat, protein,
carbohydrate, and energy content), Fats & Oils processing(oxidative rancidity of fats), acidity in
fruit juices, and detection of oil soluble colors in spices powder by TLC technique, determination
of total sugars in soft drinks, microscopic examination of rice starch, acid value and free fatty acid,
Detection of Adulteration in Milk, and Analysis and Determination of Benzoic Acid in Mango
Fruit Juicewill be explored.
Learning Outcomes
By the end of this course students should be able to:
• Understanding the components of proximate analysis present in the given food sample
• Monitoring the primary and secondary oxidative rancidity in oils
• Measuring the content of ascorbic acid in a given food sample by using titration method
• Detection of various adulterants present in milk and other food samples using specific
biochemical tests.
• To determine the benzoic acid (food additive) from given food sample by qualitative and
quantitative methods.
Course Outline and Schedule
Week Contents Methodology Activities

Week 1 ▪ Introduction • Reading • Read the laboratory manual
to food • Brief lecture • Carry out practical lab work,
laboratory • Question and answer • Take short notes
technology
205
May-2021
Week 2 Experiment 1. • Reading • Read the laboratory manual and
Determination of • Brief lecture preparing flow charts before coming
moisture content • Practical lab work to laboratory session,
by oven drying • group discussion • Carry out practical lab work,
method from a • Question and answer • Take short notes
given food • Record the laboratory work &result
samples.
titratable acidity • Practical lab work to laboratory session,
in fruit juices • group discussion • Carry out practical lab work,
• Question and answer • Take short notes
• Record the laboratory work &result
total sugars • Practical lab work to laboratory session,
content in soft • group discussion • Carry out practical lab work,
drinks • Question and answer • Take short notes
protein content • Practical lab work to laboratory session,
in a given food • group discussion • Carry out practical lab work,
sample • Question and answer • Take short notes
total ash content • Practical lab work to laboratory session,
from different • group discussion • Carry out practical lab work,
food samples • Question and answer • Take short notes
Ongoing Experimental work Presentation (10 %)
Estimation of fat • Brief lecture preparing flow charts before coming
by soxhlet • Practical lab work to laboratory session,
extraction • group discussion • Carry out practical lab work,
methods • Question and answer • Take short notes
206
May-2021
Week 8 Experiment 7 • Reading • Read the laboratory manual and
Microscopic • Brief lecture preparing flow charts before coming
examination of • Practical lab work to laboratory session,
rice starch in a • group discussion • Carry out practical lab work,
given food • Question and answer • Take short notes
samples • Record the laboratory work &result
• Brief lecture preparing flow charts before coming
Determination of
• Practical lab work to laboratory session,
acid value, • Carry out practical lab work,
• group discussion
peroxide value • Take short notes
• Question and answer
and iodine value • Record the laboratory work &result
• Brief lecture preparing flow charts beforecoming to
Monitoring of
• Practical lab work laboratory session,
the primary and • Carry out practical lab work,
secondary • Take short notes
oxidative • Record the laboratory work &result
rancidity in oils.

Determine the
Ascorbic and • Carry out practical lab work,
lactic Acid • Take short notes
Content of a • Record the laboratory work &result
given food
sample

Extraction and
analysis of • Carry out practical lab work,
pigment from • Take short notes
tomato and carrot • Record the laboratory work &result
using thin layer
chromatography
207
May-2021
Detection of
Adulteration in • Carry out practical lab work,
Milk • Take short notes
Week 14 • Progress flow chart report and attendance (10 %)
• Oral exam regarding to the laboratory work (10 %)
Week 15 • Laboratory experimental report (30 %)
Week 16 • Final written examination (40 %)
Mode of Assessment
Assessment Breakdown %
continuous assessment and laboratory report 60
End of Semester Examination 40
Course Policy
Beside the university’s policy on laboratory course delivery and evaluation, students are expected
to actively participate in learning process and by obeying the following course policies:
• Coming laboratory class on time (punctuality) with your flow charts of the procedure on
your daily activities.
• Attend all laboratory sessions
• Be prepared to learn and actively participate during laboratory class discussion and
practical works.
• Do all assignments, group, paper report works, and presentations on time
• All students are expected to complete their own work to the best of their ability and
cheating is strictly forbidden
• Do not miss all assessments, and exams unless you are forced due to health and other
reasonable problems
• Cite all sources consulted to any extent (including material from the internet), whether or
not assigned and whether or not quoted directly. It is strictly forbidden to take others work
and present as own.
• Make-up class shall be conducted if laboratory classes are missed due to national holidays
and/or when unpredicted conditions result in class dismissal
white board, chalk board, duster, Wi-Fi or LAN internet accesses and food science and technology
laboratory with all chemicals and apparatuses.
References
208
May-2021
Text: Lab Manual
Real sample Analysis

Module name Applied Chemistry
Module no 06
Module code M 06
Course title Real sample Analysis
Course code Iche4065
ECTS 3
Module
coordinator
Instructor Name:
information Office number:
Phone number:
Email :
Consultation hours:
Pre-requisite
Contact Hours lecture Tutor Lab Home study ECTS
(per week) work
1 3 2 3
Lecture days, TBA
hours and Room
required
Target Group 4th Year Industrial Chemistry Students
Semester II
Course Description: Synthesis, isolation and characterization of a variety of inorganic compounds and the study of their
chemical properties.
Course Objective
• understand sample collection, sample preservation, sample preparation and analysis
• explain the determination of physio-chemical parameters of water, soil, food and beverages
Time Content Mode of delivery Activities/tasks

1.Introduction Reading Read the laboratory manual before
✓ Real sample Brief lecture coming to laboratory session,
Week-1
✓ Types of sample Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
✓ Sampling technique group discussion Take short notes
✓ Sample preparation Question and answer
✓ Methods of analysis Record the laboratory work & result,
Lab manual
209
May-2021
Experiment1: Determination of Reading Read the laboratory manual before

Week-2 temperature, pH, turbidity and Brief lecture coming to laboratory session,
conductivity of natural water Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
group discussion Take short notes
Question and answer Record the laboratory work & result,
Week-3 Experiment2: Determination of Reading Read the laboratory manual before
total solid, suspended solid and Brief lecture coming to laboratory session,
dissolved solid in water sample Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
Week-4 Experiment 3: Determination of Reading Read the laboratory manual before
water alkalinity Brief lecture coming to laboratory session,
Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
Question and answer

water acidity Brief lecture coming to laboratory session,
210
May-2021
total hardness of water by Brief lecture coming to laboratory session,
complexometric titration Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
Question and answer Record the laboratory work & result
phosphate in water sample by Brief lecture coming to laboratory session,
UV-Visible spectroscopy Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
Week-8 Experiment 7: determination of Reading Read the laboratory manual before
dissolved oxygen (DO) by Brief lecture coming to laboratory session,
titration Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
chemical oxygen demand Brief lecture coming to laboratory session,
(COD) in water and waste water Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
soil moisture Brief lecture coming to laboratory session,
Week-11 Experiment 10: Determination Reading Read the laboratory manual before
of soil pH Brief lecture coming to laboratory session,
Week-12 Experiment 11: Determination Reading Read the laboratory manual before
of soil electrical conductivity Brief lecture coming to laboratory session,
211
May-2021
Week-13 Experiment 12 Reading Read the laboratory manual before
Determination of soil organic Brief lecture coming to laboratory session,
matter ( walkey-black method) Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
Week-14 Experiment-13 Reading Read the laboratory manual before
Determination of vitamin C Brief lecture coming to laboratory session,
concentration by redox titration Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
using iodine solution group discussion Take short notes
Week-15 Experiment -14 Reading Read the laboratory manual before
Determination of ethanol Brief lecture coming to laboratory session,
concentration in aqueous Practical lab work Carry out practical lab work,
solution (alcoholic beverage) group discussion Take short notes
Week16 Final examination
Assessment • Quiz 1............................................... 5 %

• Quiz 2............................................... 5 %
• Laboratory report .............................. 40 %
• Attendance .................. ,, .................. 10 %
• Final Examination : ....................... …40 %
Total ...................................................... 100%

- Respect all rules & regulations of the university, students are
expected to abide by the code of conduct of students (article 166 and
166.1.1, of The Senate Legislation of Bahir Dar University May 20,
2005).
Text: Lab Manual
Reference Books
1. Zhang, C., 2007. Fundamentals of environmental sampling and analysis. John Wiley & Sons.
2. Kaifer, A.E., 1992. Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry. (Skoog, Douglas A.; West, Donald M.; Hollar,
James F.).
212
May-2021
3. Penn, D.R., 1976. Quantitative chemical analysis by ESCA. Journal of Electron Spectroscopy and Related
Phenomena, 9(1), pp.29-40.
10.2.2.6. Chemical Engineering Basics module courses Handbook
Fundamentals of Chemical Engineering

Module No 07
Module Code M07
Course Title Fundamentals of Chemical Engineering
ECTS 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
Lab
Contact Hours Lecture Tutorial Home study ECTS
work
(per week) 3 7 5
Lecture days, hours and Room
Number of weeks required 16 Weeks
Target Group 2nd Year Industrial Chemistry Students
Semester I
Course Objective
At the end of the course, you should be able to:
• Understand the basic principle of chemical engineering
• Make use of mass and energy auditing of a system;
213
May-2021
Week Chapter One Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
1-3 1. Introduction Lecture treated,
1. 1. Scope and history of chemical Small group Ask questions on unclear ideas,
engineering discussion Active participation in discussion
1.2. Chemical engineering as a assignment Doing assignment
subject and its relation to other tutorials and practice
fields of Engineering and science
1.3. Chemical Engineering and the
Ethiopian economy
1.4. Core issues in Chemical
Engineering
Quiz
Week Chapter Two Active participation in discussion
4-6 2. Units and dimensions Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
2.1. Systems of units and Small group treated,
dimensions discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
2.2. Dimensional homogenous and Question and answer
non-homogeneous equations Class work tutorial
2.3. Concepts and classification of tutorials and practice Solve problems individuals and groups
unit operations and process
✓ Mechanical unit operation
✓ Thermal unit operation
✓ Mass transfer unit operation
Assignment I
Week Chapter Three Lecture Active participation in discussion
7-9 3. Basic principles and Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
calculations in chemical discussion treated,
engineering Question and answer
Ask questions on unclear ideas
3. 1. Mass and volume Class work
3.2. Flow rate tutorials and practice
3.3. Chemical composition
3.4. Pressure
3.5. Temperature
Week Chapter Four Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
10-12 4. Material Balance Small group treated,
4.1. Process classification discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
4.2. The general balance equation Oral questions Active participation in discussion
and material balance Calculation
Asking questions
for single unit process
4.3. Material balance for multiple Class work and tutorial
unit process assignment Solve problems individuals and groups
Mid
214
May-2021
4.4 . Recycle and bypass tutorials and practice
4.5. Balance on reactive systems enginering problems
4.5.1. Chemical equilibrium
reaction
4.5.2. Multiple reactions, yield and
selectivity
4.5.3. Balance on atomic and
molecular species
Assignment 2
Week Chapter Five Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
13-15 5. Energy Balance Small group treated,
5.1. Fundamentals of energy discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
balance Oral questions Active participation in discussion
5.2. Energy balance on closed Asking questions tutorial
systems Class work and Solve problems individuals and groups
5.3. Energy balance on open assignment
system at steady state tutorials and practice
5.4. Energy balance on reactive enginering problems
processes
5.5. Mass and energy balance for
recycle operations
Week Final Exam
16
Assessment • Quiz…………………5%
• Assignment1……….10%
• Assignment 2………10%
• Mid…………………25%
• Final Exam…………50%
Textbooks
1. Richard M. F. & Ronald W. Rousseau, Elementary principles of chemical processes, 3rd ed.,John Wiley & Sons
2. 2. D.M. Himmelblau, Basic principles and calculations in Chemical engineering
Reference
3. Perry., Chemical Engineers Hand Book
4. Badger, W.L., Introduction to chemical Engineering
5. Luyben, W.L., Chemical Process Analysis
6. Schmidt, AX., Material and Energy Balances
215
May-2021
Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics

Module No 07
Module Code M07
Course Title Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics
ECTS 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites Fundamentals of Chemical Engineering
Lab
Contact Hours Lecture Tutorial Home study
work ECTS
(per week)
3 7 5

Semester II
Course Objective
Up on the completion of the course, the students able to:
▪Study the basic laws of thermodynamics
o Conservation of mass
o First law of thermodynamics or conservation of energy
o Second law of thermodynamics
▪ Understand various forms of energy including heat and work
▪ Identify various types of properties (intensive and extensive)
▪ Apply conservation of mass, first law and second law in thermodynamic analysis of systems.
▪ The students will have a sound understanding of thermodynamics and how are its concepts used in
process analysis.
DELIVERY
216
May-2021
Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
1.Thermodynamic systems
1.2. Systems and surroundings Lecture lesson treated,
1.3. Zeros law, equilibrium, heat source Small Ask questions on unclear ideas,
and heat sink group Active participation in discussion
Week 1&2
1.4. Intensive, extensive, state functions discussion Doing assignment
and variables, state equation assignment
1.5. Thermodynamic processes cycles tutorials
1.6. Reversible and irreversible process
and practice
Quiz
2. Properties of pure substances
Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
2.1. Pure substances
2.2. Phases of pure substances Small group lesson treated,
2.3. Phase change processes of Pure discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Week 3&4 substances Question
2.4. Property Diagrams for Phase- and answer tutorial
Change Processes Class work Solve problems individuals and groups
2.5. Property Table tutorials and
2.6. The Ideal Gas Equation of state
practice
Assignment I
Lecture Active participation in discussion
3. Work, heat and 1st law of Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
thermodynamics discussion
3.1. Various form of work lesson treated,
Question
Week 5&6 3.2. 1st law of thermodynamics Ask questions on unclear ideas
and answer
3.3. Joule experiment Class work
3.4. Internal energy tutorials and
3.5. Concept of ideal gas and real gas practice
4. Second Law of Thermodynamics Small group lesson treated,
4.1. Introduction to the second law of
thermodynamics
4.2. Entropy: reversible and irreversible Oral Active participation in discussion
processes; equilibrium temperature questions
Week 7&8 4.3. Kelvin Formulation of 2nd law Asking tutorial
4.4. Carnot cycle, heat engine and questions Solve problems individuals and groups
thermodynamic Class work
4.5. Reversible and irreversible and
processes; equilibrium
assignment
4.6. Otto cycle and Stirling cycle
Mid
217
May-2021
5. Entropy and It’s calculations
5.1. Entropy
Oral Active participation in discussion
5.2. Isentropic process
questions
5.3. Entropy Change of Pure substances
Week 9&10 Asking tutorial
5.4. Entropy changes of solids and
questions Solve problems individuals and groups
liquids
Class work
5.5. Entropy changes of Ideal gases
and
5.6. Reversible Steady flow work
assignment
Assignment 2
Oral Active participation in discussion
6. Equation of State and questions tutorial
Thermodynamics Equilibrium Asking Solve problems individuals and groups
6.1. Equation of state for ideal gases questions
Week 11
6.2. Thermodynamic equilibrium Class work
6.3. Laws of thermodynamics and and
differential equations assignment
tutorials and
practice
enginering
problems
7.Thermodynamic property relation Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
and Enthalpy changes Small group lesson treated,
7.1. The Maxwell discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
General relations for du, dh, ds, Cv, & Oral Active participation in discussion
C`p questions tutorial
7.2. Internal Energy Changes
7.3. Enthalpy Changes
Week 12&13
7.4. Entropy Changes
7.5. Specific Heats Cv and Cp
7.6. The Δh, Δu, and Δs of Real Gases
7.7. Enthalpy Changes of Real Gases
7.8. Internal Energy Changes of Real
Gases
7.9. Entropy Changes of Real Gases
8.Concept of Energy and Energy Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Analysis Small group lesson treated,
Week 14&15
8.1. Energy and the dead state discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
8.2. Forms of energy Oral Active participation in discussion
218
May-2021
8.3. Useful and reversible work questions tutorial
8.4. Second law of efficiency
8.5. Energy of change of a system
8.6. Energy balance
Week 16 Final Exam
• Mid…………………25%
Reference
3. Yunus A. Central and Michael A. Boles: thermodynamics, an Engineering Approach, 7th edition
4. J. M. Smith, Michael M. Abbott and H. C. Van Ness, Introduction to Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics,
7th Edition
5. McGraw-Hill. S. I. Sandler, Chemical and Engineering Thermodynamics, 3rd., John Wiley & Son
219
May-2021
10.2.2.7. Fluid Mechanics and Machines Module Courses Handbook
Fluid Mechanics for Chemical Engineering

Module No 08
Module Code M08
Course Title Fluid Mechanics for Chemical Engineering
ECTS 3
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
Instructor
Phone number
Information
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites Applied Mathematics
(per week) 2 4 3
Room
Semester II
Course Description: The courses are designed to acquaint students with basic laws, principles and methods
to solve and characterize fluid flow problems and its application in process industry.
Course Objective
• Identify and obtain values of fluid properties and relationship between them.
• Have a sound understanding of principles of flow and different flow regimes.
• Understand the relation b/n flow parameters and pressure losses in pipe and different industrial process units.
• Formulate the principles of conservations of mass, momentum, and energy as applied to a variety flows type.
• Perform dimensional analysis and identify important parameters.
DELIVERY
220
May-2021
Week 1&2 1. Introduction Lecture Active participation in discussion; Listen to a
group discussion lecture and take notes on the lesson treated;
1.1. Definition of a Fluid Asking questions Ask questions, tutorial; Solve problems
1.2. Concept of shear stress Class work and
individuals and groups
1.3. Continuum hypotheses assignment
1.4. Properties of fluids practiceenginering
1.5. Units and conversion problems
1.6. Types of fluids
Quiz
Week 3&4 2. Fluid statics and Pressure Lecture Active participation in discussion; Listen to a
group discussion lecture and take notes on the lesson treated;
2.1. Equilibrium of a Fluid Asking questions Ask questions on unclear ideas, tutorial
Element Class work and
Solve problems individuals and groups
2.2. Pressure depth relation assignment
2.3. Pressure measurement Practice engineering
2.4. Pressure force on surfaces problems
2.5. Buoyancy ,Flotation and
Stability
Assignment 1
Week 5&6 3. Kinematics of fluid flow Lecture Active participation in discussion
3.1 Methods of describing Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
motion discussion treated,
3.2 Basic definition of fluid Asking questions Ask questions on unclear ideas, tutorial
kinematics Class work and Solve problems individuals and groups
3.3 Conservation of mass assignment
principle tutorials and
3.4 Conservation of energy practice enginering
principle problems
3.5 Bernoulli’s equations
3.6 Conservation of
momentum principle
Week 7-9 4. Incompressible fluid flow Lecture Active participation in discussion
(application of Bernoulli’s Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
equation) discussion treated,
4.1 Use of energy equations Asking questions Ask questions on unclear ideas,
for incompressible fluid Class work and tutorial
flow assignment Solve problems individuals and groups
4.2 Concept of Reynolds tutorials and
number and selectivity practice enginering
4.3 Principle of laminar flow problems
and turbulent flow.
4.4 Use of Moody’s diagram
4.5 Friction loss due to
geometry effect, valves
and fittings.
Mid Exam
221
May-2021
Week 10&11 5. Compressible fluid flow Lecture Active participation in discussion
5.1 Concept of Small group discussion Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
compressible flow Asking questions treated,
Class work and
5.2 Mach number Ask questions on unclear ideas, tutorial
assignment
5.3 Process of tutorials and practice Solve problems individuals and groups
compressible fluid enginering problems
flow
Assignment 2
6. Dimensional analysis Lecture; Small group Active participation in discussion
Week12&13 and similarity discussion Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
6.1. Dimensions and units Asking questions treated,
6.2. The Principle of Class work and Ask questions on unclear ideas, tutorial
Dimensional assignment Solve problems individuals and groups
Homogeneity tutorials and practice
6.3. Methods of enginering problems
dimensional analysis
6.4. Dimensionless
numbers
6.5. Similarity
Week 14 &15 7. Flow Passed Immersed Lecture Active participation in discussion
Bodies Small group discussion Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
7.1 Drag and lift forces Asking questions treated,
7.2 flow through porous Class work and Ask questions on unclear ideas, tutorial
assignment Solve problems individuals and groups
medium
tutorials and practice
enginering problems
Week16 Final Exam
• Mid…………………25%
• Total………………100%
Textbooks
1. Douglas J. F., Gasiorek J .M., and Swaffield J. A. (1995).Fluid Mechnics.3rd Ed. Longman, England
2. White, F.M. (2003). Fluid Mechanics. 5th Ed. McGraw-Hill companies, USA.
Reference
1. Darby, R. (2001), Chemical Engineering Fluid Mechanics, 2nd Ed, Switzerland.
2. Y. Nakayama (1999), Introduction to Fluid Mechanics.
222
May-2021
Fluid Machines for Chemical Engineers

Module No 08
Module Code M08
Course Title Fluid Machines for Chemical Engineers
ECTS 3
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
Instructor
Phone number
Information
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites Fluid Mechanics for Chemical Engineering
Lab
work CP
(per week)
2 4 3
and Room
required
Semester I
Course Description: This course is designed to introduce students about characteristics features and definition of
pumps, fans, blowers and compressors, field of application of pumps, fans, blowers and compressors for chemical
process industries such as centrifugal pumps piston pumps, gear pumps helical pumps vacuum producing equipment
and compressors typical problems in fluid machines (cavitations, water hammer).
Course Objective
• The students will understand the main issues in installation and maintenance of fluid machines.
• The students will be able to determine performance characteristics and optimize operating condition
• The students will be able to rate the major types of fluid machines
Week 1&2 Unit 1: Characteristic Lecture Active participation in discussion
Features and Definition of Small group discussion Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
Fluid Machines Asking questions treated,
• Classification of fluid Class work and Ask questions on unclear ideas, tutorial
Machines assignment Solve problems individuals and groups
223
May-2021
• Characteristic features tutorials and practice
and working principles of enginering problems
common fluid machines
Quiz
Week 3-5 Unit 2: Energy Transfer and Lecture Active participation in discussion
Specific Work of Fluid Small group discussion Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Asking questions
Machines lesson treated,
Class work and
• Energy Transfer Ask questions on unclear ideas, tutorial
assignment
• Determination of Specific Solve problems individuals and groups,
tutorials and practice
Work Of Fluid Machines
enginering problems
• Determination of The
Pressure Specific Work Ypr
• Calculation of Yad And
Tad Using the T-S and H-S
Diagram
• Capacity, Power and
Performance Characteristic
Assignment 1
Unit 3: Theory of Lecture Active participation in discussion
Week 6-8 Centrifugal machines Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
• Velocity Triangles discussion treated,
• The Specific Work of The Asking questions Ask questions on unclear ideas, tutorial
Blade Yblade Class work and Solve problems individuals and groups
• Capacity of Centrifugal and assignment
Axial Flow Machines the tutorials and
Vane Congruent Flow practice enginering
• Deviation of Actual Flow problems
from Vane-Congruent Flow
• Head Losses and Efficiency
in Centrifugal Machines
• Effect of Geometry of The
Impeller on Its Performance
• Performance
Characteristics of
Centrifugal Machines
Mid
Week9-11 Unit 4: Theory of Positive Lecture Active participation in discussion
Displacement Pumps Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
• Theory of Reciprocating discussion treated,
Pumps Asking questions Ask questions on unclear ideas, tutorial
• Theory of Rotary Pumps Class work and Solve problems individuals and groups
• Capacity Regulation of practice enginering
Positive Displacement problems
Pumps
Assignment 2
224
May-2021
Week12-13 Unit 5: Selection and Lecture Active participation in discussion
specification of Fluid Small group discussion Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
Machines Asking questions treated,
Class work and Ask questions on unclear ideas,
• Preparing the System
assignment tutorial
Requirements
tutorials and practice Solve problems individuals and groups
• Selection of Fluid
Machines enginering problems
• Specification of Fluid
Machines
Week 15 Unit 6: Fluid machines Lecture Active participation in discussion

Problems Small group discussion Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
• Cavitation Asking questions treated,
• Wate hamme Class work and Ask questions on unclear ideas,
assignment tutorial
tutorials and practice Solve problems individuals and groups
enginering problems
Week16 Final Exam

• Mid…………………25%
• Total………………100%
- Respect all rules & regulations of the university.
Textbooks
Rattan S.S., A Text Book of Fluid Machines, Second Edition, Romesh Chander Khanna, Delhi, India, 2003
225
May-2021
10.2.2.8. Chemical Engineering Unit Operations module courses Handbook
Mechanical Unit Operations

Module No 09
Module Code 09
Course Title Mechanical Unit Operations
ECTS 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
Instructor
Phone number
Information
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites Fluid Mechanics for Chemical Engineers
Contact Hours Lecture Lab work Home study ECTS
(per week) 2 3 5 5
and Room
required
Target Group 3rd year Industrial chemistry students
Semester II
Course Description: Introduction to Unit Operation and Criteria of classifications Classification of Mechanical
Unit Operations Based on Mechanical Force. The Velocity of Particle Moving in a Fluid. Mixing and Separating of
Different Components. Most Frequent Mechanical Unit Operations. Size reduction and Screening; Forces Used in
Size Reduction; Mechanical Resistance Involved in Size Reduction; Energy Requirements: Rittinger’s Law, Kick’s
Law, Bond’s Law and Work Index; Size Reduction Equipment Classification and Features of Operation ( Crushing
Rolls, Hammer Mills, Disc Attrition Mills, Tumbling Millsion…), Criteria for Selection. Sedimentation, floatation,
centrifugation, cyclones Separation, Fluidization, Filtration, Membrane Separation, magnetic Separation, Electro-
static precipitators. Size Enlargement: (Introduction: Size Enlargement Processes, Aggregation Fundamentals, and
Mechanisms of Particle Bonding Solid Bridges, Immobile or Freely Movable Liquid Bridges, Agglomeration
Methods, and Selection Criteria for Agglomeration. Methods, Applications of Agglomeration, Encapsulation.
Processes: Microcapsules, Mechanisms) Mixing Operations. Types and Mechanisms of mixing, Types of Mixing.
Equipments, Mixture Quality: Mixing Index and Rate. Selection and Design Criteria (Factors Affecting Equipment.
226
May-2021
Design, Mixer Selection Based on Flow Properties, Mixing in. Food Powdered Product Development, Selection
Based on Mixing Costs) Applications. Solid transportation. Types of conveyor and Application: Belt Conveyors,
Chain Conveyors, Screw conveyors e.t.c.
In this course some practical activities on different topics such as : Demonstration of essential mechanical operation;
Analysis and operation of processes and apparatus, granulometry (size analysis) crushing and grinding, batch and
continuous sedimentation, Fluidization, Permeability, Filtration, Centrifugation, and mixing, Extraction,
Distillation, Leaching, diffusion will be covered.
Course Objective
At the end of the course, it is expected that students can understand
• And select the appropriate mechanical Unit operation on each Food processing area.
• The Working principle of each unit operation, Design, and Operation of
✓ Size reduction equipment
✓ Agglomeration
✓ Solid-liquid separation: - Filtration and Sedimentation
✓ Enhancing Solid-fluid contacts: - Fluidization
✓ Mixing process and mixing-equipment.
✓ Liquid-liquid, solid-gas separation: - Cyclones, membrane separations, centrifuges e.t.c
✓ Solid handling and transport systems such as conveyors and elevators.
✓ Students will be able to make experimental setup to measure effect of different parameters on fluid
flow, mechanical unit operation, fluid flow measurement and evaluate performance of equipment.
DELIVERY
Unit 1: Particle Technology Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
• Introduction Small group lesson treated,
Week • Particle size and shape discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas, Active
1&2 • Mixture of particle assignment participation in discussion, assignment
• Particle size distribution
Experiment-1: Analysis and Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Operation of Processes and Laboratory lesson
Apparatuses Granulometry, practice Doing practical works
Mesh Analysis
Writing lab. report
Quiz +lab report1
Unit 2: Size Reduction Lecture Active participation in discussion
(Comminution) Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
• Introduction to size discussion lesson treated,
reduction Question and Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Week • Mechanism of size answer
3&4 reduction
Class work
• Materials properties
• Energy and power
requirement for size
reduction
• Size reduction equipment
Experiment 2: Size Reduction Laboratory lesson
227
May-2021
(Crushing, Grinding, Milling, practice Doing practical works
Writing lab. report
Lab report 2
Week Unit 3: Agglomeration (Size Lecture; Small Active participation in discussion
5&6 enlargement) group discussion Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
• Introduction Question and lesson treated,
• Binding forces answer Ask questions on unclear ideas
• Strength of agglomerates Class work
• Equipment for size
enlargement
lesson
Experiment 3: Agglomeration Laboratory Doing practical works
practice Writing lab. report
Report 3
Week Unit 4: Mechanical Micro- Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
7-8 process in a fluid Small group lesson treated,
• Introduction discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
• Particle dynamics Oral questions Active participation in discussion
• The drag forces Asking questions
• Introduction to solid beds
Class work and
• Flow of fluid through a
granular beds assignment
• Fixed and fluidized bed
Experiment 4: Mixing, Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Rheology, Power consumption lesson
in Agitated Vessels. Doing practical works
Laboratory
Experiment 5: Analysis and practice Writing lab. report
Performance parameters of
Fluidized beds
Mid + Report 4 &5
Week Mechanical and Hydro Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
9-12 Mechanical Separations Lecture lesson treated,
• Introduction Small group Ask questions on unclear ideas,
• Screening discussion Active participation in discussion
• Hydro and aero-classification
Oral questions
• Sedimentation, thickening and
clarification Asking questions
• Filtration in solid liquid Class work and
separation assignment
• Centrifugal separation and
floatation
• Gas-solid separation
228
May-2021
Experiment 6: Filtration Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Experiment 7: Sedimentation Laboratory practice lesson
Experiment 8: Centrifugation Doing practical works
Writing lab. report
Report 6,7 &8
Week 13-
15 Mixing Process and Mixers
Handling and Transport of
Solids
Laboratory lesson
Experiment:9 Pneumatic Doing practical works
transport practice
Writing lab. report
Week16 Final Exam +report 9
Assessment Lecture Quiz1……………………5%.
Lab report…………………………20%.
Mid………………………………..25%.
Final Exam ……………………..… 50%
Total……………………………. …100%

Textbooks
1. Albert, I. & Gustavo V. B. (2003). Unit Operations in Food Engineering. CRC PRESS, Washington, D.C,
USA.
2. W.L.McCabe, J.C. Smith and P. Harriott: Unit operation of Chemical Engineering, 5th editions,1993
Reference
3. R,J.Mc Donough: Mixing for the process industries,1992.
4. M. Coulson and J.T. Richardson: Chemical Engineering, vol.2,4th edition,1991.
5. Anil, K. P., Syed, S. H., & Rizvi, A. M. (2008). Handbook of Membrane Separations. CRC Press, London,
England.
6. Da-Wen, S.(2005). Emerging Technologies for Food Processing. Elsever Academic Press, California, USA.
7. Dennis, C. P. (2000). Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering. Carnegie Mellon University Press, USA.
8. Jorge, W.C., Gustavo, V. B., & José, M. A. (2002). Engineering and Food for the 21st Century. CRC Press,
Washington, D.C, USA.
9. Verlag, C. F. Muller., & Karlsruhe, R. (1983). Unit Operations in Food Processing. 5th edition, NZIFST (Inc.),
Netherlands.
229
May-2021
Thermal and Mass Transfer Unit Operations

Module No 09
Module Code M09
Course Title Thermal and Mass Transfer Unit Operations
ECTS 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Phone number
Information
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites Thermal Unit Operations
(per week) 3 7 5
and Room
Target Group 4th year Industrial chemistry students
Semester I
Course Description: The course aims to introduce students to industrial unit operations based on basic principle of
mass transfer kinetics and chemical equilibrium.
Course Objective
The course aims to introduce students to industrial thermal unit operations based on basic principle of heat transfer. Up
on the completion of the course, the students able to:
▪ Understand the science behind industrial heat transfer and mass transfer unit operations in the industry.
▪ Analyze the equations used in designing heat transfer equipment
▪ Know different methods for heat exchanger design
▪ Analyze the equations used in designing mass transfer equipment
Determine the size of the equipment and optimum operating conditions.
1. Introduction to Thermal and Mass Transfer Lecture Active participation

Small group discussion in discussion
Unit Operations
Asking questions Listen to a lecture
Week 1&2 1.1. Mass transfer mechanism
Class work and assignment and take notes on
1.1.1. Molecular Mass Transfer tutorials and practice the lesson treated,
1.1.2. Convective Mass Transfer enginering problems Ask questions on
230
May-2021
1.2. Fick’s First Law; Mass Flux; Equation of unclear ideas,
Continuity of Species tutorial
1.2.1. Steady-State Molecular Diffusion Solve problems
in Binary Systems individuals and
groups
1.2.2. Unsteady-State Molecular
Diffusion
1.2.3. Molecular Diffusion in Liquids
and Gases
1.2.4. Diffusion in Solids and Transient
Diffusion
Quiz
2. Heat Exchangers Lecture Active participation
2.1. Classification of Heat Exchangers Small group discussion in discussion
2.2. Heat Exchanger Design Calculations and Asking questions Listen to a lecture
Methodology Class work and assignment and take notes on
tutorials and practice the lesson treated,
2.2.1. Overall Heat Transfer
enginering problems Ask questions on
Coefficients
unclear ideas,
2.2.2. Fouling Factor tutorial
Week 3-5 2.2.3. The Log Mean Temperature Solve problems
Difference Method individuals and
2.2.4. The Effectiveness-NTU Method groups
2.3. Heat Transfer in Selected Chemical
Apparatus
2.3.1. Condenser
2.3.2. Evaporators and Re-boilers
2.3.3. Boiler
3. Drying Lecture Active participation
3.1. Terminologies pertaining to drying Small group discussion in discussion
operations Asking questions Listen to a lecture
3.2. Drying characteristics of wet solids Class work and assignment and take notes on
3.3. Psychometrics
enginering problems Ask questions on
Week6&7 3.4. Drying curves and drying periods
unclear ideas,
3.5. Mass and energy balance in drying tutorial
operations Solve problems
3.6. Classification and selection of industrial individuals and
dryer groups
Mid
4. Distillation Lecture Active participation
4.1. Equilibrium relationship Small group discussion in discussion
4.2. Simple distillation methods
Week 8&9 Class work and assignment and take notes on
4.3. Binary fractional distillation
4.4. Design of distillation column for binary enginering problems Ask questions on
mixtures unclear ideas,
231
May-2021
Introduction to Multicomponent distillation tutorial
Solve problems
individuals and
groups
Assignment 1
Lecture Active participation
5. Absorption and Stripping Small group discussion in discussion
5.1. Introduction to Absorption and Stripping Asking questions Listen to a lecture
Process Class work and assignment and take notes on
5.2. Equilibrium in absorption tutorials and practice the lesson treated,
Week10&11 5.3. Mechanism of absorption enginering problems Ask questions on
5.4. Rate equation and mass transfer coefficients unclear ideas,
5.5. Design of absorption column tutorial
5.6. Multistage absorption Solve problems
individuals and
Gas absorption equipment
groups
6. Liquid-Liquid Extraction Lecture Active participation
6.1. Introduction to Extraction Processes Small group discussion in discussion
6.2. Characteristics and applications
Class work and assignment and take notes on
6.3. Principles of Liquid-Liquid Extraction
Week12&13 Process enginering problems Ask questions on
6.4. Equilibrium Relations in Extraction unclear ideas,
6.5. Single- Stage Extraction tutorial
6.6. Continuous Multistage Extraction Solve problems
6.7. Equipment for Liquid-Liquid Extraction individuals and
groups
Assignment 2
Lecture Active participation
Small group discussion in discussion
7. Leaching Class work and assignment and take notes on
7.1. Leaching principle
Week14&15 enginering problems Ask questions on
7.2. Single stage leaching
unclear ideas,
7.3. Multistage leaching tutorial
Solve problems
individuals and
groups
Week 16 Final Exam
Assessment Quiz 5%
Assignment Ind. & Group 20%
Mid exam 25%
Final exam 50%
Total 100%
✓ Attend at least 85% of the classes.
232
May-2021
✓ Take all continuous assessments.
✓ Take final examination.
✓ Respect all rules & regulations of the university.
Reference
1. R.E. Treybal : Mass Transfer Operations(Textbook)
1. J. D. Seader & E. J. Henley, Separation Process Principles, John Wiley & Sons, 1998.
2. E. L. Cussler & A. Varma Diffusion : Mass Transfer in Fluid Systems, 2nd ed., Cambridge University Press.
3. McGraw & Hill C. J. Geankoplis, Transport Processes and Separation Process Principles: Includes Unit
Operations, 4th ed., Prentice Hall PTR.
4. J.P. Holman: Heat Transfer
5. S. Kakac and H. Liu: Heat Exchangers, 1998
6. J.M. Coulson and J.F. Richardson: Chemical Engineering Vol. 1,2 and
10.2.2.9. Process Technology module courses Handbook

Production Technology I
Module No 10
Module Code M10
Course Title Production Technology I
ECTS 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
Instructor
Phone number
Information
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 3 7 5
and Room
Semester I
Course Description: The contribution of chemical products in the development of various fields such as agriculture is
very large. Naturally found raw materials should be purified to obtain the intended products. Equipments are required
for their conversion. Skilled technologists and engineers are required to carry out the processes. Thus, the course,
production technology, is designed to introduce students who have responsibility to carry out these processes.
233
May-2021
Course Objective
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
• Understand the production trends of industrial products
• Know the process technology of different process industries
• Know the necessary raw materials for specific industrial product
• Modify and expand the existing locally used manufacturing systems
• Select proper unit operations for the production of industrial products
• Assess the impacts of a process plant on the environment
Time Content Mode of Delivery Activities/tasks
1. Chemical and allied Processing Industries Lecture Active participation in
1.1. Introduction to chemical processing Small group discussion
industries discussion Listen to a lecture and
1.2. Definition and conceptual frame work of Asking questions take notes on the
Class work and lesson treated,
chemical & allied industries
Week 1&2 assignment Ask questions on
1.3. The global dimension of chemical industry
tutorials and practice unclear ideas, tutorial
1.4. Chemical and allied industries in Africa enginering problems Solve problems
1.5. Chemical and allied industries in Ethiopia individuals and groups
1.6. Unit operation of chemical and allied
process industries
Quiz
2. Ammonia Industries Lecture Active participation in
2.1. Introduction Small group discussion
2.2. Global production of Ammonia discussion Listen to a lecture and
2.3. The technology of Ammonia production Asking questions take notes on the
Week 3&4 Class work and lesson treated,
2.4. Raw material selection for Ammonia
assignment Ask questions on
production
2.5. Major unit operations of steam/air reforming enginering problems Solve problems
technology for Ammonia production individuals and groups
2.6. Ammonia production by auto-thermal
reforming
2.7. Ammonia production by partial oxidation of
heavy oils
2.8. Ammonia production by partial oxidation of
coal
Assignment 1
Lecture Active participation in
3. Nitric acid industries Small group discussion
3.1. Introduction discussion Listen to a lecture and
3.2. Uses of Nitric acid Asking questions take notes on the
3.3. Production and consumption of Nitric acid Class work and lesson treated,
Week5&6 3.4. Process Technology of Nitric Acid Industries assignment Ask questions on
3.4.1. The sodium nitrate-sulphuric acid tutorials and practice unclear ideas, tutorial
process enginering problems Solve problems
234
May-2021
3.4.2. Nitric acid production by ammonia
oxidation
3.4.3. Major unit operations of Nitric acid
production by Ammonia Oxidation
3.5. High strength Nitric Acid Production
4. Sulphur and sulphuric acid industries Lecture Active participation in
4.1. Sulphur source, properties and production Small group discussion
technology discussion Listen to a lecture and
4.2. Global production and supply of Sulphuric acid Asking questions take notes on the
Week7&8 4.3. Types of sulphuric acid process and raw
material sources
4.4. The major unit operation of Contact process enginering problems Solve problems
4.5. The chamber processes individuals and groups
Energy recovery system
Mid Exam
5. Process Technology of Phosphoric acid Lecture Active participation in
Industries Small group discussion
5.1. Properties, uses and global production trend of discussion Listen to a lecture and
phosphoric acid Asking questions take notes on the
5.2. Process Technology of phosphoric acid
Week9&10 Industries
5.2.1. Wet process and its main unit enginering problems Solve problems
operation individuals and groups
5.2.2. Recrystallization process
5.2.3. Thermal Process for phosphoric acid
production
Assignment 2
6. Fertilizer and Pesticide Industries Lecture Active participation in
6.1. Introduction to Fertilizer and Pesticide Small group discussion
Industries discussion Listen to a lecture and
6.2. Global production trend and consumption of Asking questions take notes on the
Fertilizer
6.3. Production of Nitrogenous fertilizers
6.3.1. Urea enginering problems Solve problems
6.3.2. Ammonia Nitrate Production individuals and groups
Week11&12 6.3.3. Urea Ammonium Nitrate (UAN)
6.3.4. Ammonium Sulphate
6.4. Phosphate Fertilizers
6.5. Potash Fertilizer Processing Industries and its
process technology
6.6. Pesticides and Agricultural Chemicals
6.6.1. Herbicides
6.6.2. Insecticides
6.6.3. Fungicides
235
May-2021
Pesticide Formulation
7. The Chlor-Alkali Industry Small group discussion
7.1. Application and use of products of chlor-alkali discussion Listen to a lecture and
Asking questions take notes on the
industries
Week13 Class work and lesson treated,
7.2. Production of Caustic soda
7.3. Process Technology of Soda Ash Production tutorials and practice unclear ideas, tutorial
Production of Sodium bicarbonate enginering problems Solve problems
8. Silicate Technologies Lecture Active participation in
8.1. The Cement Industries Small group discussion
8.1.1. Global & regional cement production discussion Listen to a lecture and
and consumption Asking questions take notes on the
8.1.2. Types of cement products
8.1.3. Raw materials and types of process
technology for cement production enginering problems Solve problems
8.1.4. Major unit operations and overall individuals and groups
process descriptions of cement
production
Week14&15
8.2. Production of Ceramics
8.2.1. The raw material of ceramics
8.2.2. Process technology of ceramic
production
8.3. Production of glass
8.3.1. The Raw material for glass
production
8.3.2. Production technology of glass
production
Wee16 Final Exam

Assessment • Quiz ………………………………………………...........5 %
• Assignment 1…………………………………………….10 %
• Assignment.....................................................................10 %
• Mid exam ………………………………………………..25 %
• Final Exam......................................................................50 %
• Total..............................................................................100%
policy ▪ Attend at least 85% of the classes.
▪ Take all continuous assessments.
▪ Take final examination.
▪ Respect all rules & regulations of the university.
236
May-2021
Reference
1. Austin, G. T. “Shreve’s Chemical process industries” (Textbook)
2. Furmer I., Zaitsev V., “General chemical engineering
3. Pandy, G. N., “A Text book of chemical technology”, Volume II
Production Technology II
Module No 10
Module Code M10
Course Title Production Technology II
ECTS 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
Instructor
Phone number
Information
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 3 7 5
and Room
Semester II
Course Description: The contribution of chemical products in the development of various fields such as agriculture is
very large. Naturally found raw materials should be purified to obtain the intended products. equipment’s are required
for their conversion. Skilled technologists and engineers are required to carry out the processes. Thus, the course,
production technology, is designed to introduce students who have responsibility to carry out these processes.
•
Course Objective
✓ The students will be able to explain unit operation and processes in technologies
✓ The students will be able to apply chemical engineering in design different processing factories.
✓ Know the necessary raw materials for specific industrial product
✓ Modify and expand the existing locally used manufacturing systems
✓ Select proper unit operations for the production of industrial products
237
May-2021
• Assess the impacts of a process plant on the environment
Time Content Mode of Delivery Activities/tasks

1. Fermentation Technology Lecture Active participation in
1.1. Alcohol and Beverage Industries Small group discussion
1.2. Production of industrial alcohol discussion Listen to a lecture and
1.3. Introduction to Beer, Wine and Liquor Asking questions take notes on the
Week 1&2 production
1.4. The raw materials for beer production
1.5. The process Technology of Beverage Industries enginering problems Solve problems
1.6. Process description and major unit operation of individuals and groups
beer production
Quiz
Week 3 Small group discussion
2. Sugar Processing Technology discussion Listen to a lecture and
2.1. Introduction Asking questions take notes on the
2.2. Raw materials for sugar production
2.3. Process descriptions and major unit operations
of sugar process technology enginering problems Solve problems
Assignment 1
Small group discussion
3. The process technology of Oil and Fat Industries discussion Listen to a lecture and
3.1. Introduction to Oils and Fats Asking questions take notes on the
3.2. Overviews of Fatty Acids Class work and lesson treated,
Week4&5 3.3. The Process description of Fat and Oil assignment Ask questions on
Production and major unit operations tutorials and practice unclear ideas, tutorial
enginering problems Solve problems
4. Leather Process Technology Lecture Active participation in
4.1. Overview of global leather processing trend Small group discussion
4.2. Classification of leather products discussion Listen to a lecture and
4.3. Type and nature of raw material required with Asking questions take notes on the
respect to the end leather product
Week6&7 assignment Ask questions on
4.4. General process description and unit operations
of in Leather Manufacturing enginering problems Solve problems
4.5. Processes and techniques involved in the individuals and groups
manufacture of different types of light leathers
4.6. Tanneries and the Environment
238
May-2021
4.7. Treatment of tannery effluents
Environmental legislation with respect to
leather manufacturing
Mid Exam
5. Paint and pigment process technology Lecture Active participation in
5.1. Introduction to paint and pigments Small group discussion
5.2. Raw materials for the production of paint discussion Listen to a lecture and
5.3. The process technology of paint and pigment
Week8&9 Class work and lesson treated,
production
5.4. Environmental impacts of paint process tutorials and practice unclear ideas, tutorial
industries and waste treatment techniques of enginering problems Solve problems
paint effluents individuals and groups
Assignment 2
6. Pulp and paper Industries Small group discussion
6.1. Introduction to Pulp and Paper manufacturing discussion Listen to a lecture and
process Asking questions take notes on the
Week10&11 6.2. Raw materials Class work and lesson treated,
6.3. The Process Technology of Pulp and Paper assignment Ask questions on
production tutorials and practice unclear ideas, tutorial
6.4. Process descriptions and major unit operations enginering problems Solve problems
7. Soap and Detergents Lecture Active participation in
7.1. Overview of Soap and Detergent production Small group discussion
7.2. Raw materials for the production of soap and discussion Listen to a lecture and
detergent
Week12 Class work and lesson treated,
7.3. Process description of soap and detergent
production tutorials and practice unclear ideas, tutorial
7.4. Formulation of liquid soap and detergent enginering problems Solve problems
making individuals and groups
8. Petroleum, Coal and Fuel Gas Processing Lecture Active participation in
Technology Small group discussion
8.1. Petroleum Processing discussion Listen to a lecture and
8.1.1. Constituents of Petroleum Asking questions take notes on the
8.1.2. Processing or Refining
8.1.3. Major unit Operations of Petroleum
Processing enginering problems Solve problems
Week13&14
8.2. Coal chemicals individuals and groups
8.2.1. Major Chemicals from Coal
8.2.2. Process Technology for Recovery of
Coal Chemicals
8.3. Fuel Gases
8.3.1. History of Fuel Gas production
8.3.2. Fuel Gas Production Technology
239
May-2021
9. Plastic Industries Small group discussion
9.1. Introduction discussion Listen to a lecture and
9.2. Classification of plastics Asking questions take notes on the
Week15 9.3. Raw Materials Class work and lesson treated,
9.4. Process description of plastic production assignment Ask questions on
9.5. Rubber processing technology tutorials and practice unclear ideas, tutorial
9.6. Process description of rubber production enginering problems Solve problems
Wee16 Final Exam
Assessment • Quiz ………………………………………………...........5 %
• Assignment 1…………………………………………….10 %
• Assignment.....................................................................10 %
• Mid exam ………………………………………………..25 %
• Final Exam......................................................................50 %
• Total..............................................................................100%
policy ▪ Attend at least 85% of the classes.
Reference
1. Austin, G. T. “Shreve’s Chemical process industries” (Textbook)
2. Furmer I., Zaitsev V., “General chemical engineering
3. Pandy, G. N., “A Text book of chemical technology”, Volume II
240
May-2021
10.2.2.10. Process Engineering Module Courses Handbook
Process Control and Dynamics

Module No 11
Module Code M11
Course Title Process Control and Dynamics
ECTS 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
Instructor
Phone number
Information
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 3 7 5
and Room
required
Semester I
Course Description: This course is useful to anyone studying measurement systems and instrumentation but it is
provided mainly in support of the ‘Process Dynamics and Control’ course in food processing. The course aims to Acquaint
students with the basic measuring sensors (transducers) and signal transforming and conditioning systems usually
encountered in process industries, to understand the basic control hard ware configurations, the use of final control
elements. Help students to acquire overall instrumentation techniques in industries and how to select deferent control
types like feedback, feed forward and the combination of feedback and feed forward and their application in food
processing.
Course Objective
✓ Know the types of measurement and their operating principles
✓ Appreciates the use of control instruments in food industries.
✓ Identify hardware elements of process control system.
241
May-2021
✓ Differentiate the elements of signal conditioning.
✓ Acquire the basic knowledge of process control hardware
✓ Learn what mean by process control.
✓ Gain an appreciation for the dynamics, the time dependent response of food processing systems.
✓ Learn to construct realistic but reasonable mathematical models of different systems.
✓ Understand physical systems and confidence in the ability to deal with modeling of the process.
✓ Apply mass balances and energy balances to design the mathematical model of the given process.
✓ Analyze method of feedback and feed forward control system
✓ Analyze the dynamic process and develop control strategies to operate safely, economically,...
✓ Become familiar with control techniques (stability theory, control design, &system design) & with practical,
commercial control equipment.
1. Introduction to Process Listen to a lecture treated,
measurement and Control Lecture Ask questions on unclear
Week1&2 1.1. Instrumentation for Small group ideas,
measurement and control discussion Active participation in
1.2. Measuring Instruments assignment discussion
1.2.1. Temperature Doing assignment
measurement
1.2.2. Pressure measurement
1.2.3. Flow measurement
1.2.4. Level measurement
1.3. Hardware for a process control
1.3.1. Control valve
1.3.2. Action of the valve
Quiz
2. Introduction of Process Control Lecture Listen to a lecture and take
2.1. Importance of a process Small group notes on the lesson treated,
Week3 &4 control discussion Ask questions,
2.2. Design aspects of a process Oral questions Active participation in
control Asking question discussion
2.2.1. Classification of assignment Doing assignment
variables
2.2.2. Design elements of a
control system
2.3. Design steps and process
control strategies
2.4. Control configuration
3. Development of Mathematical Listen to a lecture and take
Model Lecture notes on the lesson treated,
242
May-2021
Week5&6 3.1. Need of mathematical Small group Active participation in
modeling for process control discussion assignment discussion
3.2. Modeling Principles
assignment
3.2.1. Rational for Modeling
3.2.2. Model Classification
3.3. Modeling Considerations for
Control Purposes
3.3.1. Input-output model
3.3.2. Degrees of freedom
Assignment I
4. Laplace Transforms Lecture Listen to a lecture Ask
4.1. Definition of the Laplace Small group questions on unclear ideas,
Week 7&8 transform discussion assignment Active participation in
4.2. Laplace transforms of some discussion, assignment
basic functions
4.3. Inversion of Laplace
transforms
4.4. Solution of linear differential
equations using Laplace
transform
Mid Exam
5. Analysis of Dynamic Behavior of a
Process System Lecture, group Listen to a lecture and take
5.1. Transfer Functions and Input- discussion notes on the lesson treated,
Week 9&10 Output Models Oral questions Ask questions,
5.1.1. Transfer function of a Asking question Active participation in
process with single and Class work and discussion
multiple outputs Doing assignment
assignment
5.1.2. Poles and zeros of a
transfer function
5.2. Dynamic Behavior of First-
Order Systems
5.2.1. Process modeled as
First-Order systems
5.2.2. Dynamic input and
response of First-Order
system
5.3. Dynamic Behavior of
Second-Order Systems
5.3.1. Response of a Second-
Order process for a step
input
5.3.2. Response of a Second-
Order process for a
sinusoidal input
243
May-2021
6. Introduction to Feedback Control Lecture Listen to a lecture and take
6.1. Basic control modes Small group notes on the lesson treated,
6.1.1. Proportional control discussion Ask questions on unclear
6.1.2. Integral control Oral questions ideas,
Week11&12 6.1.3. Proportional-Integral Asking question Active participation in
(PI) control Class work and discussion
6.1.4. Derivative control assignment Doing assignment
6.1.5. Proportional-Integral-
Derivative (PID)
control
6.1.6. Typical responses of
Feedback control
Assignment II
7. Dynamic Behavior and Stability of Lecture Listen to a lecture and take
Closed-Loop Systems Small group notes on the lesson treated,
7.1. Block diagram and the discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Week 13&14 closed-loop response Oral questions Active participation in
7.2. Effect of control modes on Asking question discussion
the response of a controlled Class work and
process assignment
7.3. Closed-loop responses of
simple control system
7.4. Stability of closed-loop
(control) systems
7.4.1. The characteristic
equation
7.4.2. Routh-Hurwitz criterion
for stability
7.4.3. Root-Locus analysis
8. Design of Feedback Controller and Lecture Listen to a lecture and take
Tuning Small group notes on the lesson treated,
Week15 8.1. Time-Integral performance discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
criteria Oral questions Active participation in
8.2. Select the type of feedback Asking question discussion
controller Class work and
8.3. Controller tuning assignment
8.3.1. Ziegler-Nichols tuning
technique
Week16 Final Exam
Assessment Assessment
• Quiz ………………………………………………......5 %
• Assignment 1………………………………………...10 %
• Assignment................................................................10 %
244
May-2021
• Mid exam ……………………………………………25 %
• Final Exam.................................................................50 %
Total................................................................................100%

• respect all rules & regulations of the university.
Textbooks
1. Chemical process control, An introduction to theory & practice, By George Stephanopoulos 2. D.M.
Himmelblau, Basic principles and calculations in Chemical engineering
Reference
2. Process dynamics, modeling and control, By W. Harnon Ray, A. Ougunnaike
3. Process modeling, simulation and control for chemical engineers, By W.L Luyben
4. An introduction to electrical instrumentation and measurement systems, By B.A Gregory
Computer Aided Process Design and simulation

Module No 11
Module Code M11
Course Title Computer Aided Process Design and simulation
ECTS 5
Module Coordinator
Instructor Name
Information Office number
Phone number
E-mail
Consultation hour
Pre-requisites Process Control and Dynamics
Status of course Compulsory
Contact Hours and Lecture Tutorial Lab work Home study ECTS
(per week) 2 3 5 5
Room
required
Semester II
Course Description: This course is designed to encourage students to use computer and some computer
programing software’s to develop process flows of an industrial plant, solving numerical and computational
245
May-2021
problems, design and simulate industrial plants. It also enables us to be familiar with some Chemical
Engineering drawing symbols, developing process flow sheets (BFD, PFD and PID) and presentation stream
flow rates throughout the entire plant.
Course Objective:
✓ Know the basic Chemical Engineering drawing symbols.
✓ Select the appropriate symbols for each unit operation and develop a process flow sheet using Chemical
Engineering drawing tools.
✓ Read and interpret industrial problems and solve using Chemical Engineering programing software’s.
✓ Design a chemical process and simulate it with the aid of computer programing software’s
Content Mode of Activities/tasks
Time
Delivery
1. Chemical Engineering symbols Lecture Listen to a lecture
1.1. Fittings Question and answer Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Week1&2 Practical Active participation in discussion,
1.2. Instruments and Group and individual doing assignment, Attend
equipment project computer lab.
Quiz
2. Development of flow sheet using Lecture Listen to a lecture
Edraw Max Question and answer Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Practical Active participation in discussion,
Week3-6 2.1. Block Flow Diagrams Group and individual doing assignment, Attend
(BFD) project computer lab.
2.2. Pictorial Presentation
2.2.1. Process Flow
Diagram (PFD)
2.2.2. Piping and
Instrumentation
Diagram (PID)
2.3. Presentation of stream

flow rates
Week7&8 3. Piping drawing Lecture Listen to a lecture
3.1.Simplified piping Question and answer Ask questions on unclear ideas,
drawing Group and individual doing assignment, Attend
3.2.Exact piping drawing project computer lab.
Mid
4. Computer aided Process Design using Lecture Listen to a lecture
Week9&10 SuperPro Designer or Aspen plus, Question and answer Ask questions on unclear ideas,
4.1. Bach process design and Practical Active participation in discussion,
simulation Group and individual doing assignment, Attend
project computer lab.
4.2. Continuous process design
and simulation
Practical test 1
5. Roots of Nonlinear Equations in Lecture Listen to a lecture
Week11&12 One Variable Question and answer Ask questions on unclear ideas,
5.1. Bracketing Methods Group and individual doing assignment, Attend
5.2. Bisection, False Position project computer lab.
5.3.Open Methods
246
May-2021
Practical test 2
6. System of Linear Equations Lecture Listen to a lecture
6.1.Review of Matrix Question and answer Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Week13-15 6.2.Solution method of linear Group and individual doing assignment, Attend
systems project computer lab.
6.3.Solving system of linear
and nonlinear equations
using computer
programing software
(MATLAB, Excel,
LINGO)
Week16 Final exam
• Quiz…………………………5%
• Practical test 1……………..10%
• Practical test 2………………10%
• Mid………………………….25%
• Final exam………………….50%
• Total……………………….100%
▪ Attend at least 85% of the classes.
Reference
1. Shreve’s chemical process industries by Avstin, chemical process industry, volume II.
2. R.K Sinnott, Coulson & Richardson Chemical Engineering design VOL.6
3. Perry's Chemical Engineers' Handbook, McGraw-Hill, 6th edition
4. James_R._Couper,_W._Roy_Penney,_James_R._Fair,_St(z-lib.org)
5. Steven C. Chapra, Numerical Methods for Engineers, third edition, McGraw-Hill
Industrial Safety and Loss Prevention

Module No 11
Module Code M11
Course Title Industrial Safety and Loss Prevention
ECTS 3
Module Coordinator
Name
Instructor Information Office number
Phone number
247
May-2021
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 2 4 3
Room
Target Group 3rd Yearr Industrial Chemistry Students
Semester II
Course Description: Introduction to plant and process safety; Principles and methods of labour safety and health
protection, Determination and evaluation of hazardous properties of substances, Materials handling fire control, Loss
prevention working with machinery and apparatus, Accidents and loss statistics, and nature of the accident/hazardous
processes; Toxicology: toxic materials and biological response, dose-response relationships and models; Threshold does
and its definition; Material safety data sheets and industrial hygiene evaluation; Safety devices: personal safety devices
and general hygiene management – ventilations; Fire and Explosions: definition, flammability characteristics and
explosion, design to prevent fires and explosions by inverting, purging, ventilation, sprinkler system, static electricity
control; Relief and relief sizing in vapor/gas, liquid and run-away reaction services, Electrical safety, Electrical hazards
and protection majors, safety in lifting and handling of materials.
Course Objective
✓ Outline the principles of safety.
✓ Identify common workplace hazards and suggest suitable control/prevention strategies.
✓ Develop, maintain and evaluate an organization’s work safety system
DELIVERY
1. Introduction to safety Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
✓ Induction briefing Small group lesson treated,
Week1-3 ✓ Introduction to the Course discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
✓ Introduction to Process Safety Active participation in discussion
Oral questions
✓ Safety Program
✓ Accident and Loss Statistics Asking questions Doing assignment
✓ Nature of Accident Process Class work and
assignment
Quiz
2. Fire safety and Lecture Active participation in discussion
explosions Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
✓ Causes of fire. discussion lesson treated,
Week4-6 ✓ Physics and chemistry of fire Oral questions Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Asking questions
248
May-2021
✓ Flammability characteristics Class work and
and Explosions and their assignment
controlling mechanism
✓ Fire protection and prevention
Assignment I
3. Dust and chemical Lecture Active participation in discussion

exposure, effects Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Week7-9 and control discussion lesson treated,
✓ Hazards Oral questions Ask questions on unclear ideas
✓ Toxicology Asking questions
✓ Contaminant Class work and
concentration.
✓ Contaminant exposure
assignment
level.
✓ Material safety data sheets
and industrial hygiene
evaluation.
✓ Ventilation
Mid Exam
Week10&11 4. General principles Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
of hazard control, Small group lesson treated,
risk management discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
and system safety Oral questions Active participation in discussion
Asking questions
Class work and
assignment
Week12&13 5. General safety Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
equipment, facilities Small group lesson treated,
and controls discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Asking questions
Class work and
assignment
Assignment II
Week14&15 6. Tools and machines. Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
✓ Tools and machine Small group lesson treated,
hazards. discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
✓ Control and Safeguarding Oral questions Active participation in discussion
Asking questions
Class work and
assignment
Week16 Final Exam
249
May-2021
Assessment • quiz……………………………….5%
• Assignment 1………………………10%
• Assignment 2…………………….10%
• Mid……………………………….25%.
• Final Exam ………………………50%
Total………………………………100%
• respect all rules & regulations of the university.
Textbooks
1. Chemical Process Safety: Fundamentals with Applications, D. A. Crowl / J. F. Louvar, Prentice Hall Series
2. Brauer R. 1994. Health and safety in Welding and allied processes, 4th edition
Reference
3. Burgess W.A. 1995. Recognition of Health Hazards in Industry: A Review of Materials and processes, 2nd edition.
Wiley and Sons. N.Y
4. Loss Prevention in the Process Industries, F. P. Lees, Volume 1,2,3. 2 Edition, Butterworth Heinemann
5. Balchin N.C. 1991. Health and Safety in Welding and allied processes, 4th edition
6. Heinsohn R.J. 1991. Industrial Ventilation: Engineering principles, Wiley and
Process Integration and Optimization

Module No 11
Module Code M11
Course Title Process Integration and Optimization
ECTS 3
Module Coordinator
Name
Phone number
Information
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 2 4 3
and Room
250
May-2021
Semester I
Course Objective
Up on the completion of the course, the students able to:
➢ Understand optimization techniques and the application to chemical engineering problems
➢ Understand how to approach the design of processes in an integrated fashion, how a realistic and practical
process can be achieved starting from basic information through integrated optimization concept.
➢ Perform heat exchanger network design using pinch technology for minimum use of utilities
1. Introduction to Optimization Lecture Listen to a
Small group lecture and take
1.1.Applications of optimization discussion notes on the
1.2.Essential features of optimization Oral questions lesson treated,
1.3.General procedures for solving optimization Asking questions Ask questions
Week1&2 problems Class work and on unclear
assignment ideas,
Active
participation in
discussion
Quiz
2. Developing Models for Optimization Lecture Listen to a
2.1.Classification of models Small group lecture and take
2.2.How to build a model of an optimization discussion notes on the
problems Oral questions lesson treated,
2.3.Formulation of an optimization problem Asking questions Ask questions
Week3&4
2.4.Formulation of the objective function Class work and on unclear
assignment ideas,
Active
participation in
discussion
Assignment 1
3. Unconstrained one-dimensional optimization Lecture Listen to a
3.1. Numerical methods for optimizing a function of Small group lecture and take
one variable discussion notes on the
3.2. Newton’s and Quasi-Newton methods of Oral questions lesson treated,
optimization Asking questions Ask questions
Week5&6 3.3. Polynomial approximation method Class work and on unclear
assignment ideas,
Active
participation in
discussion
4. Unconstrained multivariable optimization Lecture Listen to a
Week7&8 4.1. Methods that use first derivatives Small group lecture and take
4.2. Newton’s method discussion notes on the
251
May-2021
4.3. Quasi-Newton methods Oral questions lesson treated,
Asking questions Ask questions
Class work and on unclear
assignment ideas,
Active
participation in
discussion
Mid
5. Linear Programming (LP) problems Lecture Listen to a
5.1. Basic linear programming definitions and Small group lecture and take
results discussion notes on the
5.2. Simplex Algorithm Oral questions lesson treated,
5.3. Linear Mixed Integer Programming (LMIP) Asking questions Ask questions
Week9&10 5.4. LP Software Class work and on unclear
assignment ideas,
Active
participation in
discussion
Assignment 2
6. Non-Linear programming with constraints Lecture Listen to a
6.1. Direct substitution Small group lecture and take
6.2. First-order necessary conditions for a local discussion notes on the
Extremum Oral questions lesson treated,
6.3. Quadratic programming Asking questions Ask questions
Week11&12 6.4. Using NLP software Class work and on unclear
assignment ideas,
Active
participation in
discussion
7. Process integration Lecture Listen to a
7.1. Heat integration Small group lecture and take
7.2. Heat exchanger network design using pinch discussion notes on the
point analysis Oral questions lesson treated,
Week13&14
assignment ideas,
Active
participation in
discussion
252
May-2021
Week15 8. Process integration Lecture Listen to a
8.1.Heat integration Small group lecture and take
8.2.Heat exchanger network design using pinch discussion notes on the
point analysis Oral questions lesson treated,
assignment ideas,
Active
participation in
discussion
Week16 Final Exam
Assessment Quiz……………………………………………..5%
Assignment Ind. & Group………………………20%
Mid exam……………………………………… 25%
Final exam………………………………………50%
Total……………………………………………100%

policy ✓ Attend at least 85% of the classes.
✓ Take all continuous assessments.
✓ Take final examination.
✓ Respect all rules & regulations of the university.
Reference
1. Edgar, Optimization of Chemical Process, Mc Grew Hill

2. Richard Turton, Richard C. Bailie, Wallace B. Whiting, Joseph Shaeiwitz, Analysis, Synthesis, and Design of
Chemical Processes, Printice Hall
3. Lorenz T. Biegler, Ignacio E. Grossmann, Arthur W. Westerberg, Systematic Methods of Chemical Process
Design A.C. Dimian, Integrated Design and Simulation of Chemical Processes
253
May-2021
10.2.2.11. Industrial module courses Handbook
Glass Molding and Glass Blowing
Module Name Industrial Module

Module No 12
Module Code M12
Course Title Glass Molding and Glass Blowing
ECTS 3
Module Coordinator
Name:
Office number:
E-mail:
Consultation hours:
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 1 3 2 3
and Room
Semester II
Course Description: In this course Glass composition; Glass raw materials; Melting process; Melting furnace; Molding
and Glass manufacturing; Glass properties and Application are well considered. The course also comprises practical
activities on Burners and Torches; Glass cutting; Glass shaping; Glass blowing and Designs of different glass shape.
Course Objective
✓ Understand the basic glass blowing raw materials, composition & manufacturing
✓ Understand the basic glass properties and application
✓ Understand ways how to melt and mould
✓ Work practical glass cutting, shaping, blowing and form different glass shapes
254
May-2021
Chapter One: History of Glass Lecture Active participation
1.1. The three Classical State of matter
Group discussion
1.2. Quartz(a solid) vs Glass structure
Week1-8 Basic questions on current
1.3. Glass properties & Color of glass
glass
1.4. Glass chemistry & basic reaction
1.5. Types of glass & market application Home assignments
1.6. Melting, Molding & glass arts
1.7. Glass making in the laboratory
Quiz
Laboratory pre talk and Open for question and
Week9 practical work discussion
Experiment 1: Burners and
Torches
Talk and laboratory practice by The laboratory activities,

individual students participation will be Pre talk
Week10 Experiment 2:Adjustment of the and laboratory practice by
flam size individual students
Practical Exam1
Experiment 2: Glass blowing for Pre talk and laboratory practice Pre talk and laboratory
vacuum glass by individual students practice by individual
Week11&12
✓ Cutting tubes & Smoothening students
✓ Bending tubes& Shape design
Practical exam 2
Week13 Experiment 5: Blowing bulbs Pre talk and laboratory practice Pre talk and laboratory
by individual students practice by individual
students
Pre talk and laboratory practice Pre talk and laboratory

Week14 by individual students practice by individual
Experiment 6: Making Condenser students to practical work
Week15 Revision
Week16 Final Exam
255
May-2021
• Practical exam 1 .…..…………10 %
• Practical exam2 ……..……….10 %
• Lab report………………………25%
• Final Examination: ………….... 50 %
Total…………………………100%
Reference: Lab manual
Industrial Waste management

Module No 12
Module Code M12
Course Title Industrial Waste management
ECTS 5
Module Coordinator
Name:
Office number:
E-mail:
Consultation hours:
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 3 7 5
Room
Semester I
Course Description: In this course source due attention is given for solid wastes and their management.
Industrial wastes, Municipal wastes, hazardous and other waste types and their management will be discussed
in detail. Waste characterization and reuse is also the focus of this course.
256
May-2021
Course Objective
• Identify different types of industrial wastes
• Know the different sources of industrial wastes
• Quantify different industrial wastes
• Know the different techniques of managing industrial wastes
DELIVERY
Chapter 1 : Wastes From Industrial
and Commercial Activities
1.1. Extractive Industries
1.2. Mining
1.3. Quarrying Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
1.4. Logging
1.5. Basic Industries Small group lesson treated,
Week1-3 1.6. Metals discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
1.7. Chemicals Oral questions Active participation in discussion
1.8. Paper
1.9. Plastic Asking questions
1.10. Glass Class work and
1.11. Textile
assignment
1.12. Wood Products
1.13. Power
1.14. Petroleum
1.15. Conversion and Fabrication
Industry
1.16. Packaging
1.17. Automotive
1.18. Electrical and Electronics
1.19. Paper Products
1.20. Hardware
1.21. Soft Goods
1.22. Food Processing
1.23. Construction and Demolition
1.24. Service Industries
1.25. Entertainment
1.26. Hospitality
1.27. Software
1.28. Communication
1.29. Commercial Activity
1.30. Restaurants
1.31. Offices
1.32. Shops
1.33. Where Houses
1.34. Source Reduction
257
May-2021
1.35. Zero Waste: Concept and Practice
1.36. Innovative Technologies
Quiz
Chapter 2: Waste management
system
2.1. Introduction
2.2. Need for Solid Waste
Management
2.3. Importance of a Sound Solid Small group lesson treated,
Waste Management discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Week4-6 2.3. Change in Characteristics in Oral questions Active participation in discussion
Quantity and Time Asking questions
2.4. Waste Management in Pre-
Class work and
Industrialization Era
2.5. Waste Management in Post- assignment
Industrialization Era
2.6. Integrated Solid-Waste
Management 2.7. Waste Prevention
and Life Cycle Assessment
2.8. Producers Responsibility
2.9 Solid Waste Management and
Regulation
2.9.1. Need for Regulation
2.9.2. International Regulation
2.9.3. Regulation in Different
Countries
2.10. Framework for Solid Waste
Management
2.10.1. Elements of a Waste
Management System
2.10.2. Stakeholders
2.11. Financial Issues in Solid Waste
Management
2.11.1. Capital Investment
2.11.2. Operation and Maintenance
2.12. Waste Generation: Rich Vs Poor
2.13. Psychology and Waste
Generation
Chapter 3: Waste Quantities and Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Characteristics Small group lesson treated,
258
May-2021
3.1 Sources of Solid Waste discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
3.1.1. Municipal Solid Waste Oral questions Active participation in discussion
3.1.2. Hazardous Waste Asking questions
3.1.3. Industrial Waste
Class work and
3.1.4. Medical Waste
3.1.5. Universal Waste assignment
3.1.6. Electronics Waste
Week7-9 3.1.7. Construction and Demolition
Debris
3.1.8. Radioactive Waste
3.1.9 Mining Waste
3.1.10. Agricultural Waste
3.2 Quantities and Composition
3.3 Physical, Chemical and Biological
Characteristics
3.3.1. Municipal Waste
characterization
3.3.1.1. Introduction
3.3.1.2. Sampling Protocols for MSW
3.3.1.3. Direct Sampling
3.3.1.4. Material Flows
3.3.1.5. Surveys
3.3.1.6. Multipliers for Projecting
Waste Quantities
3.3. Variability Affecting Waste
Sampling
3.3.1 Seasonal
3.3.2. Regional
3.4. Chemical Properties of MSW
3.4.1. Ultimate Analysis of Solid
Waste Components
3.4.2. Proximate Analysis of MSW
3.4.3. Energy Content of MSW
3.4.4. Fusion Point of Ash
3.4.5. Content of Nutrients and Other
Substrates
3.4.6. Carbohydrates
3.4.7. Crude Fibers
3.4.8. Proteins
3.4.9. Lipids
3.4.10. Biodegradability of MSW
259
May-2021
Fractions
3.5. Physical Properties of MSW
3.5.1. Density
3.5.2. Moisture Content
3.5.3. Particle Size Distribution
3.5.4. Field Capacity
3.5.5. Hydraulic Conductivity of
Compacted Waste
Mid + Assignment 1
Chapter 4: Waste Storage and
Collection
4.1.Storage Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
4.2.Collection Small group lesson treated,
4.2.1. Collection from Low-
Week10 Oral questions Active participation in discussion
Rise Detached Houses
Asking questions
4.2.2. Collection from Low Class work and
and Medium-Rise assignment
Apartment
4.2.3. Collection from High-
Rise Apartments
4.2.4. Collection from
Commercial and
Industrial Facilities
4.2.5. Vehicles for
Collection
4.2.6. Pneumatic-Refuse-
Collection System
4.3.Transfer and Transport
Chapter 5: Materials Recovery Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
and Recycling Small group lesson treated,
5.1.Segregation discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
5.1.1. Hand Sorting Oral questions Active participation in discussion
5.1.2. Screens Asking questions
5.1.3. Air Classifiers Class work and
5.1.4. Sink/Float Separators assignment
5.1.5. Inclined Tables
5.1.6. Shaking Tables
Week11&12 5.1.7. Optical Sorting
5.1.8. Sorting by Differential
Melting Temperature
260
May-2021
5.1.9. Sorting by Selective
Dissolution
5.1.10. Magnetic Separation
5.1.11. Eddy Current
Separators
5.1.12. Electrostatic Separators
5.1.13. Shredding
5.1.14. Pulping
5.1.15. Crushing
5.1.16. Baling
5.1.17. Ballistic Separators
5.2.Reuse and Recycle
5.2.1. Aerobic and Anaerobic
Treatment
5.2.2. Composting
5.2.3. Road Making
5.2.4. Removal and Recovery
Method
5.2.5. Stabilization
5.2.6. Deactivation
5.2.7. Metal Removal and
Recovery
5.2.8. Aqueous Treatment
5.2.9. Plastic Granulating
5.2.10. Emerging Biological
Technologies
Assignment 2
Chapter 6: Waste Disposal Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Techniques Small group lesson treated,
6.1.Landfill discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
6.1.1. Processes Within a Oral questions Active participation in discussion
Asking questions
Landfill Class work and
6.1.2. Controlling Leachate assignment
Week13
and Gas
6.1.3. Operation of Landfills
6.1.4. Use of Old Landfill
Sites
6.1.5. Landfill Mining
261
May-2021
6.1.6. Land Filling
Hazardous Waste
6.2.Co-Processing of Solid
Wastes
6.3.Incineration and Waste to
Energy
6.3.1. Heat Value of Refuse
6.3.2. Combustion and
Energy Recovery
6.3.3. Energy Production
from Waste
6.3.4. Material and Thermal
Balances
6.3.5. Other Technologies
Chapter 7: Identification of Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Hazardous Waste Small group lesson treated,
7.1. The Hazardous Waste discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Management Program
Asking questions
Week14-15 7.2. What Is a Hazardous Waste? Class work and
7.3. Hazardous Waste Lists assignment
7.3.1. Hazardous Wastes from
Nonspecific Sources
7.3.2. Hazardous Wastes from
Specific Sources
7.3.3. Characteristic Tests
7.3.4. Ignitability
7.3.5. Corrosivity
7.3.6. Reactivity
7.3.7 Toxicity
7.3.8 Mixtures of Hazardous Wastes
with Other Materials
7.3.9 Mixture Rule
7.3.10 Contained-in Rule
262
May-2021
7.3.11 Derived-from Rule
7.4 Generation of Hazardous Wastes
7.4.1 Quantities of Toxics Release
Inventory Chemicals in Waste by
Industry
7.4.2 Quantities of TRI Chemicals in
Waste by Chemical
Week16 Final exam
• Assignment 1 .…..……………10 %
• Assignment 2 ……..………...10 %
• Mid exam…………………….25%
• Final Examination: …………..50 %
Total…………………………100%
Policy - attend at least 85% of the classes.
References:
1. Ramesha Chandrappa • Diganta Bhusan Das (2012). Solid Waste Management Principles and Practice, 4th volume,
https://www.springer.com/series/3234.
Industrial Polymer
Module Name Industrial
Module No 12
Module Code M12
Course Title Industrial Polymer
ECTS 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites Organic Chemistry II
263
May-2021
(per week) 3 7 5
Number of weeks required 16 weeks
Semester I
Course Description: Introduction to polymers; polymer synthesis (Non-vinyl-based polymerization, vinyl-based
polymerization, ring opening polymerization, inorganic polymers, biological polymers); polymer structure and properties
(polymer solution, polymer in the bulk state, mechanical properties, polymer flammability); Polymer Characterization;
experimental determination of the sizes and shapes of macromolecules.
Course Objective:
Upon completion of this course the students impart knowledge in
• Synthesis of polymers and their reactions;
• Mechanistic aspects of polymerization;
• Characterization, fabrication and testing of polymers;
• Relationship between structure of polymers with their properties
• Different ways of Polymer degradation in the environment;
• Polymers found in living organisms and their reactions.
Week- 1 & 2 1. Synthesis of Polymers ✓ Lecture Listen to a
1.1. Types of polymerization ✓ Small group discussion lecture and take
1.2. Condensation Polymerization ✓ Question and answer notes on the
1.3. Addition Polymerization ✓ Reading lesson treated,
1.3.1. Free radical polymerization Ask questions on
unclear ideas,
1.3.2. Ionic Polymerization
Active
1.3.3. Coordination Polymerization
participation
1.3.4. Ring opening polymerization
Week- 2 & 3 2. Reactions of Polymers ✓ Lecture Listen to a
2.1. Reactions involving the main ✓ Small group discussion lecture and take
chain ✓ Reading notes on the
2.2. Reactions involving the side lesson treated,
group-Graft polymerization Ask questions on
2.3. Surface reactions of polymers unclear ideas,
Active
participation
Quiz
Week4 & 5 3. Thermodynamics and kinetics of ✓ Lecture Active
Polymerisation ✓ Small group discussion participation in
3.1. Thermodynamics of ✓ Question and answer discussion, listen
polymerisation ✓ Reading to a lecture and
3.2. Kinetics of step-growth take notes on the
polymerisation lesson treated
3.3. Kinetics of free radical
polymerization
264
May-2021
3.4. Free radical copolymerization–
Reactivity ratios
3.5. Kinetics of Ionic Polymerization
Assignment 1
Week 4. Characterization of polymers ✓ Lecture Active
6 &7 4.1. Number and weight average molecular ✓ Small group discussion participation in
weights ✓ Question and answer discussion, listen
4.2. Absolute and secondary methods of ✓ Reading to a lecture and
determination of molecular weights take notes on the
4.3. Morphology of polymers lesson treated
4.4. Glass transition temperature
4.5. Degree of crystallinity
Assignment – 1
Week- 8 5. Fabrication of polymers ✓ Lecture Active participation in discussion,
5.1. Preparation of polymer films ✓ Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on
5.2. Production of fibres discussion the lesson treated
5.3. Foaming ✓ Question and
5.4. Reinforced polymers answer
5.5. Polymer surface coatings ✓ Reading
Mid
Week 9 6. Testing of polymers ✓ Lecture Active participation in discussion,
6.1. Mechanical tests ✓ Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on
discussion the lesson treated
6.2. Tests for thermal properties
✓ Question and
6.3. Electrical tests
answer
6.4. Miscellaneous tests ✓ Reading
Week 10 7. Molecular structure, properties ✓ Lecture Active participation in discussion,
and uses of polymers ✓ Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on
7.1. Influence of macromolecule discussion the lesson treated
skeleton ✓ Question and ,
7.2. Influence of side groups answer
7.3. Electro active polymers ✓ Reading
7.4. Electro–optical polymers
7.5. Biomedical applications of
polymers
Assignment 2
Week11 & 8. Polymer degradation and ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on
12 environment ✓ Small group the lesson treated, Ask questions on
8.1. Polymer degradation and stability discussion unclear ideas, Active participation
8.1.1. Thermal degradation ✓ Question and
8.1.2. Oxidative and UV stability answer
8.1.3. Chemical and hydrolytic stability ✓ Reading
8.1.4. Effects of radiation
8.2. Management of plastics for better
environment
8.2.1. Recycling
265
May-2021
8.2.2. Incineration
8.2.3. Biodegradation
Week 13, 14 9. Biological polymers and their ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
&15 reactions ✓ Small group lesson treated, Ask questions on unclear
9.1. Polysaccharides discussion ideas, Active participation
9.1.1. General composition ✓ Question and
9.1.2. Biological synthesis of answer
polysaccharides and their reactions ✓ Reading
9.2. Proteins
9.2.1. General composition
9.2.2. Types of proteins and their
functions
9.2.3. Biological synthesis of proteins
and their reactions
9.3. Polynucleotides
9.3.1. General composition
9.3.2. Synthesis and reactions of
polynucleotides
Week 16 Final Exam
• Assignment 1 .…..…………….10 %
• Assignment 2 ……..………….10 %
• Mod……………………………25%
• Final Examination: ………….. 50 %
Total…………………………100%
May 20, 2005).
Reference Books
1. R. Harry, R.A. Frederic and W. Lampe, Contemporary polymer chemistry
2. J.R. Fried, Polymer Science and Technology, Pearson Education, Inc., 2nd Ed., 2004.
Industrial Attachment
Module No 12
Module Code M12
Course Title Industrial Attachment
ECTS 3
266
May-2021
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
Lab
work ECTS
(per week)
3 3 3
Mode of Delivery block
Weeks required At least 8 weeks (working hours of industries)
Target Group Third year Industrial chemistry students
Semester I; but will be arranged in after completion of Year III Semester II - Kiremit
Course Description: Exposure for industrial production process, quality control activities and overall management.
Course Objective: At the end of the course, students will be able to:
• Have exposure and experience on industrial production process, quality control activities and overall management.
Time Content MODE OF DELIVERY Activities/tasks References
Week- 1-8 Visit, work and Independent study and Reading, exercising and ----
Report writing. learning by observation Writing short note
Report submission and presentation
Assessment • Supervisor of students in industries….………………………….30%
• Report about the industry: ...…………………………. ……….. 35 %
• Report presentation ……………………………………….….. 35 %
Total……………………………………………………………100%
- Spent at least 34 days in industries where they are attached to share experience.
- Prepare full report about the industries where they are attached and present it for other students.
May 20, 2005).
Reference Books
• It depends on the industries where the students attached.
Industrial Visit
Module No 12
Module Code M12
Course Title Industrial Visit
ECTS 2
Module Coordinator
Name
Instructor Information Office number
Phone number
267
May-2021
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 2 2 2
Mode of Delivery block
Weeks required Two weeks after completing 4th year 1st semester
Target Group 4th Year Industrial chemistry students
Semester II ; but will be arranged in after completion of Year IV Semester I
Course Description: Exposure for industrial production process, quality control activities and overall management.
Course Objective: At the end of the course, students will be able to:
• Have exposure and experience on industrial production process, quality control activities and overall management.
Week- 1-2 Visit, work and Independent study and Reading, exercising and ----
Report writing. learning by observation Writing short note
Report submission and presentation
Assessment • Report about the industry: ...…………………………. ……….. 50 %
• Report presentation ……………………………………….….. 50 %
Total……………………………………………………………100%

- Spent at least 34 days in industries where they are attached to share experience.
- Prepare full report about the industries where they are attached and present it for other students.
May 20, 2005).
Reference Books
• It depends on the industries where the students attached.
Industrial Biotechnology

Module No 12
Module Code M12
Course Title Industrial Biotechnology
ECTS 5
Module Coordinator
Instructor Information Name
268
May-2021
Office number
Phone number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 3 7 5
Lecture days, hours & Room TBA
Semester II
Course Description: The course introduces bioreactors, its types, operation methods and provides an experimental
demonstration of the same. Strategies to obtain higher yields, design of the reactors and production of biofuels from
microbes are thoroughly explained. Students are introduced to various disciplines such as biotechnology, food
technology, and pharmaceutical industries. The course discusses the existing bioprocess applications such as wine and
cheese making, antibiotics and vaccines etc. The course majorly focusses on the applications and allows students to gain
practical knowledge rather than mere theory. Major bottlenecks for the operation of biochemical industries will be
discussed.
Course Objective
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
• Understand fundamentals of enzymes and microbes for the manufacturing of products
• Understand various bioreactors of biotechnology industries
• Understand various manufacturing processes widely used in biotechnology

1. Introduction to industrial Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
biotechnology, scope and Lecture lesson treated,
Week1,2,3 applications Small group Ask questions on unclear ideas,
1.1. Classification of discussion Active participation in discussion
enzymes, sources and
assignment Doing assignment
characteristics
1.2.Bioprocesses, whole cell
and cell free systems.
1.3.Kinetics of enzyme
reactions, rapid reaction
kinetics, kinetics in water
rich and water deficient
medium.
269
May-2021
Quiz
2. Bioreactors Lecture Active participation in discussion
2.1 Types of bioreactors Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
Week 4,5,6 discussion treated,
2.2 Bioreactor design and
Question and answer Ask questions on unclear ideas,
control parameters Class work
2.3 Fermentation process
technology
2.3.1. Types of
fermentations-single,
batch, continuous,
multiple, surface,
submerged and solid
state
2.4 Biomaterial
separation processes.
Assignment 1
Week 7,8 3. Industrial products from Lecture; group Active participation in discussion
microorganisms discussion Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
✓ Antibiotics: Question and answer treated,
production of Class work Ask questions on unclear ideas
penicillin,
streptomycin.
✓ Interferons,
vaccines,
hormones, vitamins
Mid exam
Week9,10 4. Enzymes from microbes: Lecture; group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
amylase, protease. Organic discussion treated,
acids: citric acid, acetic Oral questions Ask questions on unclear ideas,
acid, amino acids: glutamic Asking questions Active participation in discussion
acid, lysine. Class work and
assignment
Assignment 2
Week11,12 5. Production of alcoholic Lecture; group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
beverages: bear and wine, discussion treated,
biofuels: ethanol, methane, Oral questions Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Asking questions Active participation in discussion
biogas
Class work and
assignment
Week12-15 6. Environmental Lecture; group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
biotechnology concepts discussion treated,
Oral questions Ask questions on unclear ideas,
and application:
Asking questions Active participation in discussion
6.1.Industrial waste Class work and
management, air quality assignment
270
May-2021
and control, bio-waste
management,
bioremediation.
6.2.Good Manufacturing
practices in
biotechnology
Wee16 Final Exam

Assessment Assessment and Evaluation
• Quiz ------------------------------------.5%
• Assignment 1………………………10%
• Assignment 2………………………10 %
• Mid exam ………………………..25%
• Final exam………………………...50%
• Total……………………………….100%
References
1. Whitaker and Stanbury. Principles of Fermentation Technology.
2. Casida. Industrial Microbiology. Tata McGraw Hill.
3. Text book of Biotechnology by R.C. Dubey. S. Chand. Edition- 5
4. Biotechnology for beginners by Reinhard Renneberg.
5. Introduction to Biotechnology - By P.K. Gupta
Nanomaterials
Module No 12
Module Code M12
Course Title Nanomaterials
ECTS 3
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
Instructor
Phone number
Information
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
271
May-2021
(per week) 2 4 3
and Room
Semester II
Course Description: The course should give a basic introduction to nanoscience and nanotechnology. The physical and
chemical methods of nanomaterials synthesis will be explained. The course will also cover different methods for synthesis
and characterization of different nanostructured materials. Under this course the industrial applications of nanomaterials
will be discussed in details.
Course Objective
• Qualitatively describe how the nanoparticle size can affect the morphology, crystal structure, reactivity, and
electrical properties.
• Describe the different techniques of nanomaterials synthesis.
• Characterize nanostructure materials using different instruments.
• Familiarize the students with the properties of nanomaterials and their applications.
• Use different forms of nanomaterials in different industrial sectors.
DELIVERY
Listen to a lecture
Chapter 1: Introduction to nanomaterials Lecture and take notes on
1.1 Main Terminology Small group the lesson treated,
1.1.1. Nano science and nanotechnology discussion Ask questions on
Week1&2 assignment unclear ideas,
1.2 Historical background of nanomaterials
1.3. Classification of Nanomaterials
in discussion
1.3.1. Classification of Nanomaterials Based on
Doing assignment
Their Origin
Chemical Composition
Dimensionality
Quiz
Chapter 2: Synthesis Methods of Nanomaterials Lecture; group Listen to a lecture
discussion and take notes on the
2.1. Top-down methods Oral questions lesson treated,
2.1.1. Mechanical Grinding Asking questions Ask questions on
Week3-6 Class work and unclear ideas,
2.1.2. Laser Ablation
assignment Active participation
2.1.3. Thermal decomposition in discussion
2.2. Bottom-up methods
272
May-2021
2.2.1. Sol-gel method and Chemical Vapour Deposition
(CVD) method
2.2.2. Co-precipitation and Hydrothermal/Solvothermal/
method
2.2.3. Microwave irradiation and Sonochemical method
2.2.4. Electrochemical and Thermolysis method
2.2.5 Green Approach using plant extract, microorganisms,
amino acids, peptides, & DNA templates
Chapter 3: Characterizations of Nanomaterials Lecture; group Listen to a lecture

3.1. Thermogravimetric - Differential thermal analysis Oral questions lesson treated,
(TGA/DTA) Asking questions Ask questions on
Class work and unclear ideas,
Week7-9 3.2. UV-Visible spectroscopy assignment Active participation
in discussion
3.3. Fourier transformation infrared spectroscopy
(FTIR)
3.4.. X-ray diffraction (XRD)
Mid
3.5. Scanning Electronic Microscopy and Energy Lecture; group Listen to a lecture
dispersive X-ray spectroscopy (SEM-EDS) Oral questions lesson treated,
3.6. Transmission Electronic Microscopy (TEM) Asking questions Ask questions on
3.7. X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) assignment Active participation
in discussion
3.8. Atomic Force Microscopy and Dynamic light
scattering (AFM& DLS)
Assignment 1
Chapter 4: Properties of Nanomaterials Lecture; group Listen to a lecture
4.1. Optical properties Oral questions lesson treated,
4.2. Chemical Properties Asking questions Ask questions on
Week 10-12 Class work and unclear ideas,
4.3. Mechanical properties assignment Active participation
in discussion
4.4. Electrical properties
4.5. Magnetic properties
273
May-2021
Chapter 5: Applications and Toxicity of Lecture; group Listen to a lecture
Nanomaterials Oral questions lesson treated,
5.1. Nanocatalytic and nanosensing applications Asking questions Ask questions on
5.2. Electronic, biological, energy conversion and assignment Active participation
in discussion
Week13-15 storage (e.g., batteries, super-capacitors, photovoltaic,
and fuel cells) applications
5.3. Medicine, paints, displays, cosmetics, food,
agriculture, and construction
5.4. Nanotoxicity
Assignment 2
Week16 Final Exam

Assessment Lecture Quiz…………………………………………….5 %
Assignment 1....................................................10 %
Assignment 2.............………………………….10 %
Mid exam ………………………………………25 %
Final Exam........................................................50 %
Reference
1. Kenneth J. Klabunde and Gleb B. Sergeev (2013).-Nanochemistry-Elsevier Science, Amsterdam, The
Netherland. ISBN. ISBN: 978-0-444-59397-9
2. C Brechignac, P Houdy, M Lahmani, Nanomaterials and Nanochemistry, 2011, Wiley, ISBN:
3. 0444593977Chemistry of Nanocrystalline oxide materials by K.C.Patil, M.S.Hegde, Tanu Rattan and
S.T.Aruna, World Scientific 2008.
4. Brechignac C., Houdy P. and Lahmani M. (2007)-Nanomaterials and Nanochemistry-Springer, Berlin
Heidelberg New York, ISBN 978-3-540-72992-1
5. Nanochemistry: A chemical Approach to Nanomaterials by G.A. Ozin, A.C.Arsenault, Royal Society of
Chemistry, London 2005.
6. The Chemistry of Nanomaterial Synthesis Properties and Applications by CNR Rao, A.Muller, A.K.Cheetham,
2 Vol.Wiley-VCH, Weinheim, Germany 2004.
7. Klabunde, K. J., Ed. (2001). Nanoscale Materials in Chemistry; Wiley: New York
274
May-2021
10.2.2.12. Research Project module courses Handbook
Research Methods and Experimental Design

Module No 13
Module Code M13
Course Title Research Methods Experimental Design
ECTS 3
Module
Coordinator
Name
Office number
Instructor
Phone number
Information
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 2 4 3
Lecture days, TBA
hours and Room
required
Target Group Fourth year Industrial chemistry students
Semester I
Course Description: Meaning of Research, Objectives of Research, Types of Research, Significance of Research, and
Criteria of Good Research, research problem, Research Process, Research proposal writing, and Research report.
Moreover, how to design experimental researches will be broadly discussed.
Course Objective:
At the end of the course, students will be able to:
• Familiarize on fundamentals of research
• Describe the steps to be followed in a research design.
• Use appropriate study designs which properly answer the research questions/objectives
• Demonstrate the various steps involved in the development of a research proposal
• Analyze scientific papers and communicate scientific findings.
• Explain the different types of experimental research designs
275
May-2021
Week Chapter1: Research ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on
1-3 ✓ Small group discussion
Fundamentals the lesson treated, Ask questions on
1.1 – What? Why do we do a ✓ Reading unclear ideas.
research? How?
1.2 Research characteristics
1.3 Research ethics and
integrity
Quiz
Week Chapter 2: Types of Research ✓ Lecture Active participation in discussion,
4-6 ✓ Small group discussion
2.1 Classification of Research listen to a lecture and take notes on
2.2 Basic and Applied Research ✓ Reading the lesson treated
2.3 Qualitative and Quantitative
Research
2.4. Analysis and Interpretation of
data
Project 1
Chapter3: Experimental research ✓ Lecture Active participation in discussion,
design ✓ Small group discussion listen to a lecture and take notes on
4.4. Experimental Research ✓ Question and answer the lesson treated.
Week- 4.5. Experimental Design
5-7 4.6. Types of experimental research
designs
4.6.1. Quantitative research
designs
4.6.2. Qualitative research
designs
4.7. Factors affecting selection of
research design
4.7.1. True Experimental
Design.
4.7.2. Quasi Experimental
Design
4.7.3. Pre-Experimental Design
Project 2
276
May-2021
4. Research proposal ✓ Lecture Active participation in discussion,
Week 4.1. Process in Research Proposal ✓ Small group discussion
listen to a lecture and take notes on
8-10 Development ✓ Question and answer
✓ Reading the lesson treated.
4.2. What is the Research Proposal?
4.3. Components of Research Proposal
5.Process in Conducting Research ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes
on the lesson treated, Active
5.1. Steps of Research Process ✓ Reading
Week
11-13 5.2. Inductive and Deductive Research
5.3. stages in the research process
• Inquiry
• Collection
• Organization
• Presentation
6. Reporting and Communicating ✓ Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on

Findings ✓ Question and answer the lesson treated, Active
6.1. Why Communicate Research ✓ Reading
Results
Week
14&1 6.2. Purpose for effective
5
communication
6.3. Criteria for Communicating
Research
6.4. Methods of communication
6.5. Writing a research report
6.5.1. Characteristics of research report
6.3.2. Steps in writing report
6.3.3. Format of research report
Week Final exam
16
Assessm • Quiz……………………………5 %
ent • Project 1 …..…………………10 %
• Project 2 ……..……………….10 %
• Final Examination: …………..50 %
Total…………………………100%
277
May-2021
policy - attend at least 85% of the classes.
Reference Books
1. C.R. Kothari, Research Methodology; Methods and techniques, New Age Int.l (P) Lit, Publishers, 2 ed, 2004.
2. Any other related books...
Student Project work

Module No 13
Module Code M13
Course Title Student Project work
ECTS 3
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 3 3 3
Room
Target Group Fourth Year Industrial chemistry students
Semester II
Course Description: Independent study of problems under the supervision of an advisor, Research Process or steps,
Research proposal writing, and Research report.
Course Objective:
At the end of the course, students will be able to:
• Identify research problem in their study field
• Write project proposal.
• Carry out research activities.
• Write the research work report in scientific manner.
• Present the research work.
278
May-2021
Note: The project work is accomplished as a fulfillment to graduate in BSc. Industrial Chemistry

Week- 1-14 Project work project advisor Doing Practical/lab work ----
consultancy Reading
Writing
Week 15 Project presentation
Assessment • Advisor evaluation on Project work ……30 %
• Research Report (paper work): …..…….. 40 %
• Research Report presentation :… ………..30 %
Total……………………………………100%

- Respect all rules & regulations of the university, students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of
students (article 166 and 166.1.1, of The Senate Legislation of Bahir Dar University May 20, 2005).
Reference Books
- It depends on the student’s project topics
10.3. Elective Courses Handbook
Textile Technology
Module No 14
Module Code M14
Course Title Textile Technology
ECTS 3
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
Status of Course Elective
(per week) 2 4 3
279
May-2021
Room
Target Group 4rh year Industrial chemistry students
Semester II
Course Description: A study of Textiles Technology provides students with broad knowledge of the properties,
performance and uses of textiles in which fabrics, yarns and fibers are explored, and how these are used in
conjunction with coloration and decoration techniques. Students develop an appreciation of the factors affecting them as
textile consumers. Current technologies and innovations that continue to emerge in the textile industry are addressed,
with an emphasis on their economic, social and environmental consequences.
Course Objective
At the end of the course students could be able to develop:
✓ knowledge and understanding of the properties and performance of textiles
✓ knowledge and understanding of, and skills in design for a range of textile applications
✓ knowledge and understanding of the significant role of textiles for the individual consumer and for
✓ society
✓ skills in the creative documentation, communication and presentation of design ideas
✓ skills in the critical selection and proficient and creative use of textile materials, equipment and
✓ techniques to produce quality textile items
✓ knowledge and skills to evaluate quality in the design and construction of textile items.
DELIVERY
Chapter 1: Introduction to Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
textile technology Lecture lesson treated,
Week1&2 Small group Ask questions on unclear ideas,

Chapter 2: Modern method of Small group lesson treated,
Yarn Manufacture discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Week3&4
Asking
questions
Class work
and assignment
Quiz
280
May-2021
Week 5&6 Chapter 3: Modern methods Lecture Active participation in discussion
of fabric manufacture Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
discussion lesson treated,
Question and Ask questions on unclear ideas,
answer
Class work
Assignment 1 + Mid exam
Week7-9 Chapter 4: Textile Active participation in discussion

processing and testing Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas
Question and
answer
Class work
Chapter 5: Modern Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Week10-11
Spinning & Texturising Small group lesson treated,
Asking questions
Class work and
assignment
Assignment 2
Week12-13 Chapter 6: Fibre Science and Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
Technology Small group treated,
Asking
questions
Class work and
assignment
Week14-15 Chapter 7: Garment Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
Manufacturing Technology Small group treated,
Asking
questions
Class work and
assignment
Week16 Final Exam
281
May-2021
• Quiz------------------------------------5%
• Assignment1--------------------------10%
• Assignment 2……………………10 %
• Mid exam ……………………..25 %
• Final exam……………………50%
respect all rules & regulations of the university.
References
Cement Technology

Module No 13
Module Code M13
Course Title Cement and ceramic Technology
ECTS 3
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 2 4 3
Room
Mode of Delivery semester
Semester II
282
May-2021
Course Description: Introduction to Cement; Properties of Ceramic Materials and Products; Classification of
ceramics; Testing Ceramic Raw Materials and Products; Individual Ceramic Materials; Processing Ceramic Ware;
cement; types of Cement; Cement Production Process; Hardening of Cement; Hardened Cement Paste;
Environmental Protection;
Course Objective
After completing this course students will be able to familiarized with cement; Properties of Ceramic Materials and
Products; Classification of ceramics; Testing Ceramic Raw Materials and Products; Individual Ceramic Materials;
Processing Ceramic Ware; cement; types of Cement; Cement Production Process; Hardening of Cement; Hardened
Cement Paste.

DELIVERY
Week 1&2 Chapter 1: Introduction to Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
ceramic Small group treated,
1.1. Properties of Ceramic discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Materials and Products assignment Active participation in discussion
1.2. Classification of ceramics
Chapter 2: Testing Ceramic Raw Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
Materials and Products Lecture treated,
2.1. Raw Material and Product Tests Small group Ask questions,
Week3&4 2.2. Simplified Testing of Clay Body discussion Active participation in discussion, Doing
Materials assignment assignment
2.3. Quality Control of Advanced
Ceramics
Quiz
Chapter 3: Individual Ceramic Lecture Active participation in discussion
Materials Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
3.1. Alumina discussion treated,
Week5&6 3.2. Zirconia Question and Ask questions,
3.3. Silicon Carbide answer
3.4. Silicon Nitride Class work
3.5. Ceramic –Ceramic Composites
3.6 Other Materials (Glass, Refractories,
Abrasives)
Assignment 1
Chapter 4: Manufacturing Methods Active participation in discussion
Processing Ceramic Ware Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
Week7-9 4.1. Preparation of Clay-based Forming Small group treated,
Systems discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas
4.2. Preparation of Advanced Ceramic Question and
Systems answer
4.3. Forming Ceramic Articles Class work
4.4. Drying and Finishing
4.5. Firing Ceramic Products
4.5.1. Firing Traditional Ceramics
283
May-2021
4.5.2. Densification of Advanced Ceramic
Products
4.6. Kilns and Firing Conditions
4.6.1. Modern Periodic Kilns
4.6.2. Tunnel Kilns
4.6.3. Advanced Ceramics Furnaces
4.6.4. Kiln Atmosphere
4.6.5. Fired Ware Finishing
Mid exam
Chapter 5: Introduction to cement Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
5.1. Types of Cement Small group treated,
5.2. Cements Containing Inorganic discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Binders Oral questions Active participation in discussion
5.2.1 Silicate Cements Asking
5.2.2 Sulfur Cements questions
.52.3 Hydraulic Cement Mortars Class work
5.3. Cements Containing Organic Binders and
Week10-12 5.3.1 Phenol–Formaldehyde Resin assignment
Cements
5.3.2 Furan Resin Cements
5.3.3 Epoxy Resin Cements
7.3.4 Unsaturated Polyester Resin
Cements
5.3.5 Vinyl ester Resin Cements
5.3.6 Bituminous Material Cements
6. Cement Constituents Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
6.1. Portland Cement Clinker Small group treated,
6.2. Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag (S) discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Week13-14 6.3. Pozzolanic Materials (P, Q) assignment Active participation in discussion
6.4. Fly Ash (V, W) Doing assignment
6.5. Burnt Oil Shale (T)
6.6. Limestone (LL, L)
6.7. Silica Fume (D)
6.8. Other Constituents
6.9. Types of Cement
Assignment 2
7. Cement Production Process Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
7.1. Storage Small group treated,
Week15 7.2. Grinding and Blending discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
7.3. Hardening of Cement Oral questions Active participation in discussion
7.4. Hydration Products Asking
7.5. Course of Hydration questions
Class work
and
assignment
Week16 Final Exam
284
May-2021
• Quiz ------------------------------------5%
• Assignment 1--------------------------10%
• Assignment 2.………………………10 %
• Mid exam …………………………25%
• Final exam………………………….50%
References
1. M. Klar: Technologie der Holzverkohlung,2nd ed., Springer Verlag, Berlin 1923.
2. H. M. Bunbury: The Destructive Distillationof Wood, Benn Brothers, London 1923.
3. L. F. Hawley: Wood Distillation, Chemical Catalog Company, New York 1923.
4. R. H. Bogue: The Chemistry of Portland Cement, 2nd ed., Reinhold Publ., New York 1955.
5. P. Barnes: Structure and Performance of Cements, Applied Science Publishers,London-New York 1983.
6. G. C. Bye: Portland Cement –Composition,Production and Properties, Pergamon Press, Oxford1983.
7. W. Czernin: Zementchemie für Bauingenieure,3rd ed., Bauverlag, Wiesbaden-Berlin 1977.
8. W. H. Duda: Cement Data Book, 2nd ed.,Bauverlag, Wiesbaden-Berlin 1977.
9. F. Keil: Hochofenschlacke, 2nd ed., Verlag
Pharmaceutical Technology

Module No 14
Module Code M14
Course Title Pharmaceutical Technology
ECTS 3
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
285
May-2021
Lab ECTS
work
(per week)
2 4 3
Room
required
Semester II
Course Description: Industrial Pharmacy covers manufacturing and packaging of oral liquids, capsules,
conventional tablets, coated tablets, and sterile products (parentals, ophthalmic, irrigating solutions). Equipment and
machinery used for production, quality control and the overall quality assurance and good manufacturing aspects of
these dosage forms are discussed. It also deals with unit processes like size reduction, mixing drying and granulation.
The practical sessions include powder characterization, granulation, tablet pressing (including effervescent)
determination of physical properties and dissolution of tablets, tablet coating, , and filling, sealing and sterilization
of ampoules.
Course Objective
Industrial Pharmacy aims to equip students’ with
• theoretical and practical aspects of manufacturing of pharmaceuticals;
• the necessary skills required for processing dosage forms at industrial scale; and the fundamentals of
quality assurance of pharmaceuticals and current good manufacturing practices.
• to provide the students with the unit processes taking place in industrial pharmacy.
DELIVERY
Chapter 1: Particle size Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
and powder technology Small group lesson treated,
Week 1&2 1.1. Introduction to solid state discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
properties assignment Active participation in discussion
1.2. Crystallization, Doing assignment
Polymorphism (polymorphs vs ,
BA), Hydrates and solvates,
the amorphous state, Crystal
habits and Surface energy and
powder sorption
1.3. Particle size analysis
1.4. Particle size reduction
1.5. Particle size separation
1.6. Mixing
286
May-2021
1.7. Powder flow
Week3&4 2. Granulation Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the

2.1. Introduction Small group lesson
2.2. Reasons for granulation discussion treated,
2.3. Methods of granulation assignment Ask questions on unclear ideas,
2.4. Mechanisms of granule
formation Doing assignment
2.5. Equipments
Quiz
Week5&6 3. Drying Lecture Active participation in discussion
3.1. drying of wet solids Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
3.2. Types of drying discussion lesson treated,
methods(conductive, Question and Ask questions on unclear ideas,
convective and radiation ) answer
3.3. Dryers for dilute Class work
solution and suspension
3.4. Freeze drying
3.5. Solute migration during
drying (consequence, factors
affecting solute migration
and methods of
minimization)
Assignment 1
Week7 4. Tablets and Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
compaction Small group treated,
4.1. Quality attributes assignment Active participation in discussion
4.2. Manufacturing Doing assignment
4.3. Fundamentals of
powder compaction
4.4. Excipients
Week8 5 . Tablet Coating Lecture Active participation in discussion
group discussion Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
5.1 Tablet coating principles
Question and treated,
5.2 Coatingprocess and answer Ask questions on unclear ideas
equipment Class work
5.3 Sugar coating and film
coating
Mid
287
May-2021
6. Capsules Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
Small group treated,
6.1 Hard capsules
6.1.1. Raw materials, assignment Active participation in discussion
Week9&10 6.1.2. Manufacturing (empty Doing assignment
capsule, filling and
equipments (powder,
semisolid, solid, liquid))
6.1.3. Formulation Powder
formulation, formulation for
filling properties,
formulation for release of
API, formulation for
position release
6.1.4. Soft gelatin capsules.
Description of the soft gel,
Rationale for selection,
Manufacture of the soft gel
Week11 7. Solutions Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
Small group treated,
7.1. Solutions as oral dosage
forms Oral questions Active participation in discussion
7.2. Solvents and other Asking questions
excipients
7.3. Stability
7.4. Manufacture
8. Suspension and Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
emulsion Small group treated,
Week12 8.1 Physical properties assignment Active participation in discussion
8.2 Formulation
8.3 Stability and
preservation
8.4 Manufacturing
8.5 Release of drugs
Assignment 2
9. Sterile product Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
Week13-14 9.1 Parentral products Small group treated,
9.2 Types of parentrals
9.3 Product development, Asking questions
vehicles, solutes, containers Class work and
9.4 Production design assignment
facilities, steps in
processing, packaging
288
May-2021
9.5 Aseptic room &
processing,
9.6 Ophthalmic and other
sterile preparations
10. Current good Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
manufacturing Small group treated,
practices discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Week15
10.1 Building and facilities
Asking questions
10.2 Organization and Class work and
personnel assignment
10.3 Material, packaging,
labeling control
10.4 Production & process
controls
10.5 Handling & distribution
Final Exam
• Quiz ------------------------------------5%
• Assignment 1--------------------------10%
• Assignment 2.………………………10 %
• Mid exam …………………………25%
• Final exam………………………….50%
References
1 . Ansels Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems (Paperback) by Loyd V., Jr. Allen, Nicholas G.
Popovich, Howard C. Ansel, Loyd V. Allen, Publisher: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 8th edition , 2004
2. Modern Pharmaceutics by Gilbert S. Banker (Editor), Christopher T. Rhodes (Editor) 4th edition, 2002, Marcel
Dekker
3. Merck Index: An Encyclopedia of Chemicals, Drugs, & Biologicals by Merck, Co, Maryadele J. Oneil (Editor), Ann
Smith (Editor) 13th edition, 2001, Merck & Co
4. The Theory and Practice of Industrial Pharmacy by Leon Lachman, Herbert A. Lieberman, Joseph L. Kanig. 3rd
edition, 1986, Lea & Febiger
5. Physical Pharmacy: Physical Chemical Principles in the Pharmaceutical Sciences by Alfred Martin, Pilar
Bustamante, A.H.C. Chun (Illustrator) , 4th edition, 1993, Lea & Febiger
6. Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients by Arthur H. Kibbe (Editor), Ainley Wade, Paul J. Weller, 3rd edition Vol
3, 2000, Amer. Pharmaceutical Assoc.
289
May-2021
Sugar Technology
Module No 14
Module Code M14
Course Title Sugar Technology
ECTS 3
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
Lab
Contact Hours Lecture Tutorial
work
Home study ECTS
(per week)
2 4 3
Room
Semester II
Course Description: Working Schemes of Various Sugar Factories; Ion -Exchange Processes in the Sugar Industry;
Production of Special Types of Sugar; Storage of White Sugar; Auxiliary Facilities in a Sugar Factory;
Desugarization of Molasses; Yield, Energy Requirements; Processing Aids, Water, and Working Time; Cane Sugar
Course Objective
At the end of the course students could be able to
➢ familarize withe sugar and sugar production technology;
DELIVERY
1. Working Schemes of Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Various Sugar Factories Lecture lesson treated,
Week1&2 1.1. Operation of a Raw Sugar Small group Ask questions,
Factory discussion Active participation in discussion
1.2. Operation of a White Sugar assignment Doing assignment
Factory –Standard Liquor Process
1.3. White Sugar Factories with a
Refinery Scheme
290
May-2021
1.4. Refining
2. Ion-Exchange Processes in Listen to a lecture and take notes on the

the Sugar Industry Lecture lesson treated,
2.1. Softening of Thin Juice Small group Ask questions on unclear ideas,
2.2. Exchange of Alkali Ions for discussion Active participation in discussion
Alkaline -Earth Ions assignment Doing assignment
2.3. Separation of Molasses into
Week3&4 Sugar and Nonsugar Fractions (Ion
Exclusion)
2.4. Decolorization of Remelt
Syrups and Thin Juices
2.5. Elimination of Ionogenic
Nonsugar Substances
2.6. Production of Liquid Sugar
Quiz
Week5&6 3. Production of Special Types Active participation in discussion
of Sugar Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
3.1. Cube Sugar Small group lesson treated,
3.2. Sugarloafs and Sugar Cones discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
3.3. Rock Candy Question and
3.4. Icing Sugar answer
3.5. Instant Sugar Class work
3.6. Preserving(Jelly) Sugar
3.7. Brown Sugar (Soft Sugar)
3.8. Sugar Solutions
3.9. Burnt Sugar and Caramel
Colors (Caramels)
3.10 Storage of White Sugar
Assignment 1
5. Auxiliary Facilities in a Lecture Active participation in discussion
Sugar Factory Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the lesson
Week7&8 5.1. Steam and Energy discussion treated,
Balance Question and Ask questions on unclear ideas
5.2. Drying, Pelletizing, and answer
Storing Pulp Class work
5.3. Lime–Carbon Dioxide
6. Desugarization of
Molasses
Mid exam
291
May-2021
Week 9&10 Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
7. Sugar Yield, Energy Small group discussion lesson treated,
Requirements, Oral questions Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Processing Aids, Water, Asking questions Active participation in discussion
and Working Time Class work and
assignment
8. Cane Sugar Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the

8.1. Sugarcane Cultivation Small group discussion lesson treated,
8.2. Composition of Oral questions Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Week11-13 Sugarcane Asking questions Active participation in discussion
8.3. Deterioration of Class work and
Sugarcane assignment
8.4. Harvesting and
Delivery
8.5. Sugarcane Processing:
Milling and Diffusion
8.5.1. Cleaning
8.5.2. Juice Extraction
8.5.3. Factory Fuel
8.6. Cane Factory Process
8.7. Direct White Sugar
Factory
8.8. Refining
Assignment 2
Week14 9. Sugar from Other discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Plants Oral questions Active participation in discussion
Asking questions
Class work and
assignment
10. Quality Demands on Listen to a lecture and take notes on the

Sugar and Side Products Lecture lesson treated,
Week 15 of Sugar Production Small group Ask questions on unclear ideas,
10.1. Refined and White discussion Active participation in discussion
Sugar assignment Doing assignment
10.2. Molasses
10.3. Vinasse
292
May-2021
10.4. Liquid Feed
Supplement
Week16 Final Exam

• Quiz ------------------------------------5%
• Assignment 1--------------------------10%
• Assignment 2.………………………10 %
• Mid exam …………………………25%
• Final exam………………………….50%

respect all rules & regulations of the university.
References
1. P. W. van der Poel, H. Schiweck, T. K.Schwartz (eds.): Sugar Technology, Verlag Dr. A. Bartens, Berlin,
Engl. ed. 1998, German ed.2000.
2. J. L. Multon (Coordin.): Le Sucre, Les Sucres, Les E´dulcorants et les Glucides de Charge dans les I.A.A.,
TEC & DOC–Lavoisier, Paris 1992.
3. O. Bia: Tecnologia e Impianti Industrial Saccariferi, Gruppo Ferruzzi Publishing, Eridania Béghin-Say 1992.
4. S. Marie, J. R. Piggott (eds.): Handbook of Sweeteners, Blackie and Son Ltd., GlasgowLondon 1991.
5. N. L. Pennington, C. W. Baker (eds.): A User’s Guide to Sucrose, Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York 1990.
6. G.-W. von Rymon Lipinski, H. Schiweck (eds.): Handbuch Süßungsmittel, Behr’s Verlag, Hamburg 1990.
7. J. C. P. Chen, Ch. Ch. Chou (eds.): Cane Sugar Handbook, 12th ed., J. Wiley & Sons, New York 1993.
8. R. A. McGinnis: Beet-Sugar Technology, 3rded., “Beet Sugar Development Foundation,” Fort Collins,
Colorado 1982.
9. Autorenkollektiv: Die Zuckerherstellung, 2nded., VEB Fachbuchverlag, Leipzig 1980.
10.K. Vukov: Physik und Chemie der Zuckerrübeals Grundlage der Verarbeitungsverfahren, Akadémiai
Kiadó, Budapest, russ. ed. 1972.
293
May-2021
Leather Chemistry and Technology

Module No 14
Module Code M14
Course Title Leather Chemistry and Technology
ECTS 3
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 2 4 3
Room

Semester II
Course Description: Introduction to traditional tanning in Ethiopia; Hides and Skins structure; Curing; Hide and Skin
proteins; Tannery operation; Beamhouse; Deliming, Bating, and Pickling; Chrome Tanning; Vegetable Tanning; Resins,
Syntans, and aldehyde Tannages; Dyeing; Fatliquoring; The dying of leather; Finishing; Tannery effluents; Leather
testing and analysis. Visit to leather industry in Bahir Dar.
Course Objective
At the end of the course the students will be able to:
➢ Understand the structures and properties of skin
➢ Know the ways of curing and dying;
➢ Describe the physico -chemical properties of leather in different processes.
DELIVERY
294
May-2021
1. Introduction to Traditional Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Tanning in Ethiopia and Small group lesson treated,
discussion Ask questions,
Commercial aspect of tanning
Week 1 assignment Active participation in discussion,
Doing assignment
2. Skin-Histology and Structure Listen to a lecture and take notes on the

2.1 Structure and chemical Lecture lesson treated,
composition. Small group Ask questions on unclear ideas,
2.2 Physiological functions of skin
components.
2.3 Histology of hides and skins.
2.4 Collagen-amino acid
Week2&3 composition, molecular and
macromolecular structure.
2.5 Principal structural
characteristics and properties of non-
collgenous proteins (keratin, elastin
and globular) and non-protein
constituents (glycosoamino glycans,
lipids, pigments and mineral salts
Quiz
Week4 3. Curing Active participation in discussion
3.1. Drying Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
3.2. Salt Curing
3.3. Brine Curing
Question and answer
3.4. Wet blue or blue side Class work
3.5. Ecological consideration of
curing process
4. Tannery Operation Active participation in discussion
4.1. Raw material cost Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
4.2. Labour cost Small group lesson treated,
4.3. Chemical cost discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
4.4. Machinery and equipment cost Question and answer
4.5. Effluent treatment cost Class work
4.6 Basis of profitability in tannery
Week5-6 operation
4.7. Contact tanning
4.8 Practical Tanning procedures
4.9. Heavy leather
4.10. Production of sole leather
4.11. Side leather
4.12. The Manufacture of Garment
suede leather
4.13. Glove leathers and fancy leathers
Mid exam
295
May-2021
5. Beam house Lecture Active participation in discussion
5.1. Soaking Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Week7 5.2. Disinfectants discussion lesson treated,
5.3. Unhairing Question and answer Ask questions on unclear ideas
5.4. Liming Class work
5.5. Non-lime unhairing systems
6. Deliming, Bating & Pickling Lecture Active participation in discussion
6.1. Deliming Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Week8 6.2. Bating discussion lesson treated,
6.3. Pickling Question and answer Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Class work
Assignment 2
7. Chrome Tanning Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
7.1. Chemistry of the chrome salts: Lecture lesson treated,
Basicity concepts, Coordination Small group Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Week9&10 Complexes, Masking agents, Hide discussion Active participation in discussion
Protein Oral questions
7.2. Practical Concepts of Chrome Asking questions
Tanning Class work and
7.3. Techniques of preparing Chrome assignment
Tanning
7.4. Chrome Tanning equipment:
Drum tanning, Dry tanning,
Weak acid chrome tanning, Two-bath
chrome tanning, Aluminum tanning.
7.5. Recycling of Chrome tanning
materials
Week 11 8. Vegetable Tanning Active participation in discussion
8.1. The Vegetable Tannins: Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Condensed tannins, Hydrolysable Small group lesson treated,
tannins. discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
8.2. Extraction of Vegetable Tanning Question and answer
Materials Class work
8.3. Chemistry of the Vegetable
Extraction System
8.4. Process in Vegetable Tanning
Week12 9. Dying
9.1. The synthetic dyes
9.2. Theory of dye fixation
9.3. Measurement of Color
10. Fat liquoring Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
10.1 Theory of Emulsion Lecture lesson treated,
Week 13 10.2. Fat liquoring Emulsion Stability Small group Ask questions on unclear ideas,
10.3. Mechanism of fat liquoring discussion Active participation in discussion
11.The Drying of Leather Oral questions
11.1. Effects of Drying Asking questions
11.2. Moisture content of leather Class work and
assignment
296
May-2021
11.3.Practical drying Techniques: Air
drying, Tacking, Togging,
Pasting, Vacuum drying,
Week14 12. Finishing Active participation in discussion

12.1. Requirement of leather finishing Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
12.2. Coating Technology Small group lesson treated,
12.3. Leather Finishing Methods discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
12.4. Methods of Application Question and answer
13. Tannery Effluent Class work
13.1. Effluent Control Regulations
13.2. Processing of Tannery Effluents
13.3. Trends in the industry in effluent
control
14. Leather Testing and Analysis Lecture Active participation in discussion
14.1. Physical Test: Tensile strength, Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Week15 Grap method, Stick tear, discussion lesson treated,
14.2. Moisture Related tests Question and answer Ask questions on unclear ideas,
14.3. Chemical Analysis of Leather Class work
Week16 Final Exam
• Quiz ------------------------------------5%
• Assignment 1--------------------------10%
• Assignment 2.………………………10 %
• Mid exam …………………………25%
• Final exam………………………….50%
References
1.K. J. Bienkiewicz, Physical Chemistry of leather Making, 1stEdition, Robert E Krieger publishing Co., 1983.
2. B. M. Haines, Leather Under the Microscope, British leather confederation1981.
3. F. O’Flaherty, W. T. Roddy and R. M. lollar, Chemistry and technologyof leather of volumes, Robert Krieger, 1991
reprint.
4. J. Woodhend, D. Galloway, the Anatomy of a protein, 1stEdition Edward Arnold, 1979.
5. Progress in leather Science 1920
10.4. Supportive Courses Handbook
297
May-2021
Applied Mathematics I
Module Name Mathematics Module

Module No 15
Module Code M15
Course Title Applied Mathematics I
Course Code Math2151
ECTS 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
(per week) 3 7 5
Room

Semester I
Course Description: This course contains the following contents: Vectors, Matrices, Determinants and system of Linear
equations, Derivative and its applications, some transcendental functions with inverses, Integration and its applications.
Course Objective
• Understand the concept of vectors and matrices.
• Find the equation of lines and planes in space.
• Find the distance between two lines (two planes).
• Solve system of linear equations by using an appropriate method.
• Determine eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a matrix.
• Appreciate the applications of eigenvalues and eigenvectors in real problems.
298
May-2021
• Interpret physical and Geometrical meaning of derivative of function at a given point.
• Find the global or relative extreme values of a function.
• Sketch the graph of a function.
• Evaluate the limits of functions by using L’Hopital’s Rule.
• Find the derivative of a function defined implicitly.
• Evaluate the integral of a function by using an appropriate method.
• Evaluate the improper integral.
• Find the volume of solid region generated by revolving a plane region about a certain suitable axis.
• Find the arc length of a curve determined by a function
• Find the surface area of solid region.
DELIVERY
Chapter 1: Vectors Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
1.1 Definition Small group lesson treated,
1.2 Operations on vectors
Week 1&2 assignment Active participation in discussion,
1.3 Cartesian Coordinates in Doing assignment
space
1.4 Vector in space
1.5 1.5 Norm of a vector
1.6 Scalar and Cross product
1.7 Equations of lines and
planes in space
Chapter 2:Matrices and Determinants Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
2.1 Definition Lecture lesson treated,
2.2 Matrix operations and their Small group Ask questions on unclear ideas,
properties discussion Active participation in discussion
2.3 Elementary row operations and assignment Doing assignment
Echelon forms
2.4 Rank of a Matrix
Week3-5
2.5 Inverse of a Matrix
2.6 Determinant of a square matrix
2.7 Inverse using determinant
2.8 System of linear equations
(Gauss Jordan method and
Cramer’s rule)
2.9 Eigenvalues and eigenvectors
Quiz
299
May-2021
Week6-9 Chapter 3: Derivatives and its Active participation in discussion
applications Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
3.1 Definition Small group lesson treated,
3.2 Differentiable function discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Question and answer
3.3 Derivatives of differentiable
Class work
function
3.4 Derivatives of combination of
Functions
3.5 Chain rule
3.6 Higher derivatives
3.7 Implicit differentiation
Mid
3.8 Applications of derivatives Active participation in discussion
3.8.1 Max.& Min.value Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
3.8.2 Mean value theorem & its Small group lesson treated,
application discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Question and answer
3.8.3 Derivative test (1st & 2nd tests)
Class work
3.8.4 Extreme values
3.8.5 Concavity and inflection pts
3.8.6 L’Hopital’s rule
Assignment 1
Chapter 4: SomeTranscendental Active participation in discussion

unctions with inverses Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
4.1 Definition of inverse of a Small group lesson treated,
Week10-11 function &their property discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
4.2 Derivative of inverse function Question and answer
4.3 Trigonometric functions Class work
4.4 Hyperbolic functions
Assignment 2
Chapter 5: Integrals Lecture Active participation in discussion
5.1 The indefinite integral and Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Week12-15 integration rules discussion lesson treated,
5.2 Techniques of integration Question and answer Ask questions on unclear ideas
5.2.1 Integration by substitution Class work
5.2.2 Integration by parts
5.2.3 Integration by partial fraction
5.2.4 Integration by Trigonometric
substitution
5.3 Trigonometric integrals
5.4 Definite integral and its
properties
5.5 Fundamental theorem of
Calculus
5.6 Improper integrals
300
May-2021
5.7 Applications of integrals
5.7.1 Volume
5.7.2 Arc length
5.7.3 surface Area
Week16 Final Exam

• Quiz ------------------------------------5%
• Assignment 1--------------------------10%
• Assignment 2.………………………10 %
• Mid exam …………………………25%
• Final exam………………………….50%
References
Text: R.Ellis and D.Gulick: Calculus with Analytic Geometry 5th edition
Reference Materials:
1. Leslie Hogben: Elementary Linear Algebra

2. Howard Anton: Elementary Linear Algebra
3. Howard Anton: Calculus with Analytic Geometry 5th edition
Applied Mathematics II
Module Name Mathematics Module

Module No 15
Module Code M15
Course Title Applied Mathematics II
Course Code Math2152
ECTS 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Instructor Information
Office number
301
May-2021
Phone number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites Applied Mathematic I
(per week) 3 7 5
Room

Semester II
Course Description: The course gives emphasis on Sequences and Series: Real Series, Power Series; Fourier Series;
Differential Calculus of Several Variables: Quadric Surfaces, Partial derivatives, The chain Rule, Directional derivatives
and gradient, Tangent plane of the surface of functions of two or three Variables, Extreme of functions of two or three
variables and Multiple Integrals; Double integral, Triple integral.
Course Objective
Identify convergent and divergent sequences
➢ Identify convergence Tests.
➢ Describe functions using Taylor Series.
➢ Represent functions using Fourier Series.
➢ Compute Extreme Values of functions.
➢ Evaluate double & Triple integrals.
➢ Apply mathematical knowledge and skill to solve engineering problems
DELIVERY
Chapter 1: Real Sequences and Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Series Small group lesson treated,
1.1 Real Sequence
assignment Active participation in discussion, Doing
1.2 Convergence Properties of
assignment
Sequence.
1.3 Monotonic Sequences
1.4 Real Series
1.5 Positive Series
Week 1-4 1.5.1 Integral Test
1.5.2 Comparison Test
1.5.3 Ratio Test
1.5.4 Root Test.
1.6 Alternating Series Test
1.7 Conditional and absolute
302
May-2021
convergence
1.8 Power Series
1.8.1 Radius and interval of
Convergence
1.8.2 Differentiation and
integration of power series
1.9 Taylor Series and Maclaurinn
Series
Quiz and Assignment 1
Chapter 2: Fourier Series Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Lecture lesson treated,
2.1. Orthogonality of set of Small group Ask questions on unclear ideas,
functions discussion Active participation in discussion
2.2. Periodic functions.
Week5-7 2.3. Fourier Series.

2.4. Functions of Period p=2L.
2.5. Even and Odd functions.
2.6. Half- Range expansions.
2.7. Parserval’s formula
Mid
Chapter 3: Differential Active participation in discussion
Calculus of functions of Several Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Variables Small group lesson treated,
3.1. Functions of Several discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Question and answer
Variables. Class work
3.2. Quadric Surfaces
3.3. Limit and Continuity of
functions of two or three Variables.
Week8-11
3.4. Partial derivatives and total
differential of functions of two or
three variables.
3.5. The chain Rule.
3.6. Directional derivatives and
gradient
3.7. Tangent plane of the
surface of functions of two
or three Variables.
3.8. Tangent plane pproximation.
3.9 Extreme of functions of two
or three variables.
303
May-2021
3.9.1 Application of extreme
values
3.9.2 Lagrange Multipliers.
Assignment 2
Chapter 4 : Multiple Integrals Active participation in discussion
4.1. Double integral. Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
4.1.1. Iterated integral discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
4.1.2. Double integrals in polar Question and answer
Class work
coordinates
4.1.3. Area and volume
4.1.4. Surface area
Week12-15 4.2. Triple integral.
4.2.1. Iterated integral
4.2.2. Triple integrals in
cylindrical and spherical
coordinates.
4.3. Volume using triple integrals

Week16 Final Exam
• Quiz ------------------------------------5%
• Assignment 1--------------------------10%
• Assignment 2.………………………10 %
• Mid exam …………………………25%
• Final exam………………………….50%
References
[1] R.Ellis & D. Gulick; Calculus with analytic Geometry
[2] E. Kreysizing; Advanced Engineering mathematics, 7th ed.
[3] Dr. B.S Grewal; Higher Engineering Mathematics, 37th ed.
[4] Howard Anton; Calculus with analytic Geometry
304
May-2021
Introduction to Statistics
Module Name Statistics
Module No 16
Module Code M16
Course Title Introduction to Statistics
Module No
Course Coordinator
Instructor / Tutor Statistics Program Staff
ECTS 3
Contact Hours (per day) Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Home study ECTS
2 4 3
Semester II
Prerequisite None
Status of the Course Supportive Course
Course Description: Basic concepts in statistics; Methods of data collection; Method of Data representation Frequency
Distribution and graphs /diagrams; Measure of central tendency: The means: simple, weighted, Harmonic& Geometric;
Median and mode. Measures of variation (Absolute and Relative: Discussion, Analysis and comparisons of various
measures. Elementary Probability theory; probability distribution: Binomial, Poisson, Normal, t, chi-square. Sampling
and sampling Distributions of the mean ;Statistical inference : concepts of parameter & Statistic ;Estimation (point &
Interval )and hypothesis testing for one mean and proportion ;Test of association .Simple linear regression and
correlation as well as spearman’s Rank correlation coefficient.
Objective of the course: At the end of this course the students be able to; -
✓ Explain the basic concepts in statistics
✓ Identify the different types of distributions.
✓ Know and apply the collection and organization of data
✓ Identifying the different types of sampling techniques.
✓ Describe the mathematical sense for distribution.
✓ Analyze and conclude based on the collected data.
Chapter 1. Introductions Active participation in
Week1&2 1.11.1) Definition & classifications discussion
1.2) Method of data collection and -Lecture Method Listen to a lecture and
organization take notes on the
-Discussion Method
lesson treated,
1.3) Method of data representation
305
May-2021
Ask questions on
unclear ideas
Quiz
Week3&4 Chapter 2. Measures of central Active participation
tendency in discussion
2.1) Mathematical measures -Lecture Method Listen to a lecture and
2.2) Positional measures. take notes on the
-Discussion Method
lesson treated,
2.3) The mode
Ask questions on
unclear ideas
Week5&6 Chapter 3: Measures of Variation Active participation

3.1) Positional measures in discussion
-Lecture Method Listen to a lecture and
3.2) Mathematical Measures
-Discussion Method take notes on the
3.3) Relative measures of variation
lesson treated,
Ask questions on
unclear ideas
Assignment 1
Week7&8 Chapter 4: Elementary Active participation
Probability theory in discussion
Listen to a lecture and
4.1) Possibilities -Lecture Method take notes on the
4.2) Probabilities -Discussion Method
lesson treated,
4.3) Total of probability and Baye’s Ask questions on
theorem unclear ideas
Mid Exam
Chapter 5. Discrete Probability Active participation
Distributions in discussion
Week9&10 -Lecture Method Listen to a lecture and
5.1) Mean & Variance of discrete -Discussion Method take notes on the
probability distributions. lesson treated,
5.2) The binomial distribution Ask questions on
5.3) The poisson distribution unclear ideas
Chapter 6. Continuous Active participation
Week11 probability distribution in discussion
-Lecture Method Listen to a lecture and
6.1. Mean & variance of continuous
take notes on the
variable -Discussion Method
lesson treated,
306
May-2021
6.2. The normal distribution Ask questions on
unclear ideas
Assignment 2
Chapter 7. Elementary sampling -Lecture Method Active participation
theory -Discussion Method in discussion
Week12&13 7.1. Introduction to sampling theory Listen to a lecture and
take notes on the
7.2. Statistical Estimation of mean
lesson treated,
7.3. Test of hypothesis of mean & Ask questions on
proportion unclear ideas
7.4. Tests of Association of attributes
Chapter 8: Simple linear and -Lecture Method Active participation
Regression -Discussion Method in discussion
Week14&15 Listen to a lecture and
8.1. Simple linear regression of Y
take notes on the
on X and X on Y lesson treated,
8.2. Simple linear correlation Ask questions on
unclear ideas
8.3.Spearman’s Rank correlation
Week16 Final exam
• Quiz ------------------------------------5%
• Assignment 1--------------------------10%
• Assignment 2.………………………10 %
• Mid exam …………………………25%
• Final exam………………………….50%
Reference books
✓ Freund & Simon : Modern Elementary statistics (9th edition).
✓ Snedecor &Cochron(1980): Statistical Methods (7th edition).
✓ S.C Gupta and V.K. Kapoor ,Fundamental Mathematical statistics
307
May-2021
Introduction to Computer Programming
Module Name Computer

Module No 17
Module Code M17
Course Title Introduction to Computer Programming
Course Code Comp2171
ECTS 3
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
Status of Course Supportive
(per week) 1 3 2 3
Room
required
Target Group
2nd Year Industrial chemistry students
Semester II
Course Description: Introduction to PC Applications; an overview of computer Science; historical Development of
computers; logical organization of a computer system; data Representation inside computers; computer arithmetic;
computer system architecture; system software (operating software, language software…); problem solving using
computers; programming concepts; programming using C++ and Mat lab Excel and its application.
Course Objective
At the end of this course students should be able to:
• Introduce to PC applications.
• Logical design of computer system and data representations of data in Pc.
• Analyze; variety of problems and generate appropriate algorithmic solutions using computers.
308
May-2021
• Understand the basic concept of C++ programming language and try to write codes and develop programs using
C++.
• Have a basic knowledge about c++ programming language and solve logical and complex mathematical problems
using c++ programming, using excitable programs
DELIVERY
Chapter 1: Introduction to Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Week 1-3 Lecture lesson treated,
Computer System
Small group Ask questions on unclear ideas,
1. What is a Computer? discussion Doing assignment
2. Types of Computers assignment Lab work: Microsoft word application
3. Computer Systems practical work
4. Computer Hardware
5. Computer software
Quiz
Chapter 2: Introduction to Active participation in discussion
Lecture ,
C++ Programming
I. Introduction
discussion
Week4-6 2. Algorithms (Pseudo code and
Question Lab work: Microsoft word application
flowchart)
and Borland c++
3. Translation of Programming
practical work
language (Preprocessor, Compiler,
Linker, Debugging (logical, syntax
errors))
4. Primitive Data types and User
Defined data types
5.Operators_& their precedence
Assignment 1
Chapter 3: Simple Active participation in discussion and lab.
Statements Assignment
3.1 Introduction Lab work: Borland c++
C++
Week6-8 3.2 The Format of a C++
Program programming
3.3 Variable and Constant practical work
Declarations
3.4 Input and Output
Statements
3.5 Comment Statements
Mid Exam
309
May-2021
Chapter 4: Control Lab work :Writing C++
Statements Lecture Program
Assignment
4..1 Introduction using
Week9&10 4.2 Selection and Multiple- programming
Borland
Selection practical work
4.3 Statement(if, if-else and
switch stmts)
4.4 Loop Statement (while,
for, do-while)
4.5 Jump Statements (break,
continue, go-to)
Lecture Lab work: Writing C++
Chapter 5: Functions Assignment Program
5.1 Introduction programming using
Week11&12
5.2 Defining Function practical work
Borland
5.3 Scope of Variables
5.4 Calling function (by
value and by reference)
5.5 Introduction to
recursion
Assignment 2
Chapter 6: Arrays and
pointers Arrays
6.1 Introduction
Week13&14 6.2 Implementing arrays Borland C++
6.3 Multidimensional arrays
6.4 Strings and arrays of
characters
6.5 Passing arrays to
functions Pointers
6.6 Introduction
6.7 Implementing pointers
Chapter 7: Introduction
to Streams and File
Week15 Processing
310
May-2021
7.1 Introduction to streams
7.2 Data files and streams
7.3 Text files
Final Exam
Assessment • Quiz…………………………………5%.
• Assignment 1………………………10%.
• Assignment 2………………………10%.
• Mid…………………………………..25%.
• Final Exam ……………………..… 50%
Total………………………………. 100
- take final examination. respect all rules & regulations of the university.
References
1. C++: An Introduction to Computing, 2nd edition (Adams, Leestma, and Nyhoffi Prentice-Hall, 1998)
2. Halterman, Richard. Fundamentals of Programming and Sof1ware Design in Java. 2001
3. Thinking in C++, 4th Edition (Sunil K. Pandey GTBP1, New Delhi)
4. C++ How to program, Fifth Edition (By H, M. Deitel - Deitel & Associates, Inc., P. J. Deitel - Deitel & Associates,)
(Soficopy of the book is available
Plant Design and Economics
Module Name Industrial management

Module No 18
Module Code M18
Course Title Plant Design and Economics
Course Code Ieng3181
ECTS 5
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites None
Status of Course Supportive
311
May-2021
Lecture Tutorial Lab work Home ECTS
Contact Hours
study
(per week)
3 7 5
Room
Semester I
Course Description: This course has two parts. On the first part it studies the nature and scope of industrial management,
application and validity of management thoughts to modern industrial environment, management cycles: planning,
organizing, staffing, directing and controlling and development of decision-making skills using quantitative techniques.
On the second part, it covers the introduction to engineering economics, depreciation, cost comparison of alternative
methods, methods of investment evaluation and economic analysis of industrial operations
Course Objective
Up on the completion of this course:
The students have to be able to know the principles and applications of Industrial management, the concept of engineering
economics to make various decisions in industrial environment and estimating cost of various resource utilizations of
industrial operations.
DELIVERY
1. Nature & scope of industrial Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
management Lecture lesson treated,
1.1. Introduction Small group Ask questions on unclear ideas,
1.2. Importance of management discussion Active participation in discussion
13. Function of management and
management role
1.4. Management hierarchy, skill and .
style)
Week1-3 1.5.Contemporary management skills
1.6. Application & validity of
management thought to modern
engineering industrial environment
(school of management thought, Classical
or traditional school, Behavioral science
approach, Quantitative school )
1.7.Job Analysis
1.8.Personnel Selection Processes
1.8.1. Common instruments for selection
1.8.2. Battery test
1.8.3. Prediction criteria
1.8.4. Cut-off points
312
May-2021
1.8.5. Training, Placement, Promotion etc
Quiz
2.Functions of management Active participation in discussion
2.1. Planning , Organization, Staffing, Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Week4&5 Directing and Controlling Small group lesson treated,
2.2. Development of decision-making
Question and
skill using quantitative techniques with
answer
case studies) Class work
Assignment I
3.Introduction to Engineering Lecture Active participation in discussion
Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Economics
Week6&7 discussion lesson treated,
3.1. Time Value of Money Question and Ask questions on unclear ideas
3.2. Cash Flow and Cash Flow Diagrams answer
3.3. Present Worth, Future Worth, Class work
3.4. Interest Rates & Interest Periods
Mid Exam
Week 8&9 4. Depreciation Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
4.1. Basic Concepts
4.2. Depreciation Computation Oral questions Active participation in discussion
Methods Asking questions
Class work and
assignment
5. Cost Comparison of Alternative Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Methods Small group lesson treated,
Week10-12 5.1. Cost Comparison Techniques discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
5.2. Present Worth of Costs Oral questions Active participation in discussion
Asking questions
5.3. Capitalized Costs
Class work and
5.4. Equivalent Uniform Annual
Costs
Assignment II
6. Methods of investment Evaluation Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
7. Economic Analysis of Industrial
Week 13-15 discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Operations Oral questions Active participation in discussion
Asking questions
8. Evaluation
Class work and
assignment
Week16 Final Exam
313
May-2021
Assessment • Quiz…………………………………5%.
• Assignment 1………………………10%.
• Assignment 2………………………10%.
• Mid…………………………………..25%.
• Final Exam ……………………..… 50%
Total………………………………. 100
References:
1. Kinard, J. Management, D.C. Heath and Company: Toronto, (1988)
2. Bernard W. Taylor , Introduction to Management Science, Prince Hall ,USA, 1996*
3. L.M Prasad, Principles and practice of management, 2001
4. W.R. Plunkett, Introduction to management, 1985
5. Kurtz, Max P.E., Hand Book of Industrial Management, New York: McGraw Hill, Inc. 1984,
6. Max Kurtz, P.E., Engineering Economics for Professional Engineers’ Examinations, 3rd Edition, 1985.*
7. Leland T. Blank, Anthony J. Tarquin, Engineering Economy, 3rd Edition, 1995.
8. Grant/Ireson/Leavenworth, Principles of Engineering Economy, 8th Edition,
Total Quality Management
Module Name Industrial Management

Module No 18
Module Code M18
Course Title Total Quality Management
ECTS 3
Module Coordinator
Name
Office number
E-mail
Consultation hours
Pre-requisites Plant Design and Economics
(per week) 2 4 3
Room
314
May-2021
required
Target Group 4rh Year Industrial chemistry students
Semester II
Course Description: Quality-concepts; philosophy and systems: The seven quality tools; quality planning
and quality function development; concepts of Deming, Ishikawa, juran, Cosby, and Taguchi's approach in
quality; planning, organization and improvement; introduction to ISO-9000 and ISO-1400.
Course Objective
➢ To introduce students with the TQM concepts, techniques and various process
analysis tools, international standards, and expose students to organizational wide
continuous quality improvement.

DELIVERY
Chapter 1: Introduction to TQM Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
1.1. Definitions of Terms Small group lesson treated,
1.1.1. Quality Control discussion Ask questions,
assignment Active participation in discussion,
1.1.2. Quality Assurance
Doing assignment
1.1.3. Total Quality Management
Week 1-2 1.1.3.1. Characteristics of TQM
1.2. Distinction between
1.2.1. Quality and Reliability
1.2.2. Process and System
1.2.3. Specifications and Standards
1.3.Traditional Management
Approaches to Ensure Quality
Chapter 2:TQM Approach Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
2.1. Prominent TQM Contributors Lecture lesson treated,
2.1.1. Deming's Philosophy and discussion Active participation in discussion
Management Approach assignment Doing assignment
2.1.2. Juran's Philosophy and

Week3-4 Management Approach
2.1.3. Crosby's Philosophy and
Management Approach.
2.14. Kaoru Ishikawa's Contribution
to Quality Circles
315
May-2021
2.1.5. Taguchi Method
2.1.6. Total Loss Function
2.17. Assessing Loss Function
through Quadratic Equation
Quiz
Chapter 3: Design, Reliability Active participation in discussion
and Costs Small group lesson treated,
3.1. Design of Products/Services and discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Processes Question and answer
Class work
Week5-7 3.2. Reduction of Variations
3.3. Product/Service Design for
Quality
3.4. Use of Computer for Design
3.5. Effect of Design on Reliability.
3.6. Quality Function Development
3.7. Quality Costs
3.8. Necessary Cost
3.9. Poor Quality Related
Unnecessary Cost
Mid + Assignment 1
Chapter4: Seven Techniques for Active participation in discussion
TQM Adoption and Lecture Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Implementation Small group lesson treated,
a) Quality Policy: Objectives, discussion Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Changing Culture, Preparing Question and answer
Quality Policy Documents, Class work
Developing Effective Strategies for
Achieving Objectives, Identification
of Critical Success Factors (CSF),
Reviewing Organizational
Structure, Employee Empowerment
Week8-10 b) Quality Systems: Quality
System Design
c)Quality Planning: Quality Plan,
Planning for Purchasing
d)Quality System Audit and
Review: Who Conducts Audit,
Common Audit Targets, Audit &
Review Methods to Be Applied,
Checking System, Defect
Investigation and Follow-up, Then,
on the basis of the outcomes,
Corrective Measures
316
May-2021
e) Measurement of Quality:
Conformance to specification,
Effectiveness and Efficiency,
Productivity, Impact in
Organization
f) Teamwork for Quality: Stages
of Team Development, Attributes of
Successful Teams, Role of
Leadership for Teamwork, Action
Centered Leadership Role for
Teamwork, Situational Oriented
Leadership Role for Teamwork,
Benefits of Teamwork for Problem
Solving, Types of Teams of
Required for Quality
g) Communication and Training
for Quality: Impact of
Communication on Business,
Training for Quality, Setting
Training Objectives Establishing
Training Body, Specifying Quality
Training Needs, Preparing Training
Program, Content of Quality
Training, Implementing Training,
Assessing the Results Reviewing
Effectiveness of Training
Assignment 2
Chapter 5: Various Process Tools Lecture Active participation in discussion
5.3.Statistical Process Control Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
(SPC) discussion lesson treated,
5.4.Common Variable Charts Question and answer Ask questions on unclear ideas
5.5.Attribute Charts Class work
Week11-12
5.6.Construction of Variable
Charts
5.7.Calculation of R Control
Limits
5.8.Calculation of Control
Limits
5.9.Construction of Attribute
Charts:
5.9.1. C- Control chart
5.9.2. Construction of
Attribute Charts:
5.9.3. p Control chart
5.10. Process Capability
Evaluation
317
May-2021
5.11. Automated Process
Control Technique.
Chapter 6: Acceptance Sampling Lecture Active participation in discussion

Plans Small group Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
6.4.Acceptance sampling by discussion lesson treated,
attributes Question and answer Ask questions on unclear ideas,
6.5.Acceptance sampling by Class work
variables
Week13-14
6.6.Quality guides for acceptance
sampling plans
6.7.Sampling Plans
6.7.1. Single sampling plan
6.7.2. Double sampling plan
6.7.3. Multiple sampling plan
Assignment 2
Chapter 7: Introduction to ISO Listen to a lecture and take notes on the
Family Standards Lecture lesson treated,
7.1 ISO 9000 Standards 7.2 ISO Small group Ask questions on unclear ideas,
Week14-15 9001 2000 discussion Active participation in discussion
7.3 ISO14000 Environmental Oral questions
Management Systems Asking questions
Class work and
7.4 Relations between ISO 9000
assignment
and ISO14000
Week16 Final Exam
• Quiz ------------------------------------5%
• Assignment 1--------------------------10%
• Assignment 2.………………………10 %
• Mid exam …………………………25%
• Final exam………………………….50%
References
1. Jain, K.C and Chitale, A, K, (2003). Quality assurance and total quality management: ISO-9000, QS-9000,
ISO-14000, 3rd ed. Delhi: Kahanna Publishers.
2. Okland, J. S. (1999, reprint). TQM. Oxford, UK: Butterworth-Heinemann.
3. Tesema B. (2004). TQM: Research review and practical experiences, 2nd rev.
318
May-2021

Course Outline 1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Course Outline 1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Course Outline 1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Curriculum for BSc in Industrial Chemistry

MINISTRY OF SCIENCE AND HIGHER EDUCATION

HARMONIZED CURRICULUM FOR THE DEGREE OF

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (B.SC.) IN INDUSTRIAL

1. Maru Dessie (Ph.D.) Bahir Dar University

Name of the Degree Program: Industrial Chemistry

Name of the Degree to be awarded: Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) Degree in

Degree to be Awarded by: Universities in Ethiopia, Subjected to

Standard Period of Study: 4 Academic Years with 8 Semesters

Commencement of the Program: From 2013 E.C Academic Year

Total Credit Point (ECTS): 245

Fees / Charges: Cost-sharing

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ........................................................................................................... ii

1. Background of the Program ...................................................................................................... 5

2. Rationale of the Program........................................................................................................... 5

3. Objectives of the Program ......................................................................................................... 6

4.1 Professional Profile ............................................................................................................. 7

5.1. Course and Module Coding.............................................................................................. 10

7. Learning and Assessment Strategies ....................................................................................... 25

7.1. Learning Strategies........................................................................................................... 25

8.1. Admission Requirements ................................................................................................. 25

8.5. Medium of Instruction...................................................................................................... 27

10.1. Module Handbook.......................................................................................................... 29

Learning Outcomes ................................................................................................................. 195

Course Outline and Schedule ................................................................................................. 196

Mode of Assessment ................................................................................................................ 198

References ................................................................................................................................ 199

10.3. Elective Courses Handbook ......................................................................................... 279

1. Background of the Program

2. Rationale of the Program

3. Objectives of the Program

The following are some of the core services of Industrial Chemists:

4.2. Graduate Profile

5.2.1. Common Courses Module

Module Module Course Course Title Cr. Hr. L T L/P HS CP/ECTS

Code Name Code

Chemistry Iche2023 Practical Organic Chemistry 1 3 1 2

Module Module Course Course Title Cr. Hrs L T L/P HS CP/ECTS

Iche4145 Leather Chemistry and 2 2 4 3

5.2.4. Supportive Modules

Module Module Course Course Title Cr. Hrs L T L/P HS CP/

Module No Course Title Course Code Cr. Hrs L T L/P HS ECTS

General Physics Phys1011 3 (2+1) 2 3 5 5

General Psychology Psyc1011 3 3 7 5

Logic and Critical Thinking LoCT1011 3 3 7 5

General Chemistry Chem1012 3 (2+1) 2 3 5 5

General Biology Biol1012 3 (2+1) 2 3 5 5

Moral and Civic Education MCiE1012 2 2 4 3

Module No Course Title Course Code Cr. Hrs L T L/P HS ECTS

M02 Organic Chemistry I Iche2021 3 3 7 5

M15 Applied Mathematics I Math2151 3 3 7 5

M03 Analytical Chemistry Iche2031 2 2 4 3

M03 Practical Analytical Chemistry Iche2032 1 3 1 2

M01 Inclusiveness Incl2011 2 2 4 3

Chemical Kinetics and

M02 Organic Chemistry II Iche2022 3 3 7 5

M02 Practical Organic Chemistry Iche2023 1 3 1 2

M03 Instrumental Analysis I Iche2033 2 2 4 3

M16 Introduction to Statistics Stat2161 2 4 3